SW370-CF-TRS-010

TECHNICAL REPAIR STANDARD

FOR

MK 17 MOD 0 762 MM SPECIAL OPERATIONS FORCES (SOF) COMBAT ASSAULT RIFLE HEAVY

(NSN 1005-13-119-7703)

March 31 2008

0640-LP-105-8807

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

A

CHANGE PAGEChange No Date Title or Brief Description Signature of Validating

OfficerOriginal 33108 Update manual per FNH

and CraneRon Webster

SW370-CF-TRS-010

B

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGESNOTE Zero in Change No column indicates original page or work package

Date of issue for this manualrsquos current version is

Original March 2008

TOTAL NUMBER OF CHAPTERS IN THIS DOCUMENT IS 4 TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES IN THIS DOCUMENT IS 322 CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWINGPage No Change NoFront Cover 0Change Page A-B 0How to Use this Manual a-d 0Warnings e-h 0Reporting Errors i-ii 0Acronyms iii-iv 0Table of Contents v-viii 0List of Figures ix-xxvi 0List of Tables xxvii-xxviii 0Chp 1 1-14 0Chp 2 1-188 0Chp 3 1-8 0Chp 4 1-8 0Appendix A 1-2 0Appendix B 1-34 0Appendix C 1-2 0Appendix D 1-8 0Appendix E 1-8 0Appendix F 1-2 0Appendix G 1-2 0Appendix H 1-2 0Appendix I 1-2 0

SW370-CF-TRS-010

a

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

1 GENERAL

This manual has been prepared and illustrated to provide maintenance personnel all the information required to support the MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm To locate a procedure in the manual quickly check the Table of Contents in the front of the manual

a References are to sections in this manual or to other publicationsb Throughout this manual text is keyed to illustrations by use of numbered callouts When an item is

called out a number in parentheses in the text corresponds with a number on the illustrationc Each task begins with an initial setup It tells you what you need to do the task tools materials parts

and other publications It tells you what must be done to the equipment before you begin the task and provides general safety instructions

2 INDEXES

This manual is organized to help you quickly find the information you need

a Table of Contents The Table of Contents lists in the order of presentation all chapters sections and paragraphs

b Cross-Reference Indexes A list in National Item Identification Number (NIIN) sequence of all National Stock numbered items appearing in listings followed by list in alphanumeric sequence of all part numbers appearing in listing National Stock Numbers (NSNs) and Part Numbers are cross-referenced to each illustration figure and item number in alphanumeric sequence and cross-references NSN and Part Number

3 LISTS

a List of Abbreviations An alphabetical list of uncommon abbreviations used in the manual is located on page iii

4 SAFETY WARNING ICONS EXPLANATION

FLYING PROJECTILE ndash Spring-loaded parts could release and hit body causing injury or death

EAR PROTECTION ndash Headphones over ears show that noise level will harm ears

ELECTRICAL ndash Electrical wire to arm with electricity symbol running through human body shows that shock hazard is present

SW370-CF-TRS-010

b

EXPLOSION ndash Rapidly expanding symbol shows that material may explode if subjected to high temperatures sources of ignition or high pressure

EYE PROTECTION ndash Person with goggles shows that material will injure eyes

WEAPON FIRE ndash Accidental discharge of weapon could penetrate body causing serious injury or death

5 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ICONS EXPLANATION

CHEMICAL ndash Drops of liquid on hand show that material could cause burns or irritation to human skin or tissue

EYE PROTECTION ndash Person with goggles shows that material could injure eyes

FIRE ndash Flame shows that material may ignite and cause burns

VAPOR ndash Human figure in cloud shows that material vapors present danger to life or health

4 SAFETY WARNING ICONS EXPLANATION (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

cd blank

HOT AREA ndash Hand over object radiating heat shows that part is hot and can cause burns

LASER LIGHT ndash Laser light hazard symbol indicates extreme danger for eyes from laser beams and reflections

5 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ICONS EXPLANATION (CONT)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

e

WARNING SUMMARY

This warning summary contains general safety warnings and hazardous materials warnings that must be understood and applied during equipmentrsquos operation and maintenance Failure to observe these precautions may result in serious injury or death to personnel Also included are explanations of safety and hazardous materials icons used within Technical Repair Standard (TRS)

1 DEFINITION OF THE FOLLOWING ALERTS THROUGHOUT THIS MANUAL

WARNING ndash Identifies clear danger to person performing procedure

CAUTION ndash Identifies risk of damage to equipment

NOTE ndash Used to highlight essential procedures conditions and statements or to convey important instructional data to user

2 FIRST AID

For first aid information refer to OP50100 First Aid

3 GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION

WARNING

Before starting inspection clear weapon Do not pull trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to ensure it is empty and check that no ammunition is in position to be introduced

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

WARNING

Use appropriate PPE for the job Striking any object with hammer can result in flying debris or parts Safety glasses or goggles are required when performing maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

f

3 GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION (CONT)

WARNING

Ensure weapon is unloaded prior to gauging

WARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

WARNING

Use eye protection for spring-loaded mechanisms

WARNING

Failure to comply with gauging requirements can create condition where weapon can fire out of ldquobatteryrdquo or fail to fire at critical moment In either condition serious injury or loss of life can result

SW370-CF-TRS-010

gh blank

4 CAUTIONS

CAUTIONDo not use dry cleaning solvent on plastic or rubber parts and components Due to aggressive nature of solvent it can render plastic or rubber parts unserviceable

CAUTIONDo not allow hammer to fall freely striking receiver this can damage hammer and bolt catchrelease

CAUTIONMake sure all ancillary and Special Operation Particular Modifications (SOPMOD)optics are removed from weapon prior to maintenance

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

CAUTIONRemoving barrel assembly from upper receiver frame without barrel extension clearing cut recessed portion of receiver frame could result in damage to frame Do not angle or rock barrel out of frame

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS

You can help improve this manual Please let us know if you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to improve a procedure Mail DA Form 2027 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) directly to Small Arms Weapons Division Joint Special Operati

This publication is available through Small Arms Weapons Division Joint Special Operations Response Department NSWC Crane Division

SW370-CF-TRS-010

iii blank

TECHNICAL REPAIR STANDARD

FOR

MK 17 MOD 0 762 MM SOF COMBAT ASSAULT RIFLE HEAVY

(NSN 1005-13-119-7703)

March 2008

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

iiiiv blank

LIST OF ACRONYMS

lsquoArsquo AutomaticBOI Basis of IssueCAGEC Contractor and Government Entity CodeCCW CounterclockwiseCLP Cleaner Lubricant and PreservativeCQC Close Quarter CombatCPC Corrosion Prevention and ControlsCW ClockwiseDoD Department of DefenseEGLM Enhance Grenade Launcher ManualEIR Equipment Improvement RecommendationsIAW In Accordance WithLAW Lubricating Oil Arctic WeaponsLB Long BarrelLH Left-handLOP Length of PullLSA Lubricating Oil WeaponsMOA Minutes of AngleMRC Maintenance Requirement CardsNIIN National Item Identification NumberNSN National Stock NumberNSWC Naval Surface Warfare CenterOM Operatorrsquos ManualPMCS Preventive Maintenance Checks and ServicesPN Part NumberPPE Personal Protective EquipmentPQDR Product Quality Deficiency ReportRBC Rifle Bore CleanerRH Right-handRPSTL Repair Parts and Special Tools ListS StandardlsquoSrsquo SafeSD Dry Cleaning SolventSSAVIE Sustainment Asset Visibility and Information ExchangeSOF Special Operations ForceSOPMOD Special Operation Particular ModificationsTM Technical ManualTMDER Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation ReportTRS Technical Repair StandardUI Unit of IssueUM Unit of MeasureUOC Usable on Code

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

v

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGE

CHANGE PAGE ALIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES BHOW TO USE THIS MANUAL aWARNING SUMMARY eREPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS iiiLIST OF ACRONYMS iiiLIST OF FIGURES ixLIST OF TABLES xxvii

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1-1SECTION IGENERAL INFORMATION 1-1

1-1 SCOPE 1-11-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE 1-11-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE 1-11-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR) 1-1

SECTION II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA 1-21-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION 1-21-6 NOMENCLATURE 1-31-7 TECHNICAL DATA 1-51-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES 1-61-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC) 1-13

CHAPTER 2 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 2-1SECTION I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND

EQUIPMENT 2-12-1 REPAIR PARTS 2-12-2 SPECIAL TOOLS 2-12-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST 2-1

SECTION II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT 2-12-4 GENERAL 2-12-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL 2-1

SECTION III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) 2-22-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS 2-2

SECTION IV TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2-11

SECTION V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-192-9 SAFETY CHECK 2-192-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-20

SECTION VI MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 2-262-11 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) MAINTENANCE 2-262-12 BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) MAINTENANCE 2-692-13 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY (401H) MAINTENANCE 2-902-14 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S) (201H-S) MAINTENANCE 2-1052-15 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (S) (601H) MAINTENANCE 2-1772-16 REASSEMBLE FROM FIELDSTRIP 2-1822-17 SAFETY CHECK 2-187

SW370-CF-TRS-010

vi

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

CHAPTER 3 UNIT MAINTENANCE GAUGING INSTRUCTIONS 3-1SECTION I REQUIRED GAUGES AND GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-1

3-1 REQUIRED GAUGES 3-13-2 GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-13-3 GENERAL 3-1

SECTION II GAUGING PROCEDURES 3-13-4 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 3-13-5 TRIGGER MODULE 3-43-6 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY 3-5

CHAPTER 4 UNIT MAINTENANCE BORESCOPING BARREL 4-1SECTION I TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND BACKGROUND 4-1

4-1 TECHNICAL DATA 4-14-2 BACKGROUND 4-1

SECTION II BORESCOPE MAINTENANCESETUPINSPECTIONS 4-14-3 MAINTENANCE OF BORESCOPE 4-1

SECTION III BORESCOPE COMPONENTS AND ASSEMBLY 4-24-4 COMPONENTS 4-24-5 ASSEMBLING BORESCOPE 4-34-6 INSPECTING 4-54-7 SUMMARY 4-7

APPENDIX A REFERENCES A-1A-1 TECHNICAL MANUALS A-1A-2 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE REGULATIONS A-1

APPENDIX B MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION B-1

B-1 SCOPE B-1B-2 GENERAL B-1B-3 REPAIR PARTS LIST COMPONENTS B-1B-4 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (SECTION II) B-1B-5 COLORS DEFINED B-2B-6 SUPPORT EXPLANATION B-2B-7 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS B-3B-8 SPECIAL INFORMATION B-4B-9 HOW TO LOCATE REPAIR PARTS B-4

SECTION II REPAIR PARTS LIST B-5SECTION III CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES PART NUMBER B-23SECTION IV CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER B-27SECTION V SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-31

B-10 SCAR T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH CALIBRATION PROCEDURES B-33

APPENDIX C EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION C-1

C-1 SCOPE C-1C-2 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS C-1

SECTION IIEXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

viiviii blank

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

APPENDIX D PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) QUICK REFERENCE TABLE D-1SECTION IGENERAL D-1

APPENDIX E FIELD REJECT ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST E-1E-1 REFERENCES E-1E-2 GAUGES AND EQUIPMENT E-2

APPENDIX F PARTS REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE F-1

APPENDIX G TORQUE CHART G-1G-1 MK 17 MOD 0 TORQUE SETTING CHART G-1

APPENDIX H STANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF) H-1

APPENDIX I TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER) I-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

ix

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 1-1 MAJOR COMPONENTS 1-2

FIGURE 1-2 NOMENCLATURE LEFT SIDE 1-3

FIGURE 1-3 NOMENCLATURE RIGHT SIDE 1-4

FIGURE 1-4 SAFE 1-6

FIGURE 1-5 SEMI-AUTOMATIC 1-7

FIGURE 1-6 AUTOMATIC 1-8

FIGURE 1-7 PERCUSSION AND FIRING 1-9

FIGURE 1-8 BULLET PROPELS FORWARD 1-9

FIGURE 1-9 GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY TOWARDS REAR 1-10

FIGURE 1-10 UNSUPPRESSED AND SUPPRESSED CONDITIONS 1-10

FIGURE 1-11 HAMMER COCKED 1-11

FIGURE 1-12 HAMMER FALLEN 1-11

FIGURE 1-13 COCKED POSITION 1-12

FIGURE 1-14 ENGAGES FRONT TOOTH OF TRIGGER 1-12

FIGURE 1-15 HAMMER RELEASED TO STRIKE FIRING PIN 1-12

FIGURE 1-16 TRIGGER RELEASED 1-12

FIGURE 2-1 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-4

FIGURE 2-2 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-6

FIGURE 2-3 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-7

FIGURE 2-4 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-8

FIGURE 2-5 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY 2-9

FIGURE 2-6 MAGAZINE LOCKING NOTCH 2-11

FIGURE 2-7 MAGAZINE CATCH RELEASE 2-11

FIGURE 2-8 SELECTOR LEVER ON lsquoSrsquo 2-12

FIGURE 2-9 FIRING PIN 2-12

FIGURE 2-10 HAMMER 2-12

FIGURE 2-11 HAMMER SPRING 2-13

FIGURE 2-12 LOCKING LUGS 2-13

FIGURE 2-13 INSPECT EXTRACTOR 2-14

FIGURE 2-14 EJECTOR AND EJECTOR SPRING 2-14

FIGURE 2-15 BOLT CARRIER 2-15

FIGURE 2-16 RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-15

SW370-CF-TRS-010

x

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-17 TRIGGER OR TRIGGER RETURN SPRING 2-16

FIGURE 2-18 PISTON RINGS 2-17

FIGURE 2-19 BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT 2-18

FIGURE 2-20 SELECTOR CAM 2-18

FIGURE 2-21 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-19

FIGURE 2-22 RELEASE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE 2-20

FIGURE 2-23 REMOVE TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-20

FIGURE 2-24 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-21

FIGURE 2-25 RELEASE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-21

FIGURE 2-26 REMOVE CHARGING HANDLE 2-21

FIGURE 2-27 REMOVE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-28 REMOVE RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-29 REMOVE FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-22

FIGURE 2-30 REMOVE FIRING PIN 2-23

FIGURE 2-31 REMOVE BOLT CAM PIN AND BOLT ASSEMBLY 2-23

FIGURE 2-32 DISASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 762 MM 2-24

FIGURE 2-33 COMPLETE FIELDSTRIP 2-25

FIGURE 2-34 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-27

FIGURE 2-35 INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) ONTO BLOCK TRIGGER MODULE VISE (UT1831) 2-28

FIGURE 2-36 TILTING TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) TO LEFT 2-28

FIGURE 2-37 LOOSEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) 2-28

FIGURE 2-38 REMOVE PISTOL GRIP (527) FROM TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-28

FIGURE 2-39 PUNCH OUT SQUARE NUT (529) 2-28

FIGURE 2-40 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) INTERFACE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-41 INSPECT SQUARE NUT (529) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-42 INSPECT LOCK WASHER (526) FOR CRACKS AND UNUSUAL WEAR 2-29

FIGURE 2-43 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-44 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) FOR WEAR OR STRIPPING ON THREADS 2-29

FIGURE 2-45 INSERT SQUARE NUT (529) INTO SLOT 2-30

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-46 SEAT PISTOL GRIP (527) ONTO TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-30

FIGURE 2-47 INSERT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) INTO PROPER HOLE AND HAND-TIGHTEN 2-30

FIGURE 2-48 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TORQUE SCREW UNTIL IT SETS 2-30

FIGURE 2-49 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-31

FIGURE 2-50 REMOVE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-31

FIGURE 2-51 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-32

FIGURE 2-52 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-32

FIGURE 2-53 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-33

FIGURE 2-54 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-33

FIGURE 2-55 PRESS AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FORWARD 2-34

FIGURE 2-56 WITH INDEX FINGER RIDE HAMMER (555) FORWARD WHILE PULLING TRIGGER (545) 2-34

FIGURE 2-57 TAP ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) ON RIGHT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-34

FIGURE 2-58 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) CLEARS PROTECTIVE FINGERS 2-34

FIGURE 2-59 PUNCH OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) AND REMOVE 2-35

FIGURE 2-60 KEEP PUNCH IN PLACE AFTER REMOVAL OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) BEFORE REMOVAL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-35

FIGURE 2-61 KEEP FINGER ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) TO MAINTAIN CONTROL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-35

FIGURE 2-62 REMOVE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FROM BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-36

FIGURE 2-63 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-64 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-65 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) INTO CORRESPONDING HOLE ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-66 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-67 PLACE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-68 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-39

FIGURE 2-69 FINISH DRIVING SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH OVERSIZED 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-39

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-70 USE 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) TO START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-39

FIGURE 2-71 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578L) 2-39

FIGURE 2-72 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-40

FIGURE 2-73 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-40

FIGURE 2-74 WITH AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) PUSH SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) FROM RIGHT TO LEFT TO RELEASE 2-41

FIGURE 2-75 WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PUSH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) THROUGH AND OUT TO REMOVE 2-41

FIGURE 2-76 REMOVE AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-41

FIGURE 2-77 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-78 INSPECT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-79 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-80 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-81 ENSURE FLATS ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY ON AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-44

FIGURE 2-82 INSTALL SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) INTO LEFT SIDE ALIGN SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-44

FIGURE 2-83 ALIGN AND PUSH THROUGH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-45

FIGURE 2-84 FIT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) ONTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) IN PROPER NOTCH 2-45

FIGURE 2-85 USE AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) TO ENGAGE SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AROUND HOUSING 2-45

FIGURE 2-86 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

FIGURE 2-87 ALIGN BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) WITH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-88 ALIGN 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) FROM LEFT TO RIGHT 2-46

FIGURE 2-89 USE 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) TO HOLD SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-46

FIGURE 2-90 START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH 3S ROLL PIN STARTER 2-47

FIGURE 2-91 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO PLACE 2-47

FIGURE 2-92 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-47

FIGURE 2-93 ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION BY CHECKING FOR SPRING TENSION ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) 2-47

FIGURE 2-94 APPLY PRESSURE ONTO HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE REMOVING 2-48

FIGURE 2-95 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-48

FIGURE 2-96 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-49

FIGURE 2-97 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING (558) 2-49

FIGURE 2-98 ENSURE TIP OF HAMMER SPRING (558) IS ON SHOULDER OF HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-50

FIGURE 2-99 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) 2-50

FIGURE 2-100 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) AND HOLD HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE PUSHING BACK 2-50

FIGURE 2-101 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO LUG OF HAMMER (555) 2-50

FIGURE 2-102 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO REMOVE SCREW FROM SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-51

FIGURE 2-103 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-104 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-105 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-106 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-107 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) AND SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-108 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-109 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) AND SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-110 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER (567) 2-54

FIGURE 2-111 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-112 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-113 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-114 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-56

FIGURE 2-115 SCREW SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY 2-56

FIGURE 2-116 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (569) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-117 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-118 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) 2-57

FIGURE 2-119 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-120 INSPECT LOCKING PLATE (569) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-121 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-122 INSPECT HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-123 INSTALL HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-124 INSTALL HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-125 INSERT LOCKING PLATE FORK INTO LOCKING PLATE (569) 2-59

FIGURE 2-126 INSTALL LOCKING PLATE (569) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-127 APPLY DOWNWARD PRESSURE AND START 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-60

FIGURE 2-128 REMOVE TRIGGER PIN (548) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-60

FIGURE 2-129 REMOVE SEAR (547) SEAR SPRING (546) TRIGGER (545) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) 2-60

FIGURE 2-130 INSPECT SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

FIGURE 2-131 INSPECT TRIGGER (545) AND SEAR (547) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-132 INSERT SEAR SPRING (546) INTO TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-133 INSERT SEAR (547) ONTO SEAR SPRING (546) 2-62

FIGURE 2-134 START TO INSERT MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) THROUGH TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) AND TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-135 FINISH PUSHING MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) COMPLETELY THROUGH WITH EVEN AMOUNT OF MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER SHOWING 2-62

FIGURE 2-136 COMPLETED TRIGGER (545) SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) ASSEMBLED WITH MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-137 PUSH TRIGGER PIN (548) THROUGH TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND RELEASE MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-138 INVERT TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-64

FIGURE 2-139 ENSURE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) IS RETAINED WHEN REMOVING 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-64

FIGURE 2-140 REMOVE SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-65

FIGURE 2-141 REMOVE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) 2-65

FIGURE 2-142 INSPECT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER LEFT (534) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-66

FIGURE 2-143 INSERT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-67

FIGURE 2-144 INSERT LEADING EDGE OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-67

FIGURE 2-145 INSERT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-67

FIGURE 2-146 INSERT SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) WITH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-68

FIGURE 2-147 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-148 USE HAMMER (UT2115) TO DRIVE FLUSH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) IN MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-149 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-70

FIGURE 2-150 INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) INTO VISE WITH 4rdquo X 6rdquo LEATHER PAD SET (UT2833) 2-71

FIGURE 2-151 REMOVE BUTTPLATE (878) 2-71

FIGURE 2-152 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-71

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-153 INSPECT BUTTPLATE (878) 2-72

FIGURE 2-154 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-72

FIGURE 2-155 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-72

FIGURE 2-156 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-73

FIGURE 2-157 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-73

FIGURE 2-158 INSTALL BUTTPLATE (878) AND PUSH IN TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) ALL THE WAY 2-73

FIGURE 2-159 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND ADAPTER 4 MM (UT2381) TO REMOVE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-74

FIGURE 2-160 REMOVE LOP LOCK (866) FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-161 CONTINUE TO ROTATE LOP LOCK (866) CW AND REMOVE FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-162 REMOVE COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) TO DISASSEMBLE LOP LOCK (866) 2-74

FIGURE 2-163 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-75

FIGURE 2-164 UNSCREW HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-75

FIGURE 2-165 REMOVE ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) FROM LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-75

FIGURE 2-166 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-167 INSPECT LOP LOCK (866) SPRING LOP LOCK (867) AND COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-168 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-169 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-170 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-171 FIT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) AND LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) TOGETHER 2-78

FIGURE 2-172 INSTALL LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-173 START HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-174 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-78

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

A

CHANGE PAGEChange No Date Title or Brief Description Signature of Validating

OfficerOriginal 33108 Update manual per FNH

and CraneRon Webster

SW370-CF-TRS-010

B

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGESNOTE Zero in Change No column indicates original page or work package

Date of issue for this manualrsquos current version is

Original March 2008

TOTAL NUMBER OF CHAPTERS IN THIS DOCUMENT IS 4 TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES IN THIS DOCUMENT IS 322 CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWINGPage No Change NoFront Cover 0Change Page A-B 0How to Use this Manual a-d 0Warnings e-h 0Reporting Errors i-ii 0Acronyms iii-iv 0Table of Contents v-viii 0List of Figures ix-xxvi 0List of Tables xxvii-xxviii 0Chp 1 1-14 0Chp 2 1-188 0Chp 3 1-8 0Chp 4 1-8 0Appendix A 1-2 0Appendix B 1-34 0Appendix C 1-2 0Appendix D 1-8 0Appendix E 1-8 0Appendix F 1-2 0Appendix G 1-2 0Appendix H 1-2 0Appendix I 1-2 0

SW370-CF-TRS-010

a

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

1 GENERAL

This manual has been prepared and illustrated to provide maintenance personnel all the information required to support the MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm To locate a procedure in the manual quickly check the Table of Contents in the front of the manual

a References are to sections in this manual or to other publicationsb Throughout this manual text is keyed to illustrations by use of numbered callouts When an item is

called out a number in parentheses in the text corresponds with a number on the illustrationc Each task begins with an initial setup It tells you what you need to do the task tools materials parts

and other publications It tells you what must be done to the equipment before you begin the task and provides general safety instructions

2 INDEXES

This manual is organized to help you quickly find the information you need

a Table of Contents The Table of Contents lists in the order of presentation all chapters sections and paragraphs

b Cross-Reference Indexes A list in National Item Identification Number (NIIN) sequence of all National Stock numbered items appearing in listings followed by list in alphanumeric sequence of all part numbers appearing in listing National Stock Numbers (NSNs) and Part Numbers are cross-referenced to each illustration figure and item number in alphanumeric sequence and cross-references NSN and Part Number

3 LISTS

a List of Abbreviations An alphabetical list of uncommon abbreviations used in the manual is located on page iii

4 SAFETY WARNING ICONS EXPLANATION

FLYING PROJECTILE ndash Spring-loaded parts could release and hit body causing injury or death

EAR PROTECTION ndash Headphones over ears show that noise level will harm ears

ELECTRICAL ndash Electrical wire to arm with electricity symbol running through human body shows that shock hazard is present

SW370-CF-TRS-010

b

EXPLOSION ndash Rapidly expanding symbol shows that material may explode if subjected to high temperatures sources of ignition or high pressure

EYE PROTECTION ndash Person with goggles shows that material will injure eyes

WEAPON FIRE ndash Accidental discharge of weapon could penetrate body causing serious injury or death

5 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ICONS EXPLANATION

CHEMICAL ndash Drops of liquid on hand show that material could cause burns or irritation to human skin or tissue

EYE PROTECTION ndash Person with goggles shows that material could injure eyes

FIRE ndash Flame shows that material may ignite and cause burns

VAPOR ndash Human figure in cloud shows that material vapors present danger to life or health

4 SAFETY WARNING ICONS EXPLANATION (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

cd blank

HOT AREA ndash Hand over object radiating heat shows that part is hot and can cause burns

LASER LIGHT ndash Laser light hazard symbol indicates extreme danger for eyes from laser beams and reflections

5 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ICONS EXPLANATION (CONT)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

e

WARNING SUMMARY

This warning summary contains general safety warnings and hazardous materials warnings that must be understood and applied during equipmentrsquos operation and maintenance Failure to observe these precautions may result in serious injury or death to personnel Also included are explanations of safety and hazardous materials icons used within Technical Repair Standard (TRS)

1 DEFINITION OF THE FOLLOWING ALERTS THROUGHOUT THIS MANUAL

WARNING ndash Identifies clear danger to person performing procedure

CAUTION ndash Identifies risk of damage to equipment

NOTE ndash Used to highlight essential procedures conditions and statements or to convey important instructional data to user

2 FIRST AID

For first aid information refer to OP50100 First Aid

3 GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION

WARNING

Before starting inspection clear weapon Do not pull trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to ensure it is empty and check that no ammunition is in position to be introduced

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

WARNING

Use appropriate PPE for the job Striking any object with hammer can result in flying debris or parts Safety glasses or goggles are required when performing maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

f

3 GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION (CONT)

WARNING

Ensure weapon is unloaded prior to gauging

WARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

WARNING

Use eye protection for spring-loaded mechanisms

WARNING

Failure to comply with gauging requirements can create condition where weapon can fire out of ldquobatteryrdquo or fail to fire at critical moment In either condition serious injury or loss of life can result

SW370-CF-TRS-010

gh blank

4 CAUTIONS

CAUTIONDo not use dry cleaning solvent on plastic or rubber parts and components Due to aggressive nature of solvent it can render plastic or rubber parts unserviceable

CAUTIONDo not allow hammer to fall freely striking receiver this can damage hammer and bolt catchrelease

CAUTIONMake sure all ancillary and Special Operation Particular Modifications (SOPMOD)optics are removed from weapon prior to maintenance

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

CAUTIONRemoving barrel assembly from upper receiver frame without barrel extension clearing cut recessed portion of receiver frame could result in damage to frame Do not angle or rock barrel out of frame

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS

You can help improve this manual Please let us know if you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to improve a procedure Mail DA Form 2027 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) directly to Small Arms Weapons Division Joint Special Operati

This publication is available through Small Arms Weapons Division Joint Special Operations Response Department NSWC Crane Division

SW370-CF-TRS-010

iii blank

TECHNICAL REPAIR STANDARD

FOR

MK 17 MOD 0 762 MM SOF COMBAT ASSAULT RIFLE HEAVY

(NSN 1005-13-119-7703)

March 2008

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

iiiiv blank

LIST OF ACRONYMS

lsquoArsquo AutomaticBOI Basis of IssueCAGEC Contractor and Government Entity CodeCCW CounterclockwiseCLP Cleaner Lubricant and PreservativeCQC Close Quarter CombatCPC Corrosion Prevention and ControlsCW ClockwiseDoD Department of DefenseEGLM Enhance Grenade Launcher ManualEIR Equipment Improvement RecommendationsIAW In Accordance WithLAW Lubricating Oil Arctic WeaponsLB Long BarrelLH Left-handLOP Length of PullLSA Lubricating Oil WeaponsMOA Minutes of AngleMRC Maintenance Requirement CardsNIIN National Item Identification NumberNSN National Stock NumberNSWC Naval Surface Warfare CenterOM Operatorrsquos ManualPMCS Preventive Maintenance Checks and ServicesPN Part NumberPPE Personal Protective EquipmentPQDR Product Quality Deficiency ReportRBC Rifle Bore CleanerRH Right-handRPSTL Repair Parts and Special Tools ListS StandardlsquoSrsquo SafeSD Dry Cleaning SolventSSAVIE Sustainment Asset Visibility and Information ExchangeSOF Special Operations ForceSOPMOD Special Operation Particular ModificationsTM Technical ManualTMDER Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation ReportTRS Technical Repair StandardUI Unit of IssueUM Unit of MeasureUOC Usable on Code

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

v

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGE

CHANGE PAGE ALIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES BHOW TO USE THIS MANUAL aWARNING SUMMARY eREPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS iiiLIST OF ACRONYMS iiiLIST OF FIGURES ixLIST OF TABLES xxvii

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1-1SECTION IGENERAL INFORMATION 1-1

1-1 SCOPE 1-11-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE 1-11-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE 1-11-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR) 1-1

SECTION II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA 1-21-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION 1-21-6 NOMENCLATURE 1-31-7 TECHNICAL DATA 1-51-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES 1-61-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC) 1-13

CHAPTER 2 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 2-1SECTION I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND

EQUIPMENT 2-12-1 REPAIR PARTS 2-12-2 SPECIAL TOOLS 2-12-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST 2-1

SECTION II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT 2-12-4 GENERAL 2-12-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL 2-1

SECTION III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) 2-22-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS 2-2

SECTION IV TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2-11

SECTION V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-192-9 SAFETY CHECK 2-192-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-20

SECTION VI MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 2-262-11 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) MAINTENANCE 2-262-12 BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) MAINTENANCE 2-692-13 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY (401H) MAINTENANCE 2-902-14 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S) (201H-S) MAINTENANCE 2-1052-15 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (S) (601H) MAINTENANCE 2-1772-16 REASSEMBLE FROM FIELDSTRIP 2-1822-17 SAFETY CHECK 2-187

SW370-CF-TRS-010

vi

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

CHAPTER 3 UNIT MAINTENANCE GAUGING INSTRUCTIONS 3-1SECTION I REQUIRED GAUGES AND GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-1

3-1 REQUIRED GAUGES 3-13-2 GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-13-3 GENERAL 3-1

SECTION II GAUGING PROCEDURES 3-13-4 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 3-13-5 TRIGGER MODULE 3-43-6 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY 3-5

CHAPTER 4 UNIT MAINTENANCE BORESCOPING BARREL 4-1SECTION I TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND BACKGROUND 4-1

4-1 TECHNICAL DATA 4-14-2 BACKGROUND 4-1

SECTION II BORESCOPE MAINTENANCESETUPINSPECTIONS 4-14-3 MAINTENANCE OF BORESCOPE 4-1

SECTION III BORESCOPE COMPONENTS AND ASSEMBLY 4-24-4 COMPONENTS 4-24-5 ASSEMBLING BORESCOPE 4-34-6 INSPECTING 4-54-7 SUMMARY 4-7

APPENDIX A REFERENCES A-1A-1 TECHNICAL MANUALS A-1A-2 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE REGULATIONS A-1

APPENDIX B MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION B-1

B-1 SCOPE B-1B-2 GENERAL B-1B-3 REPAIR PARTS LIST COMPONENTS B-1B-4 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (SECTION II) B-1B-5 COLORS DEFINED B-2B-6 SUPPORT EXPLANATION B-2B-7 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS B-3B-8 SPECIAL INFORMATION B-4B-9 HOW TO LOCATE REPAIR PARTS B-4

SECTION II REPAIR PARTS LIST B-5SECTION III CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES PART NUMBER B-23SECTION IV CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER B-27SECTION V SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-31

B-10 SCAR T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH CALIBRATION PROCEDURES B-33

APPENDIX C EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION C-1

C-1 SCOPE C-1C-2 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS C-1

SECTION IIEXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

viiviii blank

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

APPENDIX D PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) QUICK REFERENCE TABLE D-1SECTION IGENERAL D-1

APPENDIX E FIELD REJECT ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST E-1E-1 REFERENCES E-1E-2 GAUGES AND EQUIPMENT E-2

APPENDIX F PARTS REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE F-1

APPENDIX G TORQUE CHART G-1G-1 MK 17 MOD 0 TORQUE SETTING CHART G-1

APPENDIX H STANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF) H-1

APPENDIX I TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER) I-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

ix

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 1-1 MAJOR COMPONENTS 1-2

FIGURE 1-2 NOMENCLATURE LEFT SIDE 1-3

FIGURE 1-3 NOMENCLATURE RIGHT SIDE 1-4

FIGURE 1-4 SAFE 1-6

FIGURE 1-5 SEMI-AUTOMATIC 1-7

FIGURE 1-6 AUTOMATIC 1-8

FIGURE 1-7 PERCUSSION AND FIRING 1-9

FIGURE 1-8 BULLET PROPELS FORWARD 1-9

FIGURE 1-9 GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY TOWARDS REAR 1-10

FIGURE 1-10 UNSUPPRESSED AND SUPPRESSED CONDITIONS 1-10

FIGURE 1-11 HAMMER COCKED 1-11

FIGURE 1-12 HAMMER FALLEN 1-11

FIGURE 1-13 COCKED POSITION 1-12

FIGURE 1-14 ENGAGES FRONT TOOTH OF TRIGGER 1-12

FIGURE 1-15 HAMMER RELEASED TO STRIKE FIRING PIN 1-12

FIGURE 1-16 TRIGGER RELEASED 1-12

FIGURE 2-1 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-4

FIGURE 2-2 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-6

FIGURE 2-3 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-7

FIGURE 2-4 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-8

FIGURE 2-5 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY 2-9

FIGURE 2-6 MAGAZINE LOCKING NOTCH 2-11

FIGURE 2-7 MAGAZINE CATCH RELEASE 2-11

FIGURE 2-8 SELECTOR LEVER ON lsquoSrsquo 2-12

FIGURE 2-9 FIRING PIN 2-12

FIGURE 2-10 HAMMER 2-12

FIGURE 2-11 HAMMER SPRING 2-13

FIGURE 2-12 LOCKING LUGS 2-13

FIGURE 2-13 INSPECT EXTRACTOR 2-14

FIGURE 2-14 EJECTOR AND EJECTOR SPRING 2-14

FIGURE 2-15 BOLT CARRIER 2-15

FIGURE 2-16 RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-15

SW370-CF-TRS-010

x

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-17 TRIGGER OR TRIGGER RETURN SPRING 2-16

FIGURE 2-18 PISTON RINGS 2-17

FIGURE 2-19 BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT 2-18

FIGURE 2-20 SELECTOR CAM 2-18

FIGURE 2-21 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-19

FIGURE 2-22 RELEASE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE 2-20

FIGURE 2-23 REMOVE TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-20

FIGURE 2-24 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-21

FIGURE 2-25 RELEASE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-21

FIGURE 2-26 REMOVE CHARGING HANDLE 2-21

FIGURE 2-27 REMOVE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-28 REMOVE RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-29 REMOVE FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-22

FIGURE 2-30 REMOVE FIRING PIN 2-23

FIGURE 2-31 REMOVE BOLT CAM PIN AND BOLT ASSEMBLY 2-23

FIGURE 2-32 DISASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 762 MM 2-24

FIGURE 2-33 COMPLETE FIELDSTRIP 2-25

FIGURE 2-34 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-27

FIGURE 2-35 INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) ONTO BLOCK TRIGGER MODULE VISE (UT1831) 2-28

FIGURE 2-36 TILTING TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) TO LEFT 2-28

FIGURE 2-37 LOOSEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) 2-28

FIGURE 2-38 REMOVE PISTOL GRIP (527) FROM TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-28

FIGURE 2-39 PUNCH OUT SQUARE NUT (529) 2-28

FIGURE 2-40 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) INTERFACE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-41 INSPECT SQUARE NUT (529) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-42 INSPECT LOCK WASHER (526) FOR CRACKS AND UNUSUAL WEAR 2-29

FIGURE 2-43 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-44 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) FOR WEAR OR STRIPPING ON THREADS 2-29

FIGURE 2-45 INSERT SQUARE NUT (529) INTO SLOT 2-30

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-46 SEAT PISTOL GRIP (527) ONTO TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-30

FIGURE 2-47 INSERT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) INTO PROPER HOLE AND HAND-TIGHTEN 2-30

FIGURE 2-48 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TORQUE SCREW UNTIL IT SETS 2-30

FIGURE 2-49 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-31

FIGURE 2-50 REMOVE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-31

FIGURE 2-51 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-32

FIGURE 2-52 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-32

FIGURE 2-53 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-33

FIGURE 2-54 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-33

FIGURE 2-55 PRESS AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FORWARD 2-34

FIGURE 2-56 WITH INDEX FINGER RIDE HAMMER (555) FORWARD WHILE PULLING TRIGGER (545) 2-34

FIGURE 2-57 TAP ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) ON RIGHT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-34

FIGURE 2-58 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) CLEARS PROTECTIVE FINGERS 2-34

FIGURE 2-59 PUNCH OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) AND REMOVE 2-35

FIGURE 2-60 KEEP PUNCH IN PLACE AFTER REMOVAL OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) BEFORE REMOVAL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-35

FIGURE 2-61 KEEP FINGER ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) TO MAINTAIN CONTROL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-35

FIGURE 2-62 REMOVE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FROM BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-36

FIGURE 2-63 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-64 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-65 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) INTO CORRESPONDING HOLE ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-66 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-67 PLACE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-68 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-39

FIGURE 2-69 FINISH DRIVING SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH OVERSIZED 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-39

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-70 USE 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) TO START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-39

FIGURE 2-71 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578L) 2-39

FIGURE 2-72 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-40

FIGURE 2-73 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-40

FIGURE 2-74 WITH AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) PUSH SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) FROM RIGHT TO LEFT TO RELEASE 2-41

FIGURE 2-75 WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PUSH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) THROUGH AND OUT TO REMOVE 2-41

FIGURE 2-76 REMOVE AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-41

FIGURE 2-77 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-78 INSPECT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-79 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-80 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-81 ENSURE FLATS ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY ON AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-44

FIGURE 2-82 INSTALL SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) INTO LEFT SIDE ALIGN SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-44

FIGURE 2-83 ALIGN AND PUSH THROUGH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-45

FIGURE 2-84 FIT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) ONTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) IN PROPER NOTCH 2-45

FIGURE 2-85 USE AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) TO ENGAGE SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AROUND HOUSING 2-45

FIGURE 2-86 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

FIGURE 2-87 ALIGN BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) WITH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-88 ALIGN 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) FROM LEFT TO RIGHT 2-46

FIGURE 2-89 USE 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) TO HOLD SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-46

FIGURE 2-90 START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH 3S ROLL PIN STARTER 2-47

FIGURE 2-91 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO PLACE 2-47

FIGURE 2-92 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-47

FIGURE 2-93 ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION BY CHECKING FOR SPRING TENSION ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) 2-47

FIGURE 2-94 APPLY PRESSURE ONTO HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE REMOVING 2-48

FIGURE 2-95 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-48

FIGURE 2-96 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-49

FIGURE 2-97 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING (558) 2-49

FIGURE 2-98 ENSURE TIP OF HAMMER SPRING (558) IS ON SHOULDER OF HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-50

FIGURE 2-99 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) 2-50

FIGURE 2-100 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) AND HOLD HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE PUSHING BACK 2-50

FIGURE 2-101 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO LUG OF HAMMER (555) 2-50

FIGURE 2-102 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO REMOVE SCREW FROM SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-51

FIGURE 2-103 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-104 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-105 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-106 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-107 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) AND SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-108 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-109 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) AND SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-110 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER (567) 2-54

FIGURE 2-111 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-112 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-113 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-114 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-56

FIGURE 2-115 SCREW SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY 2-56

FIGURE 2-116 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (569) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-117 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-118 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) 2-57

FIGURE 2-119 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-120 INSPECT LOCKING PLATE (569) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-121 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-122 INSPECT HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-123 INSTALL HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-124 INSTALL HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-125 INSERT LOCKING PLATE FORK INTO LOCKING PLATE (569) 2-59

FIGURE 2-126 INSTALL LOCKING PLATE (569) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-127 APPLY DOWNWARD PRESSURE AND START 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-60

FIGURE 2-128 REMOVE TRIGGER PIN (548) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-60

FIGURE 2-129 REMOVE SEAR (547) SEAR SPRING (546) TRIGGER (545) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) 2-60

FIGURE 2-130 INSPECT SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

FIGURE 2-131 INSPECT TRIGGER (545) AND SEAR (547) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-132 INSERT SEAR SPRING (546) INTO TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-133 INSERT SEAR (547) ONTO SEAR SPRING (546) 2-62

FIGURE 2-134 START TO INSERT MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) THROUGH TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) AND TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-135 FINISH PUSHING MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) COMPLETELY THROUGH WITH EVEN AMOUNT OF MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER SHOWING 2-62

FIGURE 2-136 COMPLETED TRIGGER (545) SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) ASSEMBLED WITH MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-137 PUSH TRIGGER PIN (548) THROUGH TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND RELEASE MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-138 INVERT TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-64

FIGURE 2-139 ENSURE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) IS RETAINED WHEN REMOVING 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-64

FIGURE 2-140 REMOVE SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-65

FIGURE 2-141 REMOVE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) 2-65

FIGURE 2-142 INSPECT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER LEFT (534) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-66

FIGURE 2-143 INSERT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-67

FIGURE 2-144 INSERT LEADING EDGE OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-67

FIGURE 2-145 INSERT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-67

FIGURE 2-146 INSERT SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) WITH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-68

FIGURE 2-147 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-148 USE HAMMER (UT2115) TO DRIVE FLUSH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) IN MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-149 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-70

FIGURE 2-150 INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) INTO VISE WITH 4rdquo X 6rdquo LEATHER PAD SET (UT2833) 2-71

FIGURE 2-151 REMOVE BUTTPLATE (878) 2-71

FIGURE 2-152 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-71

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-153 INSPECT BUTTPLATE (878) 2-72

FIGURE 2-154 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-72

FIGURE 2-155 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-72

FIGURE 2-156 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-73

FIGURE 2-157 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-73

FIGURE 2-158 INSTALL BUTTPLATE (878) AND PUSH IN TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) ALL THE WAY 2-73

FIGURE 2-159 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND ADAPTER 4 MM (UT2381) TO REMOVE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-74

FIGURE 2-160 REMOVE LOP LOCK (866) FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-161 CONTINUE TO ROTATE LOP LOCK (866) CW AND REMOVE FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-162 REMOVE COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) TO DISASSEMBLE LOP LOCK (866) 2-74

FIGURE 2-163 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-75

FIGURE 2-164 UNSCREW HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-75

FIGURE 2-165 REMOVE ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) FROM LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-75

FIGURE 2-166 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-167 INSPECT LOP LOCK (866) SPRING LOP LOCK (867) AND COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-168 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-169 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-170 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-171 FIT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) AND LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) TOGETHER 2-78

FIGURE 2-172 INSTALL LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-173 START HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-174 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-78

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

A

CHANGE PAGEChange No Date Title or Brief Description Signature of Validating

OfficerOriginal 33108 Update manual per FNH

and CraneRon Webster

SW370-CF-TRS-010

B

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGESNOTE Zero in Change No column indicates original page or work package

Date of issue for this manualrsquos current version is

Original March 2008

TOTAL NUMBER OF CHAPTERS IN THIS DOCUMENT IS 4 TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES IN THIS DOCUMENT IS 322 CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWINGPage No Change NoFront Cover 0Change Page A-B 0How to Use this Manual a-d 0Warnings e-h 0Reporting Errors i-ii 0Acronyms iii-iv 0Table of Contents v-viii 0List of Figures ix-xxvi 0List of Tables xxvii-xxviii 0Chp 1 1-14 0Chp 2 1-188 0Chp 3 1-8 0Chp 4 1-8 0Appendix A 1-2 0Appendix B 1-34 0Appendix C 1-2 0Appendix D 1-8 0Appendix E 1-8 0Appendix F 1-2 0Appendix G 1-2 0Appendix H 1-2 0Appendix I 1-2 0

SW370-CF-TRS-010

a

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

1 GENERAL

This manual has been prepared and illustrated to provide maintenance personnel all the information required to support the MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm To locate a procedure in the manual quickly check the Table of Contents in the front of the manual

a References are to sections in this manual or to other publicationsb Throughout this manual text is keyed to illustrations by use of numbered callouts When an item is

called out a number in parentheses in the text corresponds with a number on the illustrationc Each task begins with an initial setup It tells you what you need to do the task tools materials parts

and other publications It tells you what must be done to the equipment before you begin the task and provides general safety instructions

2 INDEXES

This manual is organized to help you quickly find the information you need

a Table of Contents The Table of Contents lists in the order of presentation all chapters sections and paragraphs

b Cross-Reference Indexes A list in National Item Identification Number (NIIN) sequence of all National Stock numbered items appearing in listings followed by list in alphanumeric sequence of all part numbers appearing in listing National Stock Numbers (NSNs) and Part Numbers are cross-referenced to each illustration figure and item number in alphanumeric sequence and cross-references NSN and Part Number

3 LISTS

a List of Abbreviations An alphabetical list of uncommon abbreviations used in the manual is located on page iii

4 SAFETY WARNING ICONS EXPLANATION

FLYING PROJECTILE ndash Spring-loaded parts could release and hit body causing injury or death

EAR PROTECTION ndash Headphones over ears show that noise level will harm ears

ELECTRICAL ndash Electrical wire to arm with electricity symbol running through human body shows that shock hazard is present

SW370-CF-TRS-010

b

EXPLOSION ndash Rapidly expanding symbol shows that material may explode if subjected to high temperatures sources of ignition or high pressure

EYE PROTECTION ndash Person with goggles shows that material will injure eyes

WEAPON FIRE ndash Accidental discharge of weapon could penetrate body causing serious injury or death

5 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ICONS EXPLANATION

CHEMICAL ndash Drops of liquid on hand show that material could cause burns or irritation to human skin or tissue

EYE PROTECTION ndash Person with goggles shows that material could injure eyes

FIRE ndash Flame shows that material may ignite and cause burns

VAPOR ndash Human figure in cloud shows that material vapors present danger to life or health

4 SAFETY WARNING ICONS EXPLANATION (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

cd blank

HOT AREA ndash Hand over object radiating heat shows that part is hot and can cause burns

LASER LIGHT ndash Laser light hazard symbol indicates extreme danger for eyes from laser beams and reflections

5 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ICONS EXPLANATION (CONT)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

e

WARNING SUMMARY

This warning summary contains general safety warnings and hazardous materials warnings that must be understood and applied during equipmentrsquos operation and maintenance Failure to observe these precautions may result in serious injury or death to personnel Also included are explanations of safety and hazardous materials icons used within Technical Repair Standard (TRS)

1 DEFINITION OF THE FOLLOWING ALERTS THROUGHOUT THIS MANUAL

WARNING ndash Identifies clear danger to person performing procedure

CAUTION ndash Identifies risk of damage to equipment

NOTE ndash Used to highlight essential procedures conditions and statements or to convey important instructional data to user

2 FIRST AID

For first aid information refer to OP50100 First Aid

3 GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION

WARNING

Before starting inspection clear weapon Do not pull trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to ensure it is empty and check that no ammunition is in position to be introduced

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

WARNING

Use appropriate PPE for the job Striking any object with hammer can result in flying debris or parts Safety glasses or goggles are required when performing maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

f

3 GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION (CONT)

WARNING

Ensure weapon is unloaded prior to gauging

WARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

WARNING

Use eye protection for spring-loaded mechanisms

WARNING

Failure to comply with gauging requirements can create condition where weapon can fire out of ldquobatteryrdquo or fail to fire at critical moment In either condition serious injury or loss of life can result

SW370-CF-TRS-010

gh blank

4 CAUTIONS

CAUTIONDo not use dry cleaning solvent on plastic or rubber parts and components Due to aggressive nature of solvent it can render plastic or rubber parts unserviceable

CAUTIONDo not allow hammer to fall freely striking receiver this can damage hammer and bolt catchrelease

CAUTIONMake sure all ancillary and Special Operation Particular Modifications (SOPMOD)optics are removed from weapon prior to maintenance

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

CAUTIONRemoving barrel assembly from upper receiver frame without barrel extension clearing cut recessed portion of receiver frame could result in damage to frame Do not angle or rock barrel out of frame

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS

You can help improve this manual Please let us know if you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to improve a procedure Mail DA Form 2027 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) directly to Small Arms Weapons Division Joint Special Operati

This publication is available through Small Arms Weapons Division Joint Special Operations Response Department NSWC Crane Division

SW370-CF-TRS-010

iii blank

TECHNICAL REPAIR STANDARD

FOR

MK 17 MOD 0 762 MM SOF COMBAT ASSAULT RIFLE HEAVY

(NSN 1005-13-119-7703)

March 2008

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

iiiiv blank

LIST OF ACRONYMS

lsquoArsquo AutomaticBOI Basis of IssueCAGEC Contractor and Government Entity CodeCCW CounterclockwiseCLP Cleaner Lubricant and PreservativeCQC Close Quarter CombatCPC Corrosion Prevention and ControlsCW ClockwiseDoD Department of DefenseEGLM Enhance Grenade Launcher ManualEIR Equipment Improvement RecommendationsIAW In Accordance WithLAW Lubricating Oil Arctic WeaponsLB Long BarrelLH Left-handLOP Length of PullLSA Lubricating Oil WeaponsMOA Minutes of AngleMRC Maintenance Requirement CardsNIIN National Item Identification NumberNSN National Stock NumberNSWC Naval Surface Warfare CenterOM Operatorrsquos ManualPMCS Preventive Maintenance Checks and ServicesPN Part NumberPPE Personal Protective EquipmentPQDR Product Quality Deficiency ReportRBC Rifle Bore CleanerRH Right-handRPSTL Repair Parts and Special Tools ListS StandardlsquoSrsquo SafeSD Dry Cleaning SolventSSAVIE Sustainment Asset Visibility and Information ExchangeSOF Special Operations ForceSOPMOD Special Operation Particular ModificationsTM Technical ManualTMDER Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation ReportTRS Technical Repair StandardUI Unit of IssueUM Unit of MeasureUOC Usable on Code

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

v

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGE

CHANGE PAGE ALIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES BHOW TO USE THIS MANUAL aWARNING SUMMARY eREPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS iiiLIST OF ACRONYMS iiiLIST OF FIGURES ixLIST OF TABLES xxvii

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1-1SECTION IGENERAL INFORMATION 1-1

1-1 SCOPE 1-11-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE 1-11-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE 1-11-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR) 1-1

SECTION II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA 1-21-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION 1-21-6 NOMENCLATURE 1-31-7 TECHNICAL DATA 1-51-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES 1-61-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC) 1-13

CHAPTER 2 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 2-1SECTION I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND

EQUIPMENT 2-12-1 REPAIR PARTS 2-12-2 SPECIAL TOOLS 2-12-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST 2-1

SECTION II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT 2-12-4 GENERAL 2-12-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL 2-1

SECTION III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) 2-22-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS 2-2

SECTION IV TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2-11

SECTION V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-192-9 SAFETY CHECK 2-192-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-20

SECTION VI MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 2-262-11 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) MAINTENANCE 2-262-12 BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) MAINTENANCE 2-692-13 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY (401H) MAINTENANCE 2-902-14 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S) (201H-S) MAINTENANCE 2-1052-15 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (S) (601H) MAINTENANCE 2-1772-16 REASSEMBLE FROM FIELDSTRIP 2-1822-17 SAFETY CHECK 2-187

SW370-CF-TRS-010

vi

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

CHAPTER 3 UNIT MAINTENANCE GAUGING INSTRUCTIONS 3-1SECTION I REQUIRED GAUGES AND GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-1

3-1 REQUIRED GAUGES 3-13-2 GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-13-3 GENERAL 3-1

SECTION II GAUGING PROCEDURES 3-13-4 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 3-13-5 TRIGGER MODULE 3-43-6 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY 3-5

CHAPTER 4 UNIT MAINTENANCE BORESCOPING BARREL 4-1SECTION I TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND BACKGROUND 4-1

4-1 TECHNICAL DATA 4-14-2 BACKGROUND 4-1

SECTION II BORESCOPE MAINTENANCESETUPINSPECTIONS 4-14-3 MAINTENANCE OF BORESCOPE 4-1

SECTION III BORESCOPE COMPONENTS AND ASSEMBLY 4-24-4 COMPONENTS 4-24-5 ASSEMBLING BORESCOPE 4-34-6 INSPECTING 4-54-7 SUMMARY 4-7

APPENDIX A REFERENCES A-1A-1 TECHNICAL MANUALS A-1A-2 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE REGULATIONS A-1

APPENDIX B MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION B-1

B-1 SCOPE B-1B-2 GENERAL B-1B-3 REPAIR PARTS LIST COMPONENTS B-1B-4 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (SECTION II) B-1B-5 COLORS DEFINED B-2B-6 SUPPORT EXPLANATION B-2B-7 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS B-3B-8 SPECIAL INFORMATION B-4B-9 HOW TO LOCATE REPAIR PARTS B-4

SECTION II REPAIR PARTS LIST B-5SECTION III CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES PART NUMBER B-23SECTION IV CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER B-27SECTION V SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-31

B-10 SCAR T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH CALIBRATION PROCEDURES B-33

APPENDIX C EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION C-1

C-1 SCOPE C-1C-2 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS C-1

SECTION IIEXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

viiviii blank

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

APPENDIX D PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) QUICK REFERENCE TABLE D-1SECTION IGENERAL D-1

APPENDIX E FIELD REJECT ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST E-1E-1 REFERENCES E-1E-2 GAUGES AND EQUIPMENT E-2

APPENDIX F PARTS REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE F-1

APPENDIX G TORQUE CHART G-1G-1 MK 17 MOD 0 TORQUE SETTING CHART G-1

APPENDIX H STANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF) H-1

APPENDIX I TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER) I-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

ix

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 1-1 MAJOR COMPONENTS 1-2

FIGURE 1-2 NOMENCLATURE LEFT SIDE 1-3

FIGURE 1-3 NOMENCLATURE RIGHT SIDE 1-4

FIGURE 1-4 SAFE 1-6

FIGURE 1-5 SEMI-AUTOMATIC 1-7

FIGURE 1-6 AUTOMATIC 1-8

FIGURE 1-7 PERCUSSION AND FIRING 1-9

FIGURE 1-8 BULLET PROPELS FORWARD 1-9

FIGURE 1-9 GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY TOWARDS REAR 1-10

FIGURE 1-10 UNSUPPRESSED AND SUPPRESSED CONDITIONS 1-10

FIGURE 1-11 HAMMER COCKED 1-11

FIGURE 1-12 HAMMER FALLEN 1-11

FIGURE 1-13 COCKED POSITION 1-12

FIGURE 1-14 ENGAGES FRONT TOOTH OF TRIGGER 1-12

FIGURE 1-15 HAMMER RELEASED TO STRIKE FIRING PIN 1-12

FIGURE 1-16 TRIGGER RELEASED 1-12

FIGURE 2-1 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-4

FIGURE 2-2 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-6

FIGURE 2-3 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-7

FIGURE 2-4 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-8

FIGURE 2-5 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY 2-9

FIGURE 2-6 MAGAZINE LOCKING NOTCH 2-11

FIGURE 2-7 MAGAZINE CATCH RELEASE 2-11

FIGURE 2-8 SELECTOR LEVER ON lsquoSrsquo 2-12

FIGURE 2-9 FIRING PIN 2-12

FIGURE 2-10 HAMMER 2-12

FIGURE 2-11 HAMMER SPRING 2-13

FIGURE 2-12 LOCKING LUGS 2-13

FIGURE 2-13 INSPECT EXTRACTOR 2-14

FIGURE 2-14 EJECTOR AND EJECTOR SPRING 2-14

FIGURE 2-15 BOLT CARRIER 2-15

FIGURE 2-16 RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-15

SW370-CF-TRS-010

x

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-17 TRIGGER OR TRIGGER RETURN SPRING 2-16

FIGURE 2-18 PISTON RINGS 2-17

FIGURE 2-19 BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT 2-18

FIGURE 2-20 SELECTOR CAM 2-18

FIGURE 2-21 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-19

FIGURE 2-22 RELEASE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE 2-20

FIGURE 2-23 REMOVE TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-20

FIGURE 2-24 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-21

FIGURE 2-25 RELEASE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-21

FIGURE 2-26 REMOVE CHARGING HANDLE 2-21

FIGURE 2-27 REMOVE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-28 REMOVE RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-29 REMOVE FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-22

FIGURE 2-30 REMOVE FIRING PIN 2-23

FIGURE 2-31 REMOVE BOLT CAM PIN AND BOLT ASSEMBLY 2-23

FIGURE 2-32 DISASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 762 MM 2-24

FIGURE 2-33 COMPLETE FIELDSTRIP 2-25

FIGURE 2-34 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-27

FIGURE 2-35 INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) ONTO BLOCK TRIGGER MODULE VISE (UT1831) 2-28

FIGURE 2-36 TILTING TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) TO LEFT 2-28

FIGURE 2-37 LOOSEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) 2-28

FIGURE 2-38 REMOVE PISTOL GRIP (527) FROM TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-28

FIGURE 2-39 PUNCH OUT SQUARE NUT (529) 2-28

FIGURE 2-40 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) INTERFACE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-41 INSPECT SQUARE NUT (529) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-42 INSPECT LOCK WASHER (526) FOR CRACKS AND UNUSUAL WEAR 2-29

FIGURE 2-43 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-44 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) FOR WEAR OR STRIPPING ON THREADS 2-29

FIGURE 2-45 INSERT SQUARE NUT (529) INTO SLOT 2-30

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-46 SEAT PISTOL GRIP (527) ONTO TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-30

FIGURE 2-47 INSERT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) INTO PROPER HOLE AND HAND-TIGHTEN 2-30

FIGURE 2-48 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TORQUE SCREW UNTIL IT SETS 2-30

FIGURE 2-49 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-31

FIGURE 2-50 REMOVE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-31

FIGURE 2-51 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-32

FIGURE 2-52 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-32

FIGURE 2-53 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-33

FIGURE 2-54 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-33

FIGURE 2-55 PRESS AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FORWARD 2-34

FIGURE 2-56 WITH INDEX FINGER RIDE HAMMER (555) FORWARD WHILE PULLING TRIGGER (545) 2-34

FIGURE 2-57 TAP ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) ON RIGHT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-34

FIGURE 2-58 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) CLEARS PROTECTIVE FINGERS 2-34

FIGURE 2-59 PUNCH OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) AND REMOVE 2-35

FIGURE 2-60 KEEP PUNCH IN PLACE AFTER REMOVAL OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) BEFORE REMOVAL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-35

FIGURE 2-61 KEEP FINGER ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) TO MAINTAIN CONTROL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-35

FIGURE 2-62 REMOVE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FROM BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-36

FIGURE 2-63 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-64 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-65 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) INTO CORRESPONDING HOLE ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-66 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-67 PLACE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-68 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-39

FIGURE 2-69 FINISH DRIVING SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH OVERSIZED 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-39

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-70 USE 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) TO START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-39

FIGURE 2-71 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578L) 2-39

FIGURE 2-72 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-40

FIGURE 2-73 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-40

FIGURE 2-74 WITH AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) PUSH SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) FROM RIGHT TO LEFT TO RELEASE 2-41

FIGURE 2-75 WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PUSH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) THROUGH AND OUT TO REMOVE 2-41

FIGURE 2-76 REMOVE AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-41

FIGURE 2-77 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-78 INSPECT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-79 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-80 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-81 ENSURE FLATS ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY ON AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-44

FIGURE 2-82 INSTALL SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) INTO LEFT SIDE ALIGN SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-44

FIGURE 2-83 ALIGN AND PUSH THROUGH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-45

FIGURE 2-84 FIT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) ONTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) IN PROPER NOTCH 2-45

FIGURE 2-85 USE AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) TO ENGAGE SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AROUND HOUSING 2-45

FIGURE 2-86 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

FIGURE 2-87 ALIGN BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) WITH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-88 ALIGN 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) FROM LEFT TO RIGHT 2-46

FIGURE 2-89 USE 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) TO HOLD SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-46

FIGURE 2-90 START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH 3S ROLL PIN STARTER 2-47

FIGURE 2-91 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO PLACE 2-47

FIGURE 2-92 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-47

FIGURE 2-93 ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION BY CHECKING FOR SPRING TENSION ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) 2-47

FIGURE 2-94 APPLY PRESSURE ONTO HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE REMOVING 2-48

FIGURE 2-95 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-48

FIGURE 2-96 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-49

FIGURE 2-97 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING (558) 2-49

FIGURE 2-98 ENSURE TIP OF HAMMER SPRING (558) IS ON SHOULDER OF HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-50

FIGURE 2-99 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) 2-50

FIGURE 2-100 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) AND HOLD HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE PUSHING BACK 2-50

FIGURE 2-101 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO LUG OF HAMMER (555) 2-50

FIGURE 2-102 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO REMOVE SCREW FROM SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-51

FIGURE 2-103 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-104 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-105 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-106 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-107 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) AND SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-108 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-109 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) AND SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-110 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER (567) 2-54

FIGURE 2-111 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-112 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-113 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-114 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-56

FIGURE 2-115 SCREW SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY 2-56

FIGURE 2-116 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (569) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-117 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-118 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) 2-57

FIGURE 2-119 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-120 INSPECT LOCKING PLATE (569) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-121 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-122 INSPECT HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-123 INSTALL HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-124 INSTALL HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-125 INSERT LOCKING PLATE FORK INTO LOCKING PLATE (569) 2-59

FIGURE 2-126 INSTALL LOCKING PLATE (569) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-127 APPLY DOWNWARD PRESSURE AND START 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-60

FIGURE 2-128 REMOVE TRIGGER PIN (548) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-60

FIGURE 2-129 REMOVE SEAR (547) SEAR SPRING (546) TRIGGER (545) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) 2-60

FIGURE 2-130 INSPECT SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

FIGURE 2-131 INSPECT TRIGGER (545) AND SEAR (547) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-132 INSERT SEAR SPRING (546) INTO TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-133 INSERT SEAR (547) ONTO SEAR SPRING (546) 2-62

FIGURE 2-134 START TO INSERT MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) THROUGH TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) AND TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-135 FINISH PUSHING MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) COMPLETELY THROUGH WITH EVEN AMOUNT OF MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER SHOWING 2-62

FIGURE 2-136 COMPLETED TRIGGER (545) SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) ASSEMBLED WITH MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-137 PUSH TRIGGER PIN (548) THROUGH TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND RELEASE MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-138 INVERT TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-64

FIGURE 2-139 ENSURE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) IS RETAINED WHEN REMOVING 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-64

FIGURE 2-140 REMOVE SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-65

FIGURE 2-141 REMOVE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) 2-65

FIGURE 2-142 INSPECT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER LEFT (534) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-66

FIGURE 2-143 INSERT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-67

FIGURE 2-144 INSERT LEADING EDGE OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-67

FIGURE 2-145 INSERT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-67

FIGURE 2-146 INSERT SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) WITH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-68

FIGURE 2-147 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-148 USE HAMMER (UT2115) TO DRIVE FLUSH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) IN MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-149 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-70

FIGURE 2-150 INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) INTO VISE WITH 4rdquo X 6rdquo LEATHER PAD SET (UT2833) 2-71

FIGURE 2-151 REMOVE BUTTPLATE (878) 2-71

FIGURE 2-152 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-71

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-153 INSPECT BUTTPLATE (878) 2-72

FIGURE 2-154 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-72

FIGURE 2-155 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-72

FIGURE 2-156 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-73

FIGURE 2-157 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-73

FIGURE 2-158 INSTALL BUTTPLATE (878) AND PUSH IN TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) ALL THE WAY 2-73

FIGURE 2-159 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND ADAPTER 4 MM (UT2381) TO REMOVE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-74

FIGURE 2-160 REMOVE LOP LOCK (866) FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-161 CONTINUE TO ROTATE LOP LOCK (866) CW AND REMOVE FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-162 REMOVE COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) TO DISASSEMBLE LOP LOCK (866) 2-74

FIGURE 2-163 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-75

FIGURE 2-164 UNSCREW HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-75

FIGURE 2-165 REMOVE ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) FROM LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-75

FIGURE 2-166 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-167 INSPECT LOP LOCK (866) SPRING LOP LOCK (867) AND COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-168 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-169 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-170 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-171 FIT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) AND LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) TOGETHER 2-78

FIGURE 2-172 INSTALL LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-173 START HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-174 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-78

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

B

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGESNOTE Zero in Change No column indicates original page or work package

Date of issue for this manualrsquos current version is

Original March 2008

TOTAL NUMBER OF CHAPTERS IN THIS DOCUMENT IS 4 TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES IN THIS DOCUMENT IS 322 CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWINGPage No Change NoFront Cover 0Change Page A-B 0How to Use this Manual a-d 0Warnings e-h 0Reporting Errors i-ii 0Acronyms iii-iv 0Table of Contents v-viii 0List of Figures ix-xxvi 0List of Tables xxvii-xxviii 0Chp 1 1-14 0Chp 2 1-188 0Chp 3 1-8 0Chp 4 1-8 0Appendix A 1-2 0Appendix B 1-34 0Appendix C 1-2 0Appendix D 1-8 0Appendix E 1-8 0Appendix F 1-2 0Appendix G 1-2 0Appendix H 1-2 0Appendix I 1-2 0

SW370-CF-TRS-010

a

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

1 GENERAL

This manual has been prepared and illustrated to provide maintenance personnel all the information required to support the MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm To locate a procedure in the manual quickly check the Table of Contents in the front of the manual

a References are to sections in this manual or to other publicationsb Throughout this manual text is keyed to illustrations by use of numbered callouts When an item is

called out a number in parentheses in the text corresponds with a number on the illustrationc Each task begins with an initial setup It tells you what you need to do the task tools materials parts

and other publications It tells you what must be done to the equipment before you begin the task and provides general safety instructions

2 INDEXES

This manual is organized to help you quickly find the information you need

a Table of Contents The Table of Contents lists in the order of presentation all chapters sections and paragraphs

b Cross-Reference Indexes A list in National Item Identification Number (NIIN) sequence of all National Stock numbered items appearing in listings followed by list in alphanumeric sequence of all part numbers appearing in listing National Stock Numbers (NSNs) and Part Numbers are cross-referenced to each illustration figure and item number in alphanumeric sequence and cross-references NSN and Part Number

3 LISTS

a List of Abbreviations An alphabetical list of uncommon abbreviations used in the manual is located on page iii

4 SAFETY WARNING ICONS EXPLANATION

FLYING PROJECTILE ndash Spring-loaded parts could release and hit body causing injury or death

EAR PROTECTION ndash Headphones over ears show that noise level will harm ears

ELECTRICAL ndash Electrical wire to arm with electricity symbol running through human body shows that shock hazard is present

SW370-CF-TRS-010

b

EXPLOSION ndash Rapidly expanding symbol shows that material may explode if subjected to high temperatures sources of ignition or high pressure

EYE PROTECTION ndash Person with goggles shows that material will injure eyes

WEAPON FIRE ndash Accidental discharge of weapon could penetrate body causing serious injury or death

5 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ICONS EXPLANATION

CHEMICAL ndash Drops of liquid on hand show that material could cause burns or irritation to human skin or tissue

EYE PROTECTION ndash Person with goggles shows that material could injure eyes

FIRE ndash Flame shows that material may ignite and cause burns

VAPOR ndash Human figure in cloud shows that material vapors present danger to life or health

4 SAFETY WARNING ICONS EXPLANATION (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

cd blank

HOT AREA ndash Hand over object radiating heat shows that part is hot and can cause burns

LASER LIGHT ndash Laser light hazard symbol indicates extreme danger for eyes from laser beams and reflections

5 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ICONS EXPLANATION (CONT)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

e

WARNING SUMMARY

This warning summary contains general safety warnings and hazardous materials warnings that must be understood and applied during equipmentrsquos operation and maintenance Failure to observe these precautions may result in serious injury or death to personnel Also included are explanations of safety and hazardous materials icons used within Technical Repair Standard (TRS)

1 DEFINITION OF THE FOLLOWING ALERTS THROUGHOUT THIS MANUAL

WARNING ndash Identifies clear danger to person performing procedure

CAUTION ndash Identifies risk of damage to equipment

NOTE ndash Used to highlight essential procedures conditions and statements or to convey important instructional data to user

2 FIRST AID

For first aid information refer to OP50100 First Aid

3 GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION

WARNING

Before starting inspection clear weapon Do not pull trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to ensure it is empty and check that no ammunition is in position to be introduced

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

WARNING

Use appropriate PPE for the job Striking any object with hammer can result in flying debris or parts Safety glasses or goggles are required when performing maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

f

3 GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION (CONT)

WARNING

Ensure weapon is unloaded prior to gauging

WARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

WARNING

Use eye protection for spring-loaded mechanisms

WARNING

Failure to comply with gauging requirements can create condition where weapon can fire out of ldquobatteryrdquo or fail to fire at critical moment In either condition serious injury or loss of life can result

SW370-CF-TRS-010

gh blank

4 CAUTIONS

CAUTIONDo not use dry cleaning solvent on plastic or rubber parts and components Due to aggressive nature of solvent it can render plastic or rubber parts unserviceable

CAUTIONDo not allow hammer to fall freely striking receiver this can damage hammer and bolt catchrelease

CAUTIONMake sure all ancillary and Special Operation Particular Modifications (SOPMOD)optics are removed from weapon prior to maintenance

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

CAUTIONRemoving barrel assembly from upper receiver frame without barrel extension clearing cut recessed portion of receiver frame could result in damage to frame Do not angle or rock barrel out of frame

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS

You can help improve this manual Please let us know if you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to improve a procedure Mail DA Form 2027 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) directly to Small Arms Weapons Division Joint Special Operati

This publication is available through Small Arms Weapons Division Joint Special Operations Response Department NSWC Crane Division

SW370-CF-TRS-010

iii blank

TECHNICAL REPAIR STANDARD

FOR

MK 17 MOD 0 762 MM SOF COMBAT ASSAULT RIFLE HEAVY

(NSN 1005-13-119-7703)

March 2008

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

iiiiv blank

LIST OF ACRONYMS

lsquoArsquo AutomaticBOI Basis of IssueCAGEC Contractor and Government Entity CodeCCW CounterclockwiseCLP Cleaner Lubricant and PreservativeCQC Close Quarter CombatCPC Corrosion Prevention and ControlsCW ClockwiseDoD Department of DefenseEGLM Enhance Grenade Launcher ManualEIR Equipment Improvement RecommendationsIAW In Accordance WithLAW Lubricating Oil Arctic WeaponsLB Long BarrelLH Left-handLOP Length of PullLSA Lubricating Oil WeaponsMOA Minutes of AngleMRC Maintenance Requirement CardsNIIN National Item Identification NumberNSN National Stock NumberNSWC Naval Surface Warfare CenterOM Operatorrsquos ManualPMCS Preventive Maintenance Checks and ServicesPN Part NumberPPE Personal Protective EquipmentPQDR Product Quality Deficiency ReportRBC Rifle Bore CleanerRH Right-handRPSTL Repair Parts and Special Tools ListS StandardlsquoSrsquo SafeSD Dry Cleaning SolventSSAVIE Sustainment Asset Visibility and Information ExchangeSOF Special Operations ForceSOPMOD Special Operation Particular ModificationsTM Technical ManualTMDER Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation ReportTRS Technical Repair StandardUI Unit of IssueUM Unit of MeasureUOC Usable on Code

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

v

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGE

CHANGE PAGE ALIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES BHOW TO USE THIS MANUAL aWARNING SUMMARY eREPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS iiiLIST OF ACRONYMS iiiLIST OF FIGURES ixLIST OF TABLES xxvii

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1-1SECTION IGENERAL INFORMATION 1-1

1-1 SCOPE 1-11-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE 1-11-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE 1-11-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR) 1-1

SECTION II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA 1-21-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION 1-21-6 NOMENCLATURE 1-31-7 TECHNICAL DATA 1-51-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES 1-61-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC) 1-13

CHAPTER 2 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 2-1SECTION I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND

EQUIPMENT 2-12-1 REPAIR PARTS 2-12-2 SPECIAL TOOLS 2-12-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST 2-1

SECTION II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT 2-12-4 GENERAL 2-12-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL 2-1

SECTION III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) 2-22-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS 2-2

SECTION IV TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2-11

SECTION V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-192-9 SAFETY CHECK 2-192-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-20

SECTION VI MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 2-262-11 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) MAINTENANCE 2-262-12 BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) MAINTENANCE 2-692-13 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY (401H) MAINTENANCE 2-902-14 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S) (201H-S) MAINTENANCE 2-1052-15 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (S) (601H) MAINTENANCE 2-1772-16 REASSEMBLE FROM FIELDSTRIP 2-1822-17 SAFETY CHECK 2-187

SW370-CF-TRS-010

vi

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

CHAPTER 3 UNIT MAINTENANCE GAUGING INSTRUCTIONS 3-1SECTION I REQUIRED GAUGES AND GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-1

3-1 REQUIRED GAUGES 3-13-2 GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-13-3 GENERAL 3-1

SECTION II GAUGING PROCEDURES 3-13-4 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 3-13-5 TRIGGER MODULE 3-43-6 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY 3-5

CHAPTER 4 UNIT MAINTENANCE BORESCOPING BARREL 4-1SECTION I TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND BACKGROUND 4-1

4-1 TECHNICAL DATA 4-14-2 BACKGROUND 4-1

SECTION II BORESCOPE MAINTENANCESETUPINSPECTIONS 4-14-3 MAINTENANCE OF BORESCOPE 4-1

SECTION III BORESCOPE COMPONENTS AND ASSEMBLY 4-24-4 COMPONENTS 4-24-5 ASSEMBLING BORESCOPE 4-34-6 INSPECTING 4-54-7 SUMMARY 4-7

APPENDIX A REFERENCES A-1A-1 TECHNICAL MANUALS A-1A-2 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE REGULATIONS A-1

APPENDIX B MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION B-1

B-1 SCOPE B-1B-2 GENERAL B-1B-3 REPAIR PARTS LIST COMPONENTS B-1B-4 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (SECTION II) B-1B-5 COLORS DEFINED B-2B-6 SUPPORT EXPLANATION B-2B-7 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS B-3B-8 SPECIAL INFORMATION B-4B-9 HOW TO LOCATE REPAIR PARTS B-4

SECTION II REPAIR PARTS LIST B-5SECTION III CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES PART NUMBER B-23SECTION IV CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER B-27SECTION V SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-31

B-10 SCAR T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH CALIBRATION PROCEDURES B-33

APPENDIX C EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION C-1

C-1 SCOPE C-1C-2 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS C-1

SECTION IIEXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

viiviii blank

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

APPENDIX D PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) QUICK REFERENCE TABLE D-1SECTION IGENERAL D-1

APPENDIX E FIELD REJECT ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST E-1E-1 REFERENCES E-1E-2 GAUGES AND EQUIPMENT E-2

APPENDIX F PARTS REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE F-1

APPENDIX G TORQUE CHART G-1G-1 MK 17 MOD 0 TORQUE SETTING CHART G-1

APPENDIX H STANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF) H-1

APPENDIX I TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER) I-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

ix

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 1-1 MAJOR COMPONENTS 1-2

FIGURE 1-2 NOMENCLATURE LEFT SIDE 1-3

FIGURE 1-3 NOMENCLATURE RIGHT SIDE 1-4

FIGURE 1-4 SAFE 1-6

FIGURE 1-5 SEMI-AUTOMATIC 1-7

FIGURE 1-6 AUTOMATIC 1-8

FIGURE 1-7 PERCUSSION AND FIRING 1-9

FIGURE 1-8 BULLET PROPELS FORWARD 1-9

FIGURE 1-9 GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY TOWARDS REAR 1-10

FIGURE 1-10 UNSUPPRESSED AND SUPPRESSED CONDITIONS 1-10

FIGURE 1-11 HAMMER COCKED 1-11

FIGURE 1-12 HAMMER FALLEN 1-11

FIGURE 1-13 COCKED POSITION 1-12

FIGURE 1-14 ENGAGES FRONT TOOTH OF TRIGGER 1-12

FIGURE 1-15 HAMMER RELEASED TO STRIKE FIRING PIN 1-12

FIGURE 1-16 TRIGGER RELEASED 1-12

FIGURE 2-1 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-4

FIGURE 2-2 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-6

FIGURE 2-3 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-7

FIGURE 2-4 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-8

FIGURE 2-5 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY 2-9

FIGURE 2-6 MAGAZINE LOCKING NOTCH 2-11

FIGURE 2-7 MAGAZINE CATCH RELEASE 2-11

FIGURE 2-8 SELECTOR LEVER ON lsquoSrsquo 2-12

FIGURE 2-9 FIRING PIN 2-12

FIGURE 2-10 HAMMER 2-12

FIGURE 2-11 HAMMER SPRING 2-13

FIGURE 2-12 LOCKING LUGS 2-13

FIGURE 2-13 INSPECT EXTRACTOR 2-14

FIGURE 2-14 EJECTOR AND EJECTOR SPRING 2-14

FIGURE 2-15 BOLT CARRIER 2-15

FIGURE 2-16 RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-15

SW370-CF-TRS-010

x

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-17 TRIGGER OR TRIGGER RETURN SPRING 2-16

FIGURE 2-18 PISTON RINGS 2-17

FIGURE 2-19 BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT 2-18

FIGURE 2-20 SELECTOR CAM 2-18

FIGURE 2-21 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-19

FIGURE 2-22 RELEASE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE 2-20

FIGURE 2-23 REMOVE TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-20

FIGURE 2-24 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-21

FIGURE 2-25 RELEASE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-21

FIGURE 2-26 REMOVE CHARGING HANDLE 2-21

FIGURE 2-27 REMOVE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-28 REMOVE RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-29 REMOVE FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-22

FIGURE 2-30 REMOVE FIRING PIN 2-23

FIGURE 2-31 REMOVE BOLT CAM PIN AND BOLT ASSEMBLY 2-23

FIGURE 2-32 DISASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 762 MM 2-24

FIGURE 2-33 COMPLETE FIELDSTRIP 2-25

FIGURE 2-34 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-27

FIGURE 2-35 INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) ONTO BLOCK TRIGGER MODULE VISE (UT1831) 2-28

FIGURE 2-36 TILTING TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) TO LEFT 2-28

FIGURE 2-37 LOOSEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) 2-28

FIGURE 2-38 REMOVE PISTOL GRIP (527) FROM TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-28

FIGURE 2-39 PUNCH OUT SQUARE NUT (529) 2-28

FIGURE 2-40 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) INTERFACE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-41 INSPECT SQUARE NUT (529) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-42 INSPECT LOCK WASHER (526) FOR CRACKS AND UNUSUAL WEAR 2-29

FIGURE 2-43 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-44 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) FOR WEAR OR STRIPPING ON THREADS 2-29

FIGURE 2-45 INSERT SQUARE NUT (529) INTO SLOT 2-30

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-46 SEAT PISTOL GRIP (527) ONTO TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-30

FIGURE 2-47 INSERT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) INTO PROPER HOLE AND HAND-TIGHTEN 2-30

FIGURE 2-48 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TORQUE SCREW UNTIL IT SETS 2-30

FIGURE 2-49 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-31

FIGURE 2-50 REMOVE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-31

FIGURE 2-51 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-32

FIGURE 2-52 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-32

FIGURE 2-53 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-33

FIGURE 2-54 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-33

FIGURE 2-55 PRESS AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FORWARD 2-34

FIGURE 2-56 WITH INDEX FINGER RIDE HAMMER (555) FORWARD WHILE PULLING TRIGGER (545) 2-34

FIGURE 2-57 TAP ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) ON RIGHT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-34

FIGURE 2-58 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) CLEARS PROTECTIVE FINGERS 2-34

FIGURE 2-59 PUNCH OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) AND REMOVE 2-35

FIGURE 2-60 KEEP PUNCH IN PLACE AFTER REMOVAL OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) BEFORE REMOVAL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-35

FIGURE 2-61 KEEP FINGER ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) TO MAINTAIN CONTROL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-35

FIGURE 2-62 REMOVE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FROM BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-36

FIGURE 2-63 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-64 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-65 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) INTO CORRESPONDING HOLE ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-66 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-67 PLACE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-68 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-39

FIGURE 2-69 FINISH DRIVING SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH OVERSIZED 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-39

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-70 USE 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) TO START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-39

FIGURE 2-71 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578L) 2-39

FIGURE 2-72 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-40

FIGURE 2-73 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-40

FIGURE 2-74 WITH AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) PUSH SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) FROM RIGHT TO LEFT TO RELEASE 2-41

FIGURE 2-75 WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PUSH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) THROUGH AND OUT TO REMOVE 2-41

FIGURE 2-76 REMOVE AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-41

FIGURE 2-77 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-78 INSPECT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-79 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-80 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-81 ENSURE FLATS ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY ON AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-44

FIGURE 2-82 INSTALL SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) INTO LEFT SIDE ALIGN SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-44

FIGURE 2-83 ALIGN AND PUSH THROUGH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-45

FIGURE 2-84 FIT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) ONTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) IN PROPER NOTCH 2-45

FIGURE 2-85 USE AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) TO ENGAGE SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AROUND HOUSING 2-45

FIGURE 2-86 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

FIGURE 2-87 ALIGN BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) WITH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-88 ALIGN 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) FROM LEFT TO RIGHT 2-46

FIGURE 2-89 USE 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) TO HOLD SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-46

FIGURE 2-90 START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH 3S ROLL PIN STARTER 2-47

FIGURE 2-91 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO PLACE 2-47

FIGURE 2-92 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-47

FIGURE 2-93 ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION BY CHECKING FOR SPRING TENSION ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) 2-47

FIGURE 2-94 APPLY PRESSURE ONTO HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE REMOVING 2-48

FIGURE 2-95 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-48

FIGURE 2-96 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-49

FIGURE 2-97 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING (558) 2-49

FIGURE 2-98 ENSURE TIP OF HAMMER SPRING (558) IS ON SHOULDER OF HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-50

FIGURE 2-99 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) 2-50

FIGURE 2-100 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) AND HOLD HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE PUSHING BACK 2-50

FIGURE 2-101 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO LUG OF HAMMER (555) 2-50

FIGURE 2-102 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO REMOVE SCREW FROM SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-51

FIGURE 2-103 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-104 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-105 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-106 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-107 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) AND SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-108 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-109 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) AND SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-110 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER (567) 2-54

FIGURE 2-111 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-112 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-113 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-114 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-56

FIGURE 2-115 SCREW SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY 2-56

FIGURE 2-116 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (569) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-117 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-118 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) 2-57

FIGURE 2-119 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-120 INSPECT LOCKING PLATE (569) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-121 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-122 INSPECT HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-123 INSTALL HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-124 INSTALL HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-125 INSERT LOCKING PLATE FORK INTO LOCKING PLATE (569) 2-59

FIGURE 2-126 INSTALL LOCKING PLATE (569) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-127 APPLY DOWNWARD PRESSURE AND START 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-60

FIGURE 2-128 REMOVE TRIGGER PIN (548) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-60

FIGURE 2-129 REMOVE SEAR (547) SEAR SPRING (546) TRIGGER (545) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) 2-60

FIGURE 2-130 INSPECT SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

FIGURE 2-131 INSPECT TRIGGER (545) AND SEAR (547) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-132 INSERT SEAR SPRING (546) INTO TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-133 INSERT SEAR (547) ONTO SEAR SPRING (546) 2-62

FIGURE 2-134 START TO INSERT MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) THROUGH TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) AND TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-135 FINISH PUSHING MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) COMPLETELY THROUGH WITH EVEN AMOUNT OF MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER SHOWING 2-62

FIGURE 2-136 COMPLETED TRIGGER (545) SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) ASSEMBLED WITH MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-137 PUSH TRIGGER PIN (548) THROUGH TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND RELEASE MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-138 INVERT TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-64

FIGURE 2-139 ENSURE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) IS RETAINED WHEN REMOVING 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-64

FIGURE 2-140 REMOVE SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-65

FIGURE 2-141 REMOVE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) 2-65

FIGURE 2-142 INSPECT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER LEFT (534) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-66

FIGURE 2-143 INSERT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-67

FIGURE 2-144 INSERT LEADING EDGE OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-67

FIGURE 2-145 INSERT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-67

FIGURE 2-146 INSERT SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) WITH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-68

FIGURE 2-147 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-148 USE HAMMER (UT2115) TO DRIVE FLUSH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) IN MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-149 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-70

FIGURE 2-150 INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) INTO VISE WITH 4rdquo X 6rdquo LEATHER PAD SET (UT2833) 2-71

FIGURE 2-151 REMOVE BUTTPLATE (878) 2-71

FIGURE 2-152 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-71

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-153 INSPECT BUTTPLATE (878) 2-72

FIGURE 2-154 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-72

FIGURE 2-155 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-72

FIGURE 2-156 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-73

FIGURE 2-157 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-73

FIGURE 2-158 INSTALL BUTTPLATE (878) AND PUSH IN TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) ALL THE WAY 2-73

FIGURE 2-159 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND ADAPTER 4 MM (UT2381) TO REMOVE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-74

FIGURE 2-160 REMOVE LOP LOCK (866) FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-161 CONTINUE TO ROTATE LOP LOCK (866) CW AND REMOVE FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-162 REMOVE COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) TO DISASSEMBLE LOP LOCK (866) 2-74

FIGURE 2-163 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-75

FIGURE 2-164 UNSCREW HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-75

FIGURE 2-165 REMOVE ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) FROM LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-75

FIGURE 2-166 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-167 INSPECT LOP LOCK (866) SPRING LOP LOCK (867) AND COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-168 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-169 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-170 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-171 FIT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) AND LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) TOGETHER 2-78

FIGURE 2-172 INSTALL LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-173 START HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-174 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-78

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

a

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

1 GENERAL

This manual has been prepared and illustrated to provide maintenance personnel all the information required to support the MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm To locate a procedure in the manual quickly check the Table of Contents in the front of the manual

a References are to sections in this manual or to other publicationsb Throughout this manual text is keyed to illustrations by use of numbered callouts When an item is

called out a number in parentheses in the text corresponds with a number on the illustrationc Each task begins with an initial setup It tells you what you need to do the task tools materials parts

and other publications It tells you what must be done to the equipment before you begin the task and provides general safety instructions

2 INDEXES

This manual is organized to help you quickly find the information you need

a Table of Contents The Table of Contents lists in the order of presentation all chapters sections and paragraphs

b Cross-Reference Indexes A list in National Item Identification Number (NIIN) sequence of all National Stock numbered items appearing in listings followed by list in alphanumeric sequence of all part numbers appearing in listing National Stock Numbers (NSNs) and Part Numbers are cross-referenced to each illustration figure and item number in alphanumeric sequence and cross-references NSN and Part Number

3 LISTS

a List of Abbreviations An alphabetical list of uncommon abbreviations used in the manual is located on page iii

4 SAFETY WARNING ICONS EXPLANATION

FLYING PROJECTILE ndash Spring-loaded parts could release and hit body causing injury or death

EAR PROTECTION ndash Headphones over ears show that noise level will harm ears

ELECTRICAL ndash Electrical wire to arm with electricity symbol running through human body shows that shock hazard is present

SW370-CF-TRS-010

b

EXPLOSION ndash Rapidly expanding symbol shows that material may explode if subjected to high temperatures sources of ignition or high pressure

EYE PROTECTION ndash Person with goggles shows that material will injure eyes

WEAPON FIRE ndash Accidental discharge of weapon could penetrate body causing serious injury or death

5 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ICONS EXPLANATION

CHEMICAL ndash Drops of liquid on hand show that material could cause burns or irritation to human skin or tissue

EYE PROTECTION ndash Person with goggles shows that material could injure eyes

FIRE ndash Flame shows that material may ignite and cause burns

VAPOR ndash Human figure in cloud shows that material vapors present danger to life or health

4 SAFETY WARNING ICONS EXPLANATION (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

cd blank

HOT AREA ndash Hand over object radiating heat shows that part is hot and can cause burns

LASER LIGHT ndash Laser light hazard symbol indicates extreme danger for eyes from laser beams and reflections

5 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ICONS EXPLANATION (CONT)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

e

WARNING SUMMARY

This warning summary contains general safety warnings and hazardous materials warnings that must be understood and applied during equipmentrsquos operation and maintenance Failure to observe these precautions may result in serious injury or death to personnel Also included are explanations of safety and hazardous materials icons used within Technical Repair Standard (TRS)

1 DEFINITION OF THE FOLLOWING ALERTS THROUGHOUT THIS MANUAL

WARNING ndash Identifies clear danger to person performing procedure

CAUTION ndash Identifies risk of damage to equipment

NOTE ndash Used to highlight essential procedures conditions and statements or to convey important instructional data to user

2 FIRST AID

For first aid information refer to OP50100 First Aid

3 GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION

WARNING

Before starting inspection clear weapon Do not pull trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to ensure it is empty and check that no ammunition is in position to be introduced

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

WARNING

Use appropriate PPE for the job Striking any object with hammer can result in flying debris or parts Safety glasses or goggles are required when performing maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

f

3 GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION (CONT)

WARNING

Ensure weapon is unloaded prior to gauging

WARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

WARNING

Use eye protection for spring-loaded mechanisms

WARNING

Failure to comply with gauging requirements can create condition where weapon can fire out of ldquobatteryrdquo or fail to fire at critical moment In either condition serious injury or loss of life can result

SW370-CF-TRS-010

gh blank

4 CAUTIONS

CAUTIONDo not use dry cleaning solvent on plastic or rubber parts and components Due to aggressive nature of solvent it can render plastic or rubber parts unserviceable

CAUTIONDo not allow hammer to fall freely striking receiver this can damage hammer and bolt catchrelease

CAUTIONMake sure all ancillary and Special Operation Particular Modifications (SOPMOD)optics are removed from weapon prior to maintenance

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

CAUTIONRemoving barrel assembly from upper receiver frame without barrel extension clearing cut recessed portion of receiver frame could result in damage to frame Do not angle or rock barrel out of frame

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS

You can help improve this manual Please let us know if you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to improve a procedure Mail DA Form 2027 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) directly to Small Arms Weapons Division Joint Special Operati

This publication is available through Small Arms Weapons Division Joint Special Operations Response Department NSWC Crane Division

SW370-CF-TRS-010

iii blank

TECHNICAL REPAIR STANDARD

FOR

MK 17 MOD 0 762 MM SOF COMBAT ASSAULT RIFLE HEAVY

(NSN 1005-13-119-7703)

March 2008

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

iiiiv blank

LIST OF ACRONYMS

lsquoArsquo AutomaticBOI Basis of IssueCAGEC Contractor and Government Entity CodeCCW CounterclockwiseCLP Cleaner Lubricant and PreservativeCQC Close Quarter CombatCPC Corrosion Prevention and ControlsCW ClockwiseDoD Department of DefenseEGLM Enhance Grenade Launcher ManualEIR Equipment Improvement RecommendationsIAW In Accordance WithLAW Lubricating Oil Arctic WeaponsLB Long BarrelLH Left-handLOP Length of PullLSA Lubricating Oil WeaponsMOA Minutes of AngleMRC Maintenance Requirement CardsNIIN National Item Identification NumberNSN National Stock NumberNSWC Naval Surface Warfare CenterOM Operatorrsquos ManualPMCS Preventive Maintenance Checks and ServicesPN Part NumberPPE Personal Protective EquipmentPQDR Product Quality Deficiency ReportRBC Rifle Bore CleanerRH Right-handRPSTL Repair Parts and Special Tools ListS StandardlsquoSrsquo SafeSD Dry Cleaning SolventSSAVIE Sustainment Asset Visibility and Information ExchangeSOF Special Operations ForceSOPMOD Special Operation Particular ModificationsTM Technical ManualTMDER Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation ReportTRS Technical Repair StandardUI Unit of IssueUM Unit of MeasureUOC Usable on Code

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

v

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGE

CHANGE PAGE ALIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES BHOW TO USE THIS MANUAL aWARNING SUMMARY eREPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS iiiLIST OF ACRONYMS iiiLIST OF FIGURES ixLIST OF TABLES xxvii

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1-1SECTION IGENERAL INFORMATION 1-1

1-1 SCOPE 1-11-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE 1-11-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE 1-11-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR) 1-1

SECTION II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA 1-21-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION 1-21-6 NOMENCLATURE 1-31-7 TECHNICAL DATA 1-51-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES 1-61-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC) 1-13

CHAPTER 2 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 2-1SECTION I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND

EQUIPMENT 2-12-1 REPAIR PARTS 2-12-2 SPECIAL TOOLS 2-12-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST 2-1

SECTION II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT 2-12-4 GENERAL 2-12-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL 2-1

SECTION III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) 2-22-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS 2-2

SECTION IV TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2-11

SECTION V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-192-9 SAFETY CHECK 2-192-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-20

SECTION VI MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 2-262-11 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) MAINTENANCE 2-262-12 BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) MAINTENANCE 2-692-13 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY (401H) MAINTENANCE 2-902-14 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S) (201H-S) MAINTENANCE 2-1052-15 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (S) (601H) MAINTENANCE 2-1772-16 REASSEMBLE FROM FIELDSTRIP 2-1822-17 SAFETY CHECK 2-187

SW370-CF-TRS-010

vi

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

CHAPTER 3 UNIT MAINTENANCE GAUGING INSTRUCTIONS 3-1SECTION I REQUIRED GAUGES AND GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-1

3-1 REQUIRED GAUGES 3-13-2 GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-13-3 GENERAL 3-1

SECTION II GAUGING PROCEDURES 3-13-4 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 3-13-5 TRIGGER MODULE 3-43-6 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY 3-5

CHAPTER 4 UNIT MAINTENANCE BORESCOPING BARREL 4-1SECTION I TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND BACKGROUND 4-1

4-1 TECHNICAL DATA 4-14-2 BACKGROUND 4-1

SECTION II BORESCOPE MAINTENANCESETUPINSPECTIONS 4-14-3 MAINTENANCE OF BORESCOPE 4-1

SECTION III BORESCOPE COMPONENTS AND ASSEMBLY 4-24-4 COMPONENTS 4-24-5 ASSEMBLING BORESCOPE 4-34-6 INSPECTING 4-54-7 SUMMARY 4-7

APPENDIX A REFERENCES A-1A-1 TECHNICAL MANUALS A-1A-2 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE REGULATIONS A-1

APPENDIX B MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION B-1

B-1 SCOPE B-1B-2 GENERAL B-1B-3 REPAIR PARTS LIST COMPONENTS B-1B-4 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (SECTION II) B-1B-5 COLORS DEFINED B-2B-6 SUPPORT EXPLANATION B-2B-7 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS B-3B-8 SPECIAL INFORMATION B-4B-9 HOW TO LOCATE REPAIR PARTS B-4

SECTION II REPAIR PARTS LIST B-5SECTION III CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES PART NUMBER B-23SECTION IV CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER B-27SECTION V SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-31

B-10 SCAR T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH CALIBRATION PROCEDURES B-33

APPENDIX C EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION C-1

C-1 SCOPE C-1C-2 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS C-1

SECTION IIEXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

viiviii blank

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

APPENDIX D PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) QUICK REFERENCE TABLE D-1SECTION IGENERAL D-1

APPENDIX E FIELD REJECT ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST E-1E-1 REFERENCES E-1E-2 GAUGES AND EQUIPMENT E-2

APPENDIX F PARTS REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE F-1

APPENDIX G TORQUE CHART G-1G-1 MK 17 MOD 0 TORQUE SETTING CHART G-1

APPENDIX H STANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF) H-1

APPENDIX I TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER) I-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

ix

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 1-1 MAJOR COMPONENTS 1-2

FIGURE 1-2 NOMENCLATURE LEFT SIDE 1-3

FIGURE 1-3 NOMENCLATURE RIGHT SIDE 1-4

FIGURE 1-4 SAFE 1-6

FIGURE 1-5 SEMI-AUTOMATIC 1-7

FIGURE 1-6 AUTOMATIC 1-8

FIGURE 1-7 PERCUSSION AND FIRING 1-9

FIGURE 1-8 BULLET PROPELS FORWARD 1-9

FIGURE 1-9 GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY TOWARDS REAR 1-10

FIGURE 1-10 UNSUPPRESSED AND SUPPRESSED CONDITIONS 1-10

FIGURE 1-11 HAMMER COCKED 1-11

FIGURE 1-12 HAMMER FALLEN 1-11

FIGURE 1-13 COCKED POSITION 1-12

FIGURE 1-14 ENGAGES FRONT TOOTH OF TRIGGER 1-12

FIGURE 1-15 HAMMER RELEASED TO STRIKE FIRING PIN 1-12

FIGURE 1-16 TRIGGER RELEASED 1-12

FIGURE 2-1 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-4

FIGURE 2-2 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-6

FIGURE 2-3 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-7

FIGURE 2-4 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-8

FIGURE 2-5 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY 2-9

FIGURE 2-6 MAGAZINE LOCKING NOTCH 2-11

FIGURE 2-7 MAGAZINE CATCH RELEASE 2-11

FIGURE 2-8 SELECTOR LEVER ON lsquoSrsquo 2-12

FIGURE 2-9 FIRING PIN 2-12

FIGURE 2-10 HAMMER 2-12

FIGURE 2-11 HAMMER SPRING 2-13

FIGURE 2-12 LOCKING LUGS 2-13

FIGURE 2-13 INSPECT EXTRACTOR 2-14

FIGURE 2-14 EJECTOR AND EJECTOR SPRING 2-14

FIGURE 2-15 BOLT CARRIER 2-15

FIGURE 2-16 RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-15

SW370-CF-TRS-010

x

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-17 TRIGGER OR TRIGGER RETURN SPRING 2-16

FIGURE 2-18 PISTON RINGS 2-17

FIGURE 2-19 BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT 2-18

FIGURE 2-20 SELECTOR CAM 2-18

FIGURE 2-21 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-19

FIGURE 2-22 RELEASE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE 2-20

FIGURE 2-23 REMOVE TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-20

FIGURE 2-24 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-21

FIGURE 2-25 RELEASE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-21

FIGURE 2-26 REMOVE CHARGING HANDLE 2-21

FIGURE 2-27 REMOVE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-28 REMOVE RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-29 REMOVE FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-22

FIGURE 2-30 REMOVE FIRING PIN 2-23

FIGURE 2-31 REMOVE BOLT CAM PIN AND BOLT ASSEMBLY 2-23

FIGURE 2-32 DISASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 762 MM 2-24

FIGURE 2-33 COMPLETE FIELDSTRIP 2-25

FIGURE 2-34 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-27

FIGURE 2-35 INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) ONTO BLOCK TRIGGER MODULE VISE (UT1831) 2-28

FIGURE 2-36 TILTING TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) TO LEFT 2-28

FIGURE 2-37 LOOSEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) 2-28

FIGURE 2-38 REMOVE PISTOL GRIP (527) FROM TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-28

FIGURE 2-39 PUNCH OUT SQUARE NUT (529) 2-28

FIGURE 2-40 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) INTERFACE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-41 INSPECT SQUARE NUT (529) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-42 INSPECT LOCK WASHER (526) FOR CRACKS AND UNUSUAL WEAR 2-29

FIGURE 2-43 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-44 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) FOR WEAR OR STRIPPING ON THREADS 2-29

FIGURE 2-45 INSERT SQUARE NUT (529) INTO SLOT 2-30

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-46 SEAT PISTOL GRIP (527) ONTO TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-30

FIGURE 2-47 INSERT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) INTO PROPER HOLE AND HAND-TIGHTEN 2-30

FIGURE 2-48 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TORQUE SCREW UNTIL IT SETS 2-30

FIGURE 2-49 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-31

FIGURE 2-50 REMOVE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-31

FIGURE 2-51 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-32

FIGURE 2-52 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-32

FIGURE 2-53 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-33

FIGURE 2-54 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-33

FIGURE 2-55 PRESS AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FORWARD 2-34

FIGURE 2-56 WITH INDEX FINGER RIDE HAMMER (555) FORWARD WHILE PULLING TRIGGER (545) 2-34

FIGURE 2-57 TAP ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) ON RIGHT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-34

FIGURE 2-58 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) CLEARS PROTECTIVE FINGERS 2-34

FIGURE 2-59 PUNCH OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) AND REMOVE 2-35

FIGURE 2-60 KEEP PUNCH IN PLACE AFTER REMOVAL OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) BEFORE REMOVAL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-35

FIGURE 2-61 KEEP FINGER ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) TO MAINTAIN CONTROL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-35

FIGURE 2-62 REMOVE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FROM BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-36

FIGURE 2-63 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-64 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-65 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) INTO CORRESPONDING HOLE ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-66 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-67 PLACE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-68 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-39

FIGURE 2-69 FINISH DRIVING SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH OVERSIZED 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-39

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-70 USE 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) TO START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-39

FIGURE 2-71 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578L) 2-39

FIGURE 2-72 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-40

FIGURE 2-73 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-40

FIGURE 2-74 WITH AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) PUSH SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) FROM RIGHT TO LEFT TO RELEASE 2-41

FIGURE 2-75 WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PUSH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) THROUGH AND OUT TO REMOVE 2-41

FIGURE 2-76 REMOVE AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-41

FIGURE 2-77 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-78 INSPECT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-79 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-80 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-81 ENSURE FLATS ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY ON AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-44

FIGURE 2-82 INSTALL SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) INTO LEFT SIDE ALIGN SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-44

FIGURE 2-83 ALIGN AND PUSH THROUGH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-45

FIGURE 2-84 FIT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) ONTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) IN PROPER NOTCH 2-45

FIGURE 2-85 USE AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) TO ENGAGE SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AROUND HOUSING 2-45

FIGURE 2-86 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

FIGURE 2-87 ALIGN BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) WITH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-88 ALIGN 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) FROM LEFT TO RIGHT 2-46

FIGURE 2-89 USE 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) TO HOLD SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-46

FIGURE 2-90 START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH 3S ROLL PIN STARTER 2-47

FIGURE 2-91 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO PLACE 2-47

FIGURE 2-92 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-47

FIGURE 2-93 ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION BY CHECKING FOR SPRING TENSION ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) 2-47

FIGURE 2-94 APPLY PRESSURE ONTO HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE REMOVING 2-48

FIGURE 2-95 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-48

FIGURE 2-96 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-49

FIGURE 2-97 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING (558) 2-49

FIGURE 2-98 ENSURE TIP OF HAMMER SPRING (558) IS ON SHOULDER OF HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-50

FIGURE 2-99 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) 2-50

FIGURE 2-100 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) AND HOLD HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE PUSHING BACK 2-50

FIGURE 2-101 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO LUG OF HAMMER (555) 2-50

FIGURE 2-102 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO REMOVE SCREW FROM SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-51

FIGURE 2-103 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-104 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-105 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-106 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-107 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) AND SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-108 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-109 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) AND SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-110 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER (567) 2-54

FIGURE 2-111 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-112 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-113 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-114 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-56

FIGURE 2-115 SCREW SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY 2-56

FIGURE 2-116 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (569) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-117 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-118 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) 2-57

FIGURE 2-119 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-120 INSPECT LOCKING PLATE (569) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-121 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-122 INSPECT HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-123 INSTALL HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-124 INSTALL HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-125 INSERT LOCKING PLATE FORK INTO LOCKING PLATE (569) 2-59

FIGURE 2-126 INSTALL LOCKING PLATE (569) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-127 APPLY DOWNWARD PRESSURE AND START 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-60

FIGURE 2-128 REMOVE TRIGGER PIN (548) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-60

FIGURE 2-129 REMOVE SEAR (547) SEAR SPRING (546) TRIGGER (545) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) 2-60

FIGURE 2-130 INSPECT SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

FIGURE 2-131 INSPECT TRIGGER (545) AND SEAR (547) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-132 INSERT SEAR SPRING (546) INTO TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-133 INSERT SEAR (547) ONTO SEAR SPRING (546) 2-62

FIGURE 2-134 START TO INSERT MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) THROUGH TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) AND TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-135 FINISH PUSHING MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) COMPLETELY THROUGH WITH EVEN AMOUNT OF MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER SHOWING 2-62

FIGURE 2-136 COMPLETED TRIGGER (545) SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) ASSEMBLED WITH MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-137 PUSH TRIGGER PIN (548) THROUGH TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND RELEASE MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-138 INVERT TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-64

FIGURE 2-139 ENSURE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) IS RETAINED WHEN REMOVING 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-64

FIGURE 2-140 REMOVE SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-65

FIGURE 2-141 REMOVE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) 2-65

FIGURE 2-142 INSPECT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER LEFT (534) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-66

FIGURE 2-143 INSERT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-67

FIGURE 2-144 INSERT LEADING EDGE OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-67

FIGURE 2-145 INSERT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-67

FIGURE 2-146 INSERT SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) WITH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-68

FIGURE 2-147 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-148 USE HAMMER (UT2115) TO DRIVE FLUSH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) IN MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-149 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-70

FIGURE 2-150 INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) INTO VISE WITH 4rdquo X 6rdquo LEATHER PAD SET (UT2833) 2-71

FIGURE 2-151 REMOVE BUTTPLATE (878) 2-71

FIGURE 2-152 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-71

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-153 INSPECT BUTTPLATE (878) 2-72

FIGURE 2-154 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-72

FIGURE 2-155 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-72

FIGURE 2-156 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-73

FIGURE 2-157 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-73

FIGURE 2-158 INSTALL BUTTPLATE (878) AND PUSH IN TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) ALL THE WAY 2-73

FIGURE 2-159 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND ADAPTER 4 MM (UT2381) TO REMOVE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-74

FIGURE 2-160 REMOVE LOP LOCK (866) FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-161 CONTINUE TO ROTATE LOP LOCK (866) CW AND REMOVE FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-162 REMOVE COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) TO DISASSEMBLE LOP LOCK (866) 2-74

FIGURE 2-163 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-75

FIGURE 2-164 UNSCREW HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-75

FIGURE 2-165 REMOVE ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) FROM LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-75

FIGURE 2-166 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-167 INSPECT LOP LOCK (866) SPRING LOP LOCK (867) AND COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-168 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-169 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-170 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-171 FIT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) AND LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) TOGETHER 2-78

FIGURE 2-172 INSTALL LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-173 START HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-174 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-78

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

b

EXPLOSION ndash Rapidly expanding symbol shows that material may explode if subjected to high temperatures sources of ignition or high pressure

EYE PROTECTION ndash Person with goggles shows that material will injure eyes

WEAPON FIRE ndash Accidental discharge of weapon could penetrate body causing serious injury or death

5 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ICONS EXPLANATION

CHEMICAL ndash Drops of liquid on hand show that material could cause burns or irritation to human skin or tissue

EYE PROTECTION ndash Person with goggles shows that material could injure eyes

FIRE ndash Flame shows that material may ignite and cause burns

VAPOR ndash Human figure in cloud shows that material vapors present danger to life or health

4 SAFETY WARNING ICONS EXPLANATION (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

cd blank

HOT AREA ndash Hand over object radiating heat shows that part is hot and can cause burns

LASER LIGHT ndash Laser light hazard symbol indicates extreme danger for eyes from laser beams and reflections

5 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ICONS EXPLANATION (CONT)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

e

WARNING SUMMARY

This warning summary contains general safety warnings and hazardous materials warnings that must be understood and applied during equipmentrsquos operation and maintenance Failure to observe these precautions may result in serious injury or death to personnel Also included are explanations of safety and hazardous materials icons used within Technical Repair Standard (TRS)

1 DEFINITION OF THE FOLLOWING ALERTS THROUGHOUT THIS MANUAL

WARNING ndash Identifies clear danger to person performing procedure

CAUTION ndash Identifies risk of damage to equipment

NOTE ndash Used to highlight essential procedures conditions and statements or to convey important instructional data to user

2 FIRST AID

For first aid information refer to OP50100 First Aid

3 GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION

WARNING

Before starting inspection clear weapon Do not pull trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to ensure it is empty and check that no ammunition is in position to be introduced

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

WARNING

Use appropriate PPE for the job Striking any object with hammer can result in flying debris or parts Safety glasses or goggles are required when performing maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

f

3 GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION (CONT)

WARNING

Ensure weapon is unloaded prior to gauging

WARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

WARNING

Use eye protection for spring-loaded mechanisms

WARNING

Failure to comply with gauging requirements can create condition where weapon can fire out of ldquobatteryrdquo or fail to fire at critical moment In either condition serious injury or loss of life can result

SW370-CF-TRS-010

gh blank

4 CAUTIONS

CAUTIONDo not use dry cleaning solvent on plastic or rubber parts and components Due to aggressive nature of solvent it can render plastic or rubber parts unserviceable

CAUTIONDo not allow hammer to fall freely striking receiver this can damage hammer and bolt catchrelease

CAUTIONMake sure all ancillary and Special Operation Particular Modifications (SOPMOD)optics are removed from weapon prior to maintenance

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

CAUTIONRemoving barrel assembly from upper receiver frame without barrel extension clearing cut recessed portion of receiver frame could result in damage to frame Do not angle or rock barrel out of frame

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS

You can help improve this manual Please let us know if you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to improve a procedure Mail DA Form 2027 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) directly to Small Arms Weapons Division Joint Special Operati

This publication is available through Small Arms Weapons Division Joint Special Operations Response Department NSWC Crane Division

SW370-CF-TRS-010

iii blank

TECHNICAL REPAIR STANDARD

FOR

MK 17 MOD 0 762 MM SOF COMBAT ASSAULT RIFLE HEAVY

(NSN 1005-13-119-7703)

March 2008

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

iiiiv blank

LIST OF ACRONYMS

lsquoArsquo AutomaticBOI Basis of IssueCAGEC Contractor and Government Entity CodeCCW CounterclockwiseCLP Cleaner Lubricant and PreservativeCQC Close Quarter CombatCPC Corrosion Prevention and ControlsCW ClockwiseDoD Department of DefenseEGLM Enhance Grenade Launcher ManualEIR Equipment Improvement RecommendationsIAW In Accordance WithLAW Lubricating Oil Arctic WeaponsLB Long BarrelLH Left-handLOP Length of PullLSA Lubricating Oil WeaponsMOA Minutes of AngleMRC Maintenance Requirement CardsNIIN National Item Identification NumberNSN National Stock NumberNSWC Naval Surface Warfare CenterOM Operatorrsquos ManualPMCS Preventive Maintenance Checks and ServicesPN Part NumberPPE Personal Protective EquipmentPQDR Product Quality Deficiency ReportRBC Rifle Bore CleanerRH Right-handRPSTL Repair Parts and Special Tools ListS StandardlsquoSrsquo SafeSD Dry Cleaning SolventSSAVIE Sustainment Asset Visibility and Information ExchangeSOF Special Operations ForceSOPMOD Special Operation Particular ModificationsTM Technical ManualTMDER Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation ReportTRS Technical Repair StandardUI Unit of IssueUM Unit of MeasureUOC Usable on Code

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

v

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGE

CHANGE PAGE ALIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES BHOW TO USE THIS MANUAL aWARNING SUMMARY eREPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS iiiLIST OF ACRONYMS iiiLIST OF FIGURES ixLIST OF TABLES xxvii

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1-1SECTION IGENERAL INFORMATION 1-1

1-1 SCOPE 1-11-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE 1-11-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE 1-11-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR) 1-1

SECTION II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA 1-21-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION 1-21-6 NOMENCLATURE 1-31-7 TECHNICAL DATA 1-51-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES 1-61-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC) 1-13

CHAPTER 2 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 2-1SECTION I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND

EQUIPMENT 2-12-1 REPAIR PARTS 2-12-2 SPECIAL TOOLS 2-12-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST 2-1

SECTION II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT 2-12-4 GENERAL 2-12-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL 2-1

SECTION III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) 2-22-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS 2-2

SECTION IV TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2-11

SECTION V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-192-9 SAFETY CHECK 2-192-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-20

SECTION VI MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 2-262-11 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) MAINTENANCE 2-262-12 BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) MAINTENANCE 2-692-13 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY (401H) MAINTENANCE 2-902-14 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S) (201H-S) MAINTENANCE 2-1052-15 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (S) (601H) MAINTENANCE 2-1772-16 REASSEMBLE FROM FIELDSTRIP 2-1822-17 SAFETY CHECK 2-187

SW370-CF-TRS-010

vi

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

CHAPTER 3 UNIT MAINTENANCE GAUGING INSTRUCTIONS 3-1SECTION I REQUIRED GAUGES AND GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-1

3-1 REQUIRED GAUGES 3-13-2 GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-13-3 GENERAL 3-1

SECTION II GAUGING PROCEDURES 3-13-4 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 3-13-5 TRIGGER MODULE 3-43-6 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY 3-5

CHAPTER 4 UNIT MAINTENANCE BORESCOPING BARREL 4-1SECTION I TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND BACKGROUND 4-1

4-1 TECHNICAL DATA 4-14-2 BACKGROUND 4-1

SECTION II BORESCOPE MAINTENANCESETUPINSPECTIONS 4-14-3 MAINTENANCE OF BORESCOPE 4-1

SECTION III BORESCOPE COMPONENTS AND ASSEMBLY 4-24-4 COMPONENTS 4-24-5 ASSEMBLING BORESCOPE 4-34-6 INSPECTING 4-54-7 SUMMARY 4-7

APPENDIX A REFERENCES A-1A-1 TECHNICAL MANUALS A-1A-2 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE REGULATIONS A-1

APPENDIX B MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION B-1

B-1 SCOPE B-1B-2 GENERAL B-1B-3 REPAIR PARTS LIST COMPONENTS B-1B-4 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (SECTION II) B-1B-5 COLORS DEFINED B-2B-6 SUPPORT EXPLANATION B-2B-7 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS B-3B-8 SPECIAL INFORMATION B-4B-9 HOW TO LOCATE REPAIR PARTS B-4

SECTION II REPAIR PARTS LIST B-5SECTION III CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES PART NUMBER B-23SECTION IV CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER B-27SECTION V SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-31

B-10 SCAR T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH CALIBRATION PROCEDURES B-33

APPENDIX C EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION C-1

C-1 SCOPE C-1C-2 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS C-1

SECTION IIEXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

viiviii blank

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

APPENDIX D PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) QUICK REFERENCE TABLE D-1SECTION IGENERAL D-1

APPENDIX E FIELD REJECT ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST E-1E-1 REFERENCES E-1E-2 GAUGES AND EQUIPMENT E-2

APPENDIX F PARTS REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE F-1

APPENDIX G TORQUE CHART G-1G-1 MK 17 MOD 0 TORQUE SETTING CHART G-1

APPENDIX H STANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF) H-1

APPENDIX I TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER) I-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

ix

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 1-1 MAJOR COMPONENTS 1-2

FIGURE 1-2 NOMENCLATURE LEFT SIDE 1-3

FIGURE 1-3 NOMENCLATURE RIGHT SIDE 1-4

FIGURE 1-4 SAFE 1-6

FIGURE 1-5 SEMI-AUTOMATIC 1-7

FIGURE 1-6 AUTOMATIC 1-8

FIGURE 1-7 PERCUSSION AND FIRING 1-9

FIGURE 1-8 BULLET PROPELS FORWARD 1-9

FIGURE 1-9 GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY TOWARDS REAR 1-10

FIGURE 1-10 UNSUPPRESSED AND SUPPRESSED CONDITIONS 1-10

FIGURE 1-11 HAMMER COCKED 1-11

FIGURE 1-12 HAMMER FALLEN 1-11

FIGURE 1-13 COCKED POSITION 1-12

FIGURE 1-14 ENGAGES FRONT TOOTH OF TRIGGER 1-12

FIGURE 1-15 HAMMER RELEASED TO STRIKE FIRING PIN 1-12

FIGURE 1-16 TRIGGER RELEASED 1-12

FIGURE 2-1 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-4

FIGURE 2-2 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-6

FIGURE 2-3 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-7

FIGURE 2-4 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-8

FIGURE 2-5 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY 2-9

FIGURE 2-6 MAGAZINE LOCKING NOTCH 2-11

FIGURE 2-7 MAGAZINE CATCH RELEASE 2-11

FIGURE 2-8 SELECTOR LEVER ON lsquoSrsquo 2-12

FIGURE 2-9 FIRING PIN 2-12

FIGURE 2-10 HAMMER 2-12

FIGURE 2-11 HAMMER SPRING 2-13

FIGURE 2-12 LOCKING LUGS 2-13

FIGURE 2-13 INSPECT EXTRACTOR 2-14

FIGURE 2-14 EJECTOR AND EJECTOR SPRING 2-14

FIGURE 2-15 BOLT CARRIER 2-15

FIGURE 2-16 RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-15

SW370-CF-TRS-010

x

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-17 TRIGGER OR TRIGGER RETURN SPRING 2-16

FIGURE 2-18 PISTON RINGS 2-17

FIGURE 2-19 BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT 2-18

FIGURE 2-20 SELECTOR CAM 2-18

FIGURE 2-21 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-19

FIGURE 2-22 RELEASE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE 2-20

FIGURE 2-23 REMOVE TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-20

FIGURE 2-24 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-21

FIGURE 2-25 RELEASE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-21

FIGURE 2-26 REMOVE CHARGING HANDLE 2-21

FIGURE 2-27 REMOVE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-28 REMOVE RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-29 REMOVE FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-22

FIGURE 2-30 REMOVE FIRING PIN 2-23

FIGURE 2-31 REMOVE BOLT CAM PIN AND BOLT ASSEMBLY 2-23

FIGURE 2-32 DISASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 762 MM 2-24

FIGURE 2-33 COMPLETE FIELDSTRIP 2-25

FIGURE 2-34 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-27

FIGURE 2-35 INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) ONTO BLOCK TRIGGER MODULE VISE (UT1831) 2-28

FIGURE 2-36 TILTING TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) TO LEFT 2-28

FIGURE 2-37 LOOSEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) 2-28

FIGURE 2-38 REMOVE PISTOL GRIP (527) FROM TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-28

FIGURE 2-39 PUNCH OUT SQUARE NUT (529) 2-28

FIGURE 2-40 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) INTERFACE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-41 INSPECT SQUARE NUT (529) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-42 INSPECT LOCK WASHER (526) FOR CRACKS AND UNUSUAL WEAR 2-29

FIGURE 2-43 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-44 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) FOR WEAR OR STRIPPING ON THREADS 2-29

FIGURE 2-45 INSERT SQUARE NUT (529) INTO SLOT 2-30

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-46 SEAT PISTOL GRIP (527) ONTO TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-30

FIGURE 2-47 INSERT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) INTO PROPER HOLE AND HAND-TIGHTEN 2-30

FIGURE 2-48 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TORQUE SCREW UNTIL IT SETS 2-30

FIGURE 2-49 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-31

FIGURE 2-50 REMOVE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-31

FIGURE 2-51 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-32

FIGURE 2-52 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-32

FIGURE 2-53 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-33

FIGURE 2-54 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-33

FIGURE 2-55 PRESS AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FORWARD 2-34

FIGURE 2-56 WITH INDEX FINGER RIDE HAMMER (555) FORWARD WHILE PULLING TRIGGER (545) 2-34

FIGURE 2-57 TAP ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) ON RIGHT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-34

FIGURE 2-58 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) CLEARS PROTECTIVE FINGERS 2-34

FIGURE 2-59 PUNCH OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) AND REMOVE 2-35

FIGURE 2-60 KEEP PUNCH IN PLACE AFTER REMOVAL OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) BEFORE REMOVAL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-35

FIGURE 2-61 KEEP FINGER ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) TO MAINTAIN CONTROL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-35

FIGURE 2-62 REMOVE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FROM BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-36

FIGURE 2-63 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-64 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-65 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) INTO CORRESPONDING HOLE ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-66 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-67 PLACE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-68 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-39

FIGURE 2-69 FINISH DRIVING SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH OVERSIZED 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-39

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-70 USE 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) TO START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-39

FIGURE 2-71 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578L) 2-39

FIGURE 2-72 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-40

FIGURE 2-73 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-40

FIGURE 2-74 WITH AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) PUSH SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) FROM RIGHT TO LEFT TO RELEASE 2-41

FIGURE 2-75 WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PUSH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) THROUGH AND OUT TO REMOVE 2-41

FIGURE 2-76 REMOVE AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-41

FIGURE 2-77 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-78 INSPECT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-79 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-80 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-81 ENSURE FLATS ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY ON AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-44

FIGURE 2-82 INSTALL SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) INTO LEFT SIDE ALIGN SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-44

FIGURE 2-83 ALIGN AND PUSH THROUGH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-45

FIGURE 2-84 FIT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) ONTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) IN PROPER NOTCH 2-45

FIGURE 2-85 USE AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) TO ENGAGE SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AROUND HOUSING 2-45

FIGURE 2-86 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

FIGURE 2-87 ALIGN BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) WITH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-88 ALIGN 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) FROM LEFT TO RIGHT 2-46

FIGURE 2-89 USE 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) TO HOLD SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-46

FIGURE 2-90 START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH 3S ROLL PIN STARTER 2-47

FIGURE 2-91 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO PLACE 2-47

FIGURE 2-92 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-47

FIGURE 2-93 ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION BY CHECKING FOR SPRING TENSION ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) 2-47

FIGURE 2-94 APPLY PRESSURE ONTO HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE REMOVING 2-48

FIGURE 2-95 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-48

FIGURE 2-96 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-49

FIGURE 2-97 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING (558) 2-49

FIGURE 2-98 ENSURE TIP OF HAMMER SPRING (558) IS ON SHOULDER OF HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-50

FIGURE 2-99 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) 2-50

FIGURE 2-100 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) AND HOLD HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE PUSHING BACK 2-50

FIGURE 2-101 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO LUG OF HAMMER (555) 2-50

FIGURE 2-102 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO REMOVE SCREW FROM SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-51

FIGURE 2-103 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-104 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-105 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-106 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-107 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) AND SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-108 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-109 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) AND SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-110 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER (567) 2-54

FIGURE 2-111 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-112 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-113 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-114 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-56

FIGURE 2-115 SCREW SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY 2-56

FIGURE 2-116 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (569) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-117 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-118 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) 2-57

FIGURE 2-119 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-120 INSPECT LOCKING PLATE (569) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-121 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-122 INSPECT HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-123 INSTALL HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-124 INSTALL HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-125 INSERT LOCKING PLATE FORK INTO LOCKING PLATE (569) 2-59

FIGURE 2-126 INSTALL LOCKING PLATE (569) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-127 APPLY DOWNWARD PRESSURE AND START 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-60

FIGURE 2-128 REMOVE TRIGGER PIN (548) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-60

FIGURE 2-129 REMOVE SEAR (547) SEAR SPRING (546) TRIGGER (545) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) 2-60

FIGURE 2-130 INSPECT SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

FIGURE 2-131 INSPECT TRIGGER (545) AND SEAR (547) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-132 INSERT SEAR SPRING (546) INTO TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-133 INSERT SEAR (547) ONTO SEAR SPRING (546) 2-62

FIGURE 2-134 START TO INSERT MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) THROUGH TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) AND TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-135 FINISH PUSHING MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) COMPLETELY THROUGH WITH EVEN AMOUNT OF MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER SHOWING 2-62

FIGURE 2-136 COMPLETED TRIGGER (545) SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) ASSEMBLED WITH MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-137 PUSH TRIGGER PIN (548) THROUGH TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND RELEASE MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-138 INVERT TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-64

FIGURE 2-139 ENSURE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) IS RETAINED WHEN REMOVING 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-64

FIGURE 2-140 REMOVE SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-65

FIGURE 2-141 REMOVE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) 2-65

FIGURE 2-142 INSPECT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER LEFT (534) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-66

FIGURE 2-143 INSERT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-67

FIGURE 2-144 INSERT LEADING EDGE OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-67

FIGURE 2-145 INSERT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-67

FIGURE 2-146 INSERT SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) WITH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-68

FIGURE 2-147 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-148 USE HAMMER (UT2115) TO DRIVE FLUSH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) IN MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-149 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-70

FIGURE 2-150 INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) INTO VISE WITH 4rdquo X 6rdquo LEATHER PAD SET (UT2833) 2-71

FIGURE 2-151 REMOVE BUTTPLATE (878) 2-71

FIGURE 2-152 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-71

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-153 INSPECT BUTTPLATE (878) 2-72

FIGURE 2-154 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-72

FIGURE 2-155 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-72

FIGURE 2-156 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-73

FIGURE 2-157 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-73

FIGURE 2-158 INSTALL BUTTPLATE (878) AND PUSH IN TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) ALL THE WAY 2-73

FIGURE 2-159 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND ADAPTER 4 MM (UT2381) TO REMOVE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-74

FIGURE 2-160 REMOVE LOP LOCK (866) FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-161 CONTINUE TO ROTATE LOP LOCK (866) CW AND REMOVE FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-162 REMOVE COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) TO DISASSEMBLE LOP LOCK (866) 2-74

FIGURE 2-163 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-75

FIGURE 2-164 UNSCREW HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-75

FIGURE 2-165 REMOVE ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) FROM LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-75

FIGURE 2-166 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-167 INSPECT LOP LOCK (866) SPRING LOP LOCK (867) AND COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-168 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-169 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-170 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-171 FIT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) AND LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) TOGETHER 2-78

FIGURE 2-172 INSTALL LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-173 START HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-174 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-78

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

cd blank

HOT AREA ndash Hand over object radiating heat shows that part is hot and can cause burns

LASER LIGHT ndash Laser light hazard symbol indicates extreme danger for eyes from laser beams and reflections

5 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ICONS EXPLANATION (CONT)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

e

WARNING SUMMARY

This warning summary contains general safety warnings and hazardous materials warnings that must be understood and applied during equipmentrsquos operation and maintenance Failure to observe these precautions may result in serious injury or death to personnel Also included are explanations of safety and hazardous materials icons used within Technical Repair Standard (TRS)

1 DEFINITION OF THE FOLLOWING ALERTS THROUGHOUT THIS MANUAL

WARNING ndash Identifies clear danger to person performing procedure

CAUTION ndash Identifies risk of damage to equipment

NOTE ndash Used to highlight essential procedures conditions and statements or to convey important instructional data to user

2 FIRST AID

For first aid information refer to OP50100 First Aid

3 GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION

WARNING

Before starting inspection clear weapon Do not pull trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to ensure it is empty and check that no ammunition is in position to be introduced

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

WARNING

Use appropriate PPE for the job Striking any object with hammer can result in flying debris or parts Safety glasses or goggles are required when performing maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

f

3 GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION (CONT)

WARNING

Ensure weapon is unloaded prior to gauging

WARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

WARNING

Use eye protection for spring-loaded mechanisms

WARNING

Failure to comply with gauging requirements can create condition where weapon can fire out of ldquobatteryrdquo or fail to fire at critical moment In either condition serious injury or loss of life can result

SW370-CF-TRS-010

gh blank

4 CAUTIONS

CAUTIONDo not use dry cleaning solvent on plastic or rubber parts and components Due to aggressive nature of solvent it can render plastic or rubber parts unserviceable

CAUTIONDo not allow hammer to fall freely striking receiver this can damage hammer and bolt catchrelease

CAUTIONMake sure all ancillary and Special Operation Particular Modifications (SOPMOD)optics are removed from weapon prior to maintenance

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

CAUTIONRemoving barrel assembly from upper receiver frame without barrel extension clearing cut recessed portion of receiver frame could result in damage to frame Do not angle or rock barrel out of frame

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS

You can help improve this manual Please let us know if you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to improve a procedure Mail DA Form 2027 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) directly to Small Arms Weapons Division Joint Special Operati

This publication is available through Small Arms Weapons Division Joint Special Operations Response Department NSWC Crane Division

SW370-CF-TRS-010

iii blank

TECHNICAL REPAIR STANDARD

FOR

MK 17 MOD 0 762 MM SOF COMBAT ASSAULT RIFLE HEAVY

(NSN 1005-13-119-7703)

March 2008

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

iiiiv blank

LIST OF ACRONYMS

lsquoArsquo AutomaticBOI Basis of IssueCAGEC Contractor and Government Entity CodeCCW CounterclockwiseCLP Cleaner Lubricant and PreservativeCQC Close Quarter CombatCPC Corrosion Prevention and ControlsCW ClockwiseDoD Department of DefenseEGLM Enhance Grenade Launcher ManualEIR Equipment Improvement RecommendationsIAW In Accordance WithLAW Lubricating Oil Arctic WeaponsLB Long BarrelLH Left-handLOP Length of PullLSA Lubricating Oil WeaponsMOA Minutes of AngleMRC Maintenance Requirement CardsNIIN National Item Identification NumberNSN National Stock NumberNSWC Naval Surface Warfare CenterOM Operatorrsquos ManualPMCS Preventive Maintenance Checks and ServicesPN Part NumberPPE Personal Protective EquipmentPQDR Product Quality Deficiency ReportRBC Rifle Bore CleanerRH Right-handRPSTL Repair Parts and Special Tools ListS StandardlsquoSrsquo SafeSD Dry Cleaning SolventSSAVIE Sustainment Asset Visibility and Information ExchangeSOF Special Operations ForceSOPMOD Special Operation Particular ModificationsTM Technical ManualTMDER Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation ReportTRS Technical Repair StandardUI Unit of IssueUM Unit of MeasureUOC Usable on Code

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

v

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGE

CHANGE PAGE ALIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES BHOW TO USE THIS MANUAL aWARNING SUMMARY eREPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS iiiLIST OF ACRONYMS iiiLIST OF FIGURES ixLIST OF TABLES xxvii

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1-1SECTION IGENERAL INFORMATION 1-1

1-1 SCOPE 1-11-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE 1-11-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE 1-11-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR) 1-1

SECTION II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA 1-21-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION 1-21-6 NOMENCLATURE 1-31-7 TECHNICAL DATA 1-51-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES 1-61-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC) 1-13

CHAPTER 2 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 2-1SECTION I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND

EQUIPMENT 2-12-1 REPAIR PARTS 2-12-2 SPECIAL TOOLS 2-12-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST 2-1

SECTION II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT 2-12-4 GENERAL 2-12-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL 2-1

SECTION III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) 2-22-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS 2-2

SECTION IV TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2-11

SECTION V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-192-9 SAFETY CHECK 2-192-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-20

SECTION VI MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 2-262-11 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) MAINTENANCE 2-262-12 BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) MAINTENANCE 2-692-13 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY (401H) MAINTENANCE 2-902-14 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S) (201H-S) MAINTENANCE 2-1052-15 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (S) (601H) MAINTENANCE 2-1772-16 REASSEMBLE FROM FIELDSTRIP 2-1822-17 SAFETY CHECK 2-187

SW370-CF-TRS-010

vi

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

CHAPTER 3 UNIT MAINTENANCE GAUGING INSTRUCTIONS 3-1SECTION I REQUIRED GAUGES AND GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-1

3-1 REQUIRED GAUGES 3-13-2 GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-13-3 GENERAL 3-1

SECTION II GAUGING PROCEDURES 3-13-4 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 3-13-5 TRIGGER MODULE 3-43-6 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY 3-5

CHAPTER 4 UNIT MAINTENANCE BORESCOPING BARREL 4-1SECTION I TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND BACKGROUND 4-1

4-1 TECHNICAL DATA 4-14-2 BACKGROUND 4-1

SECTION II BORESCOPE MAINTENANCESETUPINSPECTIONS 4-14-3 MAINTENANCE OF BORESCOPE 4-1

SECTION III BORESCOPE COMPONENTS AND ASSEMBLY 4-24-4 COMPONENTS 4-24-5 ASSEMBLING BORESCOPE 4-34-6 INSPECTING 4-54-7 SUMMARY 4-7

APPENDIX A REFERENCES A-1A-1 TECHNICAL MANUALS A-1A-2 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE REGULATIONS A-1

APPENDIX B MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION B-1

B-1 SCOPE B-1B-2 GENERAL B-1B-3 REPAIR PARTS LIST COMPONENTS B-1B-4 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (SECTION II) B-1B-5 COLORS DEFINED B-2B-6 SUPPORT EXPLANATION B-2B-7 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS B-3B-8 SPECIAL INFORMATION B-4B-9 HOW TO LOCATE REPAIR PARTS B-4

SECTION II REPAIR PARTS LIST B-5SECTION III CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES PART NUMBER B-23SECTION IV CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER B-27SECTION V SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-31

B-10 SCAR T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH CALIBRATION PROCEDURES B-33

APPENDIX C EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION C-1

C-1 SCOPE C-1C-2 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS C-1

SECTION IIEXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

viiviii blank

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

APPENDIX D PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) QUICK REFERENCE TABLE D-1SECTION IGENERAL D-1

APPENDIX E FIELD REJECT ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST E-1E-1 REFERENCES E-1E-2 GAUGES AND EQUIPMENT E-2

APPENDIX F PARTS REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE F-1

APPENDIX G TORQUE CHART G-1G-1 MK 17 MOD 0 TORQUE SETTING CHART G-1

APPENDIX H STANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF) H-1

APPENDIX I TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER) I-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

ix

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 1-1 MAJOR COMPONENTS 1-2

FIGURE 1-2 NOMENCLATURE LEFT SIDE 1-3

FIGURE 1-3 NOMENCLATURE RIGHT SIDE 1-4

FIGURE 1-4 SAFE 1-6

FIGURE 1-5 SEMI-AUTOMATIC 1-7

FIGURE 1-6 AUTOMATIC 1-8

FIGURE 1-7 PERCUSSION AND FIRING 1-9

FIGURE 1-8 BULLET PROPELS FORWARD 1-9

FIGURE 1-9 GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY TOWARDS REAR 1-10

FIGURE 1-10 UNSUPPRESSED AND SUPPRESSED CONDITIONS 1-10

FIGURE 1-11 HAMMER COCKED 1-11

FIGURE 1-12 HAMMER FALLEN 1-11

FIGURE 1-13 COCKED POSITION 1-12

FIGURE 1-14 ENGAGES FRONT TOOTH OF TRIGGER 1-12

FIGURE 1-15 HAMMER RELEASED TO STRIKE FIRING PIN 1-12

FIGURE 1-16 TRIGGER RELEASED 1-12

FIGURE 2-1 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-4

FIGURE 2-2 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-6

FIGURE 2-3 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-7

FIGURE 2-4 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-8

FIGURE 2-5 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY 2-9

FIGURE 2-6 MAGAZINE LOCKING NOTCH 2-11

FIGURE 2-7 MAGAZINE CATCH RELEASE 2-11

FIGURE 2-8 SELECTOR LEVER ON lsquoSrsquo 2-12

FIGURE 2-9 FIRING PIN 2-12

FIGURE 2-10 HAMMER 2-12

FIGURE 2-11 HAMMER SPRING 2-13

FIGURE 2-12 LOCKING LUGS 2-13

FIGURE 2-13 INSPECT EXTRACTOR 2-14

FIGURE 2-14 EJECTOR AND EJECTOR SPRING 2-14

FIGURE 2-15 BOLT CARRIER 2-15

FIGURE 2-16 RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-15

SW370-CF-TRS-010

x

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-17 TRIGGER OR TRIGGER RETURN SPRING 2-16

FIGURE 2-18 PISTON RINGS 2-17

FIGURE 2-19 BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT 2-18

FIGURE 2-20 SELECTOR CAM 2-18

FIGURE 2-21 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-19

FIGURE 2-22 RELEASE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE 2-20

FIGURE 2-23 REMOVE TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-20

FIGURE 2-24 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-21

FIGURE 2-25 RELEASE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-21

FIGURE 2-26 REMOVE CHARGING HANDLE 2-21

FIGURE 2-27 REMOVE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-28 REMOVE RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-29 REMOVE FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-22

FIGURE 2-30 REMOVE FIRING PIN 2-23

FIGURE 2-31 REMOVE BOLT CAM PIN AND BOLT ASSEMBLY 2-23

FIGURE 2-32 DISASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 762 MM 2-24

FIGURE 2-33 COMPLETE FIELDSTRIP 2-25

FIGURE 2-34 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-27

FIGURE 2-35 INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) ONTO BLOCK TRIGGER MODULE VISE (UT1831) 2-28

FIGURE 2-36 TILTING TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) TO LEFT 2-28

FIGURE 2-37 LOOSEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) 2-28

FIGURE 2-38 REMOVE PISTOL GRIP (527) FROM TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-28

FIGURE 2-39 PUNCH OUT SQUARE NUT (529) 2-28

FIGURE 2-40 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) INTERFACE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-41 INSPECT SQUARE NUT (529) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-42 INSPECT LOCK WASHER (526) FOR CRACKS AND UNUSUAL WEAR 2-29

FIGURE 2-43 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-44 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) FOR WEAR OR STRIPPING ON THREADS 2-29

FIGURE 2-45 INSERT SQUARE NUT (529) INTO SLOT 2-30

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-46 SEAT PISTOL GRIP (527) ONTO TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-30

FIGURE 2-47 INSERT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) INTO PROPER HOLE AND HAND-TIGHTEN 2-30

FIGURE 2-48 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TORQUE SCREW UNTIL IT SETS 2-30

FIGURE 2-49 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-31

FIGURE 2-50 REMOVE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-31

FIGURE 2-51 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-32

FIGURE 2-52 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-32

FIGURE 2-53 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-33

FIGURE 2-54 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-33

FIGURE 2-55 PRESS AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FORWARD 2-34

FIGURE 2-56 WITH INDEX FINGER RIDE HAMMER (555) FORWARD WHILE PULLING TRIGGER (545) 2-34

FIGURE 2-57 TAP ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) ON RIGHT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-34

FIGURE 2-58 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) CLEARS PROTECTIVE FINGERS 2-34

FIGURE 2-59 PUNCH OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) AND REMOVE 2-35

FIGURE 2-60 KEEP PUNCH IN PLACE AFTER REMOVAL OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) BEFORE REMOVAL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-35

FIGURE 2-61 KEEP FINGER ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) TO MAINTAIN CONTROL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-35

FIGURE 2-62 REMOVE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FROM BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-36

FIGURE 2-63 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-64 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-65 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) INTO CORRESPONDING HOLE ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-66 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-67 PLACE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-68 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-39

FIGURE 2-69 FINISH DRIVING SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH OVERSIZED 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-39

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-70 USE 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) TO START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-39

FIGURE 2-71 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578L) 2-39

FIGURE 2-72 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-40

FIGURE 2-73 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-40

FIGURE 2-74 WITH AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) PUSH SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) FROM RIGHT TO LEFT TO RELEASE 2-41

FIGURE 2-75 WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PUSH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) THROUGH AND OUT TO REMOVE 2-41

FIGURE 2-76 REMOVE AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-41

FIGURE 2-77 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-78 INSPECT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-79 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-80 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-81 ENSURE FLATS ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY ON AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-44

FIGURE 2-82 INSTALL SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) INTO LEFT SIDE ALIGN SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-44

FIGURE 2-83 ALIGN AND PUSH THROUGH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-45

FIGURE 2-84 FIT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) ONTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) IN PROPER NOTCH 2-45

FIGURE 2-85 USE AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) TO ENGAGE SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AROUND HOUSING 2-45

FIGURE 2-86 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

FIGURE 2-87 ALIGN BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) WITH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-88 ALIGN 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) FROM LEFT TO RIGHT 2-46

FIGURE 2-89 USE 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) TO HOLD SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-46

FIGURE 2-90 START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH 3S ROLL PIN STARTER 2-47

FIGURE 2-91 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO PLACE 2-47

FIGURE 2-92 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-47

FIGURE 2-93 ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION BY CHECKING FOR SPRING TENSION ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) 2-47

FIGURE 2-94 APPLY PRESSURE ONTO HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE REMOVING 2-48

FIGURE 2-95 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-48

FIGURE 2-96 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-49

FIGURE 2-97 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING (558) 2-49

FIGURE 2-98 ENSURE TIP OF HAMMER SPRING (558) IS ON SHOULDER OF HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-50

FIGURE 2-99 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) 2-50

FIGURE 2-100 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) AND HOLD HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE PUSHING BACK 2-50

FIGURE 2-101 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO LUG OF HAMMER (555) 2-50

FIGURE 2-102 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO REMOVE SCREW FROM SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-51

FIGURE 2-103 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-104 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-105 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-106 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-107 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) AND SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-108 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-109 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) AND SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-110 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER (567) 2-54

FIGURE 2-111 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-112 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-113 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-114 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-56

FIGURE 2-115 SCREW SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY 2-56

FIGURE 2-116 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (569) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-117 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-118 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) 2-57

FIGURE 2-119 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-120 INSPECT LOCKING PLATE (569) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-121 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-122 INSPECT HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-123 INSTALL HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-124 INSTALL HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-125 INSERT LOCKING PLATE FORK INTO LOCKING PLATE (569) 2-59

FIGURE 2-126 INSTALL LOCKING PLATE (569) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-127 APPLY DOWNWARD PRESSURE AND START 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-60

FIGURE 2-128 REMOVE TRIGGER PIN (548) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-60

FIGURE 2-129 REMOVE SEAR (547) SEAR SPRING (546) TRIGGER (545) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) 2-60

FIGURE 2-130 INSPECT SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

FIGURE 2-131 INSPECT TRIGGER (545) AND SEAR (547) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-132 INSERT SEAR SPRING (546) INTO TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-133 INSERT SEAR (547) ONTO SEAR SPRING (546) 2-62

FIGURE 2-134 START TO INSERT MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) THROUGH TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) AND TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-135 FINISH PUSHING MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) COMPLETELY THROUGH WITH EVEN AMOUNT OF MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER SHOWING 2-62

FIGURE 2-136 COMPLETED TRIGGER (545) SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) ASSEMBLED WITH MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-137 PUSH TRIGGER PIN (548) THROUGH TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND RELEASE MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-138 INVERT TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-64

FIGURE 2-139 ENSURE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) IS RETAINED WHEN REMOVING 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-64

FIGURE 2-140 REMOVE SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-65

FIGURE 2-141 REMOVE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) 2-65

FIGURE 2-142 INSPECT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER LEFT (534) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-66

FIGURE 2-143 INSERT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-67

FIGURE 2-144 INSERT LEADING EDGE OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-67

FIGURE 2-145 INSERT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-67

FIGURE 2-146 INSERT SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) WITH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-68

FIGURE 2-147 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-148 USE HAMMER (UT2115) TO DRIVE FLUSH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) IN MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-149 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-70

FIGURE 2-150 INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) INTO VISE WITH 4rdquo X 6rdquo LEATHER PAD SET (UT2833) 2-71

FIGURE 2-151 REMOVE BUTTPLATE (878) 2-71

FIGURE 2-152 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-71

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-153 INSPECT BUTTPLATE (878) 2-72

FIGURE 2-154 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-72

FIGURE 2-155 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-72

FIGURE 2-156 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-73

FIGURE 2-157 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-73

FIGURE 2-158 INSTALL BUTTPLATE (878) AND PUSH IN TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) ALL THE WAY 2-73

FIGURE 2-159 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND ADAPTER 4 MM (UT2381) TO REMOVE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-74

FIGURE 2-160 REMOVE LOP LOCK (866) FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-161 CONTINUE TO ROTATE LOP LOCK (866) CW AND REMOVE FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-162 REMOVE COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) TO DISASSEMBLE LOP LOCK (866) 2-74

FIGURE 2-163 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-75

FIGURE 2-164 UNSCREW HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-75

FIGURE 2-165 REMOVE ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) FROM LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-75

FIGURE 2-166 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-167 INSPECT LOP LOCK (866) SPRING LOP LOCK (867) AND COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-168 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-169 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-170 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-171 FIT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) AND LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) TOGETHER 2-78

FIGURE 2-172 INSTALL LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-173 START HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-174 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-78

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

e

WARNING SUMMARY

This warning summary contains general safety warnings and hazardous materials warnings that must be understood and applied during equipmentrsquos operation and maintenance Failure to observe these precautions may result in serious injury or death to personnel Also included are explanations of safety and hazardous materials icons used within Technical Repair Standard (TRS)

1 DEFINITION OF THE FOLLOWING ALERTS THROUGHOUT THIS MANUAL

WARNING ndash Identifies clear danger to person performing procedure

CAUTION ndash Identifies risk of damage to equipment

NOTE ndash Used to highlight essential procedures conditions and statements or to convey important instructional data to user

2 FIRST AID

For first aid information refer to OP50100 First Aid

3 GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION

WARNING

Before starting inspection clear weapon Do not pull trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to ensure it is empty and check that no ammunition is in position to be introduced

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

WARNING

Use appropriate PPE for the job Striking any object with hammer can result in flying debris or parts Safety glasses or goggles are required when performing maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

f

3 GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION (CONT)

WARNING

Ensure weapon is unloaded prior to gauging

WARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

WARNING

Use eye protection for spring-loaded mechanisms

WARNING

Failure to comply with gauging requirements can create condition where weapon can fire out of ldquobatteryrdquo or fail to fire at critical moment In either condition serious injury or loss of life can result

SW370-CF-TRS-010

gh blank

4 CAUTIONS

CAUTIONDo not use dry cleaning solvent on plastic or rubber parts and components Due to aggressive nature of solvent it can render plastic or rubber parts unserviceable

CAUTIONDo not allow hammer to fall freely striking receiver this can damage hammer and bolt catchrelease

CAUTIONMake sure all ancillary and Special Operation Particular Modifications (SOPMOD)optics are removed from weapon prior to maintenance

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

CAUTIONRemoving barrel assembly from upper receiver frame without barrel extension clearing cut recessed portion of receiver frame could result in damage to frame Do not angle or rock barrel out of frame

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS

You can help improve this manual Please let us know if you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to improve a procedure Mail DA Form 2027 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) directly to Small Arms Weapons Division Joint Special Operati

This publication is available through Small Arms Weapons Division Joint Special Operations Response Department NSWC Crane Division

SW370-CF-TRS-010

iii blank

TECHNICAL REPAIR STANDARD

FOR

MK 17 MOD 0 762 MM SOF COMBAT ASSAULT RIFLE HEAVY

(NSN 1005-13-119-7703)

March 2008

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

iiiiv blank

LIST OF ACRONYMS

lsquoArsquo AutomaticBOI Basis of IssueCAGEC Contractor and Government Entity CodeCCW CounterclockwiseCLP Cleaner Lubricant and PreservativeCQC Close Quarter CombatCPC Corrosion Prevention and ControlsCW ClockwiseDoD Department of DefenseEGLM Enhance Grenade Launcher ManualEIR Equipment Improvement RecommendationsIAW In Accordance WithLAW Lubricating Oil Arctic WeaponsLB Long BarrelLH Left-handLOP Length of PullLSA Lubricating Oil WeaponsMOA Minutes of AngleMRC Maintenance Requirement CardsNIIN National Item Identification NumberNSN National Stock NumberNSWC Naval Surface Warfare CenterOM Operatorrsquos ManualPMCS Preventive Maintenance Checks and ServicesPN Part NumberPPE Personal Protective EquipmentPQDR Product Quality Deficiency ReportRBC Rifle Bore CleanerRH Right-handRPSTL Repair Parts and Special Tools ListS StandardlsquoSrsquo SafeSD Dry Cleaning SolventSSAVIE Sustainment Asset Visibility and Information ExchangeSOF Special Operations ForceSOPMOD Special Operation Particular ModificationsTM Technical ManualTMDER Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation ReportTRS Technical Repair StandardUI Unit of IssueUM Unit of MeasureUOC Usable on Code

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

v

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGE

CHANGE PAGE ALIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES BHOW TO USE THIS MANUAL aWARNING SUMMARY eREPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS iiiLIST OF ACRONYMS iiiLIST OF FIGURES ixLIST OF TABLES xxvii

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1-1SECTION IGENERAL INFORMATION 1-1

1-1 SCOPE 1-11-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE 1-11-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE 1-11-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR) 1-1

SECTION II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA 1-21-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION 1-21-6 NOMENCLATURE 1-31-7 TECHNICAL DATA 1-51-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES 1-61-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC) 1-13

CHAPTER 2 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 2-1SECTION I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND

EQUIPMENT 2-12-1 REPAIR PARTS 2-12-2 SPECIAL TOOLS 2-12-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST 2-1

SECTION II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT 2-12-4 GENERAL 2-12-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL 2-1

SECTION III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) 2-22-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS 2-2

SECTION IV TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2-11

SECTION V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-192-9 SAFETY CHECK 2-192-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-20

SECTION VI MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 2-262-11 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) MAINTENANCE 2-262-12 BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) MAINTENANCE 2-692-13 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY (401H) MAINTENANCE 2-902-14 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S) (201H-S) MAINTENANCE 2-1052-15 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (S) (601H) MAINTENANCE 2-1772-16 REASSEMBLE FROM FIELDSTRIP 2-1822-17 SAFETY CHECK 2-187

SW370-CF-TRS-010

vi

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

CHAPTER 3 UNIT MAINTENANCE GAUGING INSTRUCTIONS 3-1SECTION I REQUIRED GAUGES AND GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-1

3-1 REQUIRED GAUGES 3-13-2 GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-13-3 GENERAL 3-1

SECTION II GAUGING PROCEDURES 3-13-4 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 3-13-5 TRIGGER MODULE 3-43-6 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY 3-5

CHAPTER 4 UNIT MAINTENANCE BORESCOPING BARREL 4-1SECTION I TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND BACKGROUND 4-1

4-1 TECHNICAL DATA 4-14-2 BACKGROUND 4-1

SECTION II BORESCOPE MAINTENANCESETUPINSPECTIONS 4-14-3 MAINTENANCE OF BORESCOPE 4-1

SECTION III BORESCOPE COMPONENTS AND ASSEMBLY 4-24-4 COMPONENTS 4-24-5 ASSEMBLING BORESCOPE 4-34-6 INSPECTING 4-54-7 SUMMARY 4-7

APPENDIX A REFERENCES A-1A-1 TECHNICAL MANUALS A-1A-2 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE REGULATIONS A-1

APPENDIX B MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION B-1

B-1 SCOPE B-1B-2 GENERAL B-1B-3 REPAIR PARTS LIST COMPONENTS B-1B-4 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (SECTION II) B-1B-5 COLORS DEFINED B-2B-6 SUPPORT EXPLANATION B-2B-7 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS B-3B-8 SPECIAL INFORMATION B-4B-9 HOW TO LOCATE REPAIR PARTS B-4

SECTION II REPAIR PARTS LIST B-5SECTION III CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES PART NUMBER B-23SECTION IV CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER B-27SECTION V SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-31

B-10 SCAR T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH CALIBRATION PROCEDURES B-33

APPENDIX C EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION C-1

C-1 SCOPE C-1C-2 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS C-1

SECTION IIEXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

viiviii blank

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

APPENDIX D PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) QUICK REFERENCE TABLE D-1SECTION IGENERAL D-1

APPENDIX E FIELD REJECT ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST E-1E-1 REFERENCES E-1E-2 GAUGES AND EQUIPMENT E-2

APPENDIX F PARTS REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE F-1

APPENDIX G TORQUE CHART G-1G-1 MK 17 MOD 0 TORQUE SETTING CHART G-1

APPENDIX H STANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF) H-1

APPENDIX I TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER) I-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

ix

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 1-1 MAJOR COMPONENTS 1-2

FIGURE 1-2 NOMENCLATURE LEFT SIDE 1-3

FIGURE 1-3 NOMENCLATURE RIGHT SIDE 1-4

FIGURE 1-4 SAFE 1-6

FIGURE 1-5 SEMI-AUTOMATIC 1-7

FIGURE 1-6 AUTOMATIC 1-8

FIGURE 1-7 PERCUSSION AND FIRING 1-9

FIGURE 1-8 BULLET PROPELS FORWARD 1-9

FIGURE 1-9 GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY TOWARDS REAR 1-10

FIGURE 1-10 UNSUPPRESSED AND SUPPRESSED CONDITIONS 1-10

FIGURE 1-11 HAMMER COCKED 1-11

FIGURE 1-12 HAMMER FALLEN 1-11

FIGURE 1-13 COCKED POSITION 1-12

FIGURE 1-14 ENGAGES FRONT TOOTH OF TRIGGER 1-12

FIGURE 1-15 HAMMER RELEASED TO STRIKE FIRING PIN 1-12

FIGURE 1-16 TRIGGER RELEASED 1-12

FIGURE 2-1 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-4

FIGURE 2-2 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-6

FIGURE 2-3 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-7

FIGURE 2-4 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-8

FIGURE 2-5 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY 2-9

FIGURE 2-6 MAGAZINE LOCKING NOTCH 2-11

FIGURE 2-7 MAGAZINE CATCH RELEASE 2-11

FIGURE 2-8 SELECTOR LEVER ON lsquoSrsquo 2-12

FIGURE 2-9 FIRING PIN 2-12

FIGURE 2-10 HAMMER 2-12

FIGURE 2-11 HAMMER SPRING 2-13

FIGURE 2-12 LOCKING LUGS 2-13

FIGURE 2-13 INSPECT EXTRACTOR 2-14

FIGURE 2-14 EJECTOR AND EJECTOR SPRING 2-14

FIGURE 2-15 BOLT CARRIER 2-15

FIGURE 2-16 RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-15

SW370-CF-TRS-010

x

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-17 TRIGGER OR TRIGGER RETURN SPRING 2-16

FIGURE 2-18 PISTON RINGS 2-17

FIGURE 2-19 BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT 2-18

FIGURE 2-20 SELECTOR CAM 2-18

FIGURE 2-21 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-19

FIGURE 2-22 RELEASE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE 2-20

FIGURE 2-23 REMOVE TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-20

FIGURE 2-24 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-21

FIGURE 2-25 RELEASE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-21

FIGURE 2-26 REMOVE CHARGING HANDLE 2-21

FIGURE 2-27 REMOVE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-28 REMOVE RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-29 REMOVE FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-22

FIGURE 2-30 REMOVE FIRING PIN 2-23

FIGURE 2-31 REMOVE BOLT CAM PIN AND BOLT ASSEMBLY 2-23

FIGURE 2-32 DISASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 762 MM 2-24

FIGURE 2-33 COMPLETE FIELDSTRIP 2-25

FIGURE 2-34 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-27

FIGURE 2-35 INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) ONTO BLOCK TRIGGER MODULE VISE (UT1831) 2-28

FIGURE 2-36 TILTING TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) TO LEFT 2-28

FIGURE 2-37 LOOSEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) 2-28

FIGURE 2-38 REMOVE PISTOL GRIP (527) FROM TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-28

FIGURE 2-39 PUNCH OUT SQUARE NUT (529) 2-28

FIGURE 2-40 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) INTERFACE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-41 INSPECT SQUARE NUT (529) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-42 INSPECT LOCK WASHER (526) FOR CRACKS AND UNUSUAL WEAR 2-29

FIGURE 2-43 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-44 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) FOR WEAR OR STRIPPING ON THREADS 2-29

FIGURE 2-45 INSERT SQUARE NUT (529) INTO SLOT 2-30

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-46 SEAT PISTOL GRIP (527) ONTO TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-30

FIGURE 2-47 INSERT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) INTO PROPER HOLE AND HAND-TIGHTEN 2-30

FIGURE 2-48 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TORQUE SCREW UNTIL IT SETS 2-30

FIGURE 2-49 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-31

FIGURE 2-50 REMOVE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-31

FIGURE 2-51 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-32

FIGURE 2-52 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-32

FIGURE 2-53 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-33

FIGURE 2-54 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-33

FIGURE 2-55 PRESS AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FORWARD 2-34

FIGURE 2-56 WITH INDEX FINGER RIDE HAMMER (555) FORWARD WHILE PULLING TRIGGER (545) 2-34

FIGURE 2-57 TAP ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) ON RIGHT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-34

FIGURE 2-58 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) CLEARS PROTECTIVE FINGERS 2-34

FIGURE 2-59 PUNCH OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) AND REMOVE 2-35

FIGURE 2-60 KEEP PUNCH IN PLACE AFTER REMOVAL OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) BEFORE REMOVAL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-35

FIGURE 2-61 KEEP FINGER ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) TO MAINTAIN CONTROL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-35

FIGURE 2-62 REMOVE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FROM BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-36

FIGURE 2-63 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-64 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-65 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) INTO CORRESPONDING HOLE ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-66 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-67 PLACE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-68 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-39

FIGURE 2-69 FINISH DRIVING SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH OVERSIZED 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-39

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-70 USE 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) TO START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-39

FIGURE 2-71 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578L) 2-39

FIGURE 2-72 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-40

FIGURE 2-73 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-40

FIGURE 2-74 WITH AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) PUSH SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) FROM RIGHT TO LEFT TO RELEASE 2-41

FIGURE 2-75 WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PUSH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) THROUGH AND OUT TO REMOVE 2-41

FIGURE 2-76 REMOVE AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-41

FIGURE 2-77 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-78 INSPECT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-79 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-80 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-81 ENSURE FLATS ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY ON AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-44

FIGURE 2-82 INSTALL SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) INTO LEFT SIDE ALIGN SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-44

FIGURE 2-83 ALIGN AND PUSH THROUGH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-45

FIGURE 2-84 FIT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) ONTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) IN PROPER NOTCH 2-45

FIGURE 2-85 USE AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) TO ENGAGE SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AROUND HOUSING 2-45

FIGURE 2-86 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

FIGURE 2-87 ALIGN BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) WITH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-88 ALIGN 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) FROM LEFT TO RIGHT 2-46

FIGURE 2-89 USE 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) TO HOLD SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-46

FIGURE 2-90 START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH 3S ROLL PIN STARTER 2-47

FIGURE 2-91 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO PLACE 2-47

FIGURE 2-92 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-47

FIGURE 2-93 ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION BY CHECKING FOR SPRING TENSION ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) 2-47

FIGURE 2-94 APPLY PRESSURE ONTO HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE REMOVING 2-48

FIGURE 2-95 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-48

FIGURE 2-96 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-49

FIGURE 2-97 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING (558) 2-49

FIGURE 2-98 ENSURE TIP OF HAMMER SPRING (558) IS ON SHOULDER OF HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-50

FIGURE 2-99 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) 2-50

FIGURE 2-100 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) AND HOLD HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE PUSHING BACK 2-50

FIGURE 2-101 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO LUG OF HAMMER (555) 2-50

FIGURE 2-102 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO REMOVE SCREW FROM SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-51

FIGURE 2-103 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-104 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-105 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-106 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-107 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) AND SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-108 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-109 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) AND SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-110 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER (567) 2-54

FIGURE 2-111 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-112 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-113 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-114 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-56

FIGURE 2-115 SCREW SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY 2-56

FIGURE 2-116 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (569) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-117 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-118 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) 2-57

FIGURE 2-119 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-120 INSPECT LOCKING PLATE (569) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-121 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-122 INSPECT HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-123 INSTALL HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-124 INSTALL HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-125 INSERT LOCKING PLATE FORK INTO LOCKING PLATE (569) 2-59

FIGURE 2-126 INSTALL LOCKING PLATE (569) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-127 APPLY DOWNWARD PRESSURE AND START 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-60

FIGURE 2-128 REMOVE TRIGGER PIN (548) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-60

FIGURE 2-129 REMOVE SEAR (547) SEAR SPRING (546) TRIGGER (545) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) 2-60

FIGURE 2-130 INSPECT SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

FIGURE 2-131 INSPECT TRIGGER (545) AND SEAR (547) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-132 INSERT SEAR SPRING (546) INTO TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-133 INSERT SEAR (547) ONTO SEAR SPRING (546) 2-62

FIGURE 2-134 START TO INSERT MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) THROUGH TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) AND TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-135 FINISH PUSHING MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) COMPLETELY THROUGH WITH EVEN AMOUNT OF MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER SHOWING 2-62

FIGURE 2-136 COMPLETED TRIGGER (545) SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) ASSEMBLED WITH MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-137 PUSH TRIGGER PIN (548) THROUGH TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND RELEASE MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-138 INVERT TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-64

FIGURE 2-139 ENSURE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) IS RETAINED WHEN REMOVING 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-64

FIGURE 2-140 REMOVE SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-65

FIGURE 2-141 REMOVE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) 2-65

FIGURE 2-142 INSPECT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER LEFT (534) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-66

FIGURE 2-143 INSERT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-67

FIGURE 2-144 INSERT LEADING EDGE OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-67

FIGURE 2-145 INSERT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-67

FIGURE 2-146 INSERT SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) WITH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-68

FIGURE 2-147 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-148 USE HAMMER (UT2115) TO DRIVE FLUSH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) IN MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-149 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-70

FIGURE 2-150 INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) INTO VISE WITH 4rdquo X 6rdquo LEATHER PAD SET (UT2833) 2-71

FIGURE 2-151 REMOVE BUTTPLATE (878) 2-71

FIGURE 2-152 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-71

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-153 INSPECT BUTTPLATE (878) 2-72

FIGURE 2-154 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-72

FIGURE 2-155 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-72

FIGURE 2-156 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-73

FIGURE 2-157 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-73

FIGURE 2-158 INSTALL BUTTPLATE (878) AND PUSH IN TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) ALL THE WAY 2-73

FIGURE 2-159 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND ADAPTER 4 MM (UT2381) TO REMOVE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-74

FIGURE 2-160 REMOVE LOP LOCK (866) FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-161 CONTINUE TO ROTATE LOP LOCK (866) CW AND REMOVE FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-162 REMOVE COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) TO DISASSEMBLE LOP LOCK (866) 2-74

FIGURE 2-163 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-75

FIGURE 2-164 UNSCREW HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-75

FIGURE 2-165 REMOVE ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) FROM LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-75

FIGURE 2-166 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-167 INSPECT LOP LOCK (866) SPRING LOP LOCK (867) AND COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-168 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-169 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-170 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-171 FIT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) AND LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) TOGETHER 2-78

FIGURE 2-172 INSTALL LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-173 START HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-174 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-78

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

e

WARNING SUMMARY

This warning summary contains general safety warnings and hazardous materials warnings that must be understood and applied during equipmentrsquos operation and maintenance Failure to observe these precautions may result in serious injury or death to personnel Also included are explanations of safety and hazardous materials icons used within Technical Repair Standard (TRS)

1 DEFINITION OF THE FOLLOWING ALERTS THROUGHOUT THIS MANUAL

WARNING ndash Identifies clear danger to person performing procedure

CAUTION ndash Identifies risk of damage to equipment

NOTE ndash Used to highlight essential procedures conditions and statements or to convey important instructional data to user

2 FIRST AID

For first aid information refer to OP50100 First Aid

3 GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION

WARNING

Before starting inspection clear weapon Do not pull trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to ensure it is empty and check that no ammunition is in position to be introduced

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

WARNING

Use appropriate PPE for the job Striking any object with hammer can result in flying debris or parts Safety glasses or goggles are required when performing maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

f

3 GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION (CONT)

WARNING

Ensure weapon is unloaded prior to gauging

WARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

WARNING

Use eye protection for spring-loaded mechanisms

WARNING

Failure to comply with gauging requirements can create condition where weapon can fire out of ldquobatteryrdquo or fail to fire at critical moment In either condition serious injury or loss of life can result

SW370-CF-TRS-010

gh blank

4 CAUTIONS

CAUTIONDo not use dry cleaning solvent on plastic or rubber parts and components Due to aggressive nature of solvent it can render plastic or rubber parts unserviceable

CAUTIONDo not allow hammer to fall freely striking receiver this can damage hammer and bolt catchrelease

CAUTIONMake sure all ancillary and Special Operation Particular Modifications (SOPMOD)optics are removed from weapon prior to maintenance

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

CAUTIONRemoving barrel assembly from upper receiver frame without barrel extension clearing cut recessed portion of receiver frame could result in damage to frame Do not angle or rock barrel out of frame

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS

You can help improve this manual Please let us know if you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to improve a procedure Mail DA Form 2027 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) directly to Small Arms Weapons Division Joint Special Operati

This publication is available through Small Arms Weapons Division Joint Special Operations Response Department NSWC Crane Division

SW370-CF-TRS-010

iii blank

TECHNICAL REPAIR STANDARD

FOR

MK 17 MOD 0 762 MM SOF COMBAT ASSAULT RIFLE HEAVY

(NSN 1005-13-119-7703)

March 2008

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

iiiiv blank

LIST OF ACRONYMS

lsquoArsquo AutomaticBOI Basis of IssueCAGEC Contractor and Government Entity CodeCCW CounterclockwiseCLP Cleaner Lubricant and PreservativeCQC Close Quarter CombatCPC Corrosion Prevention and ControlsCW ClockwiseDoD Department of DefenseEGLM Enhance Grenade Launcher ManualEIR Equipment Improvement RecommendationsIAW In Accordance WithLAW Lubricating Oil Arctic WeaponsLB Long BarrelLH Left-handLOP Length of PullLSA Lubricating Oil WeaponsMOA Minutes of AngleMRC Maintenance Requirement CardsNIIN National Item Identification NumberNSN National Stock NumberNSWC Naval Surface Warfare CenterOM Operatorrsquos ManualPMCS Preventive Maintenance Checks and ServicesPN Part NumberPPE Personal Protective EquipmentPQDR Product Quality Deficiency ReportRBC Rifle Bore CleanerRH Right-handRPSTL Repair Parts and Special Tools ListS StandardlsquoSrsquo SafeSD Dry Cleaning SolventSSAVIE Sustainment Asset Visibility and Information ExchangeSOF Special Operations ForceSOPMOD Special Operation Particular ModificationsTM Technical ManualTMDER Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation ReportTRS Technical Repair StandardUI Unit of IssueUM Unit of MeasureUOC Usable on Code

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

v

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGE

CHANGE PAGE ALIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES BHOW TO USE THIS MANUAL aWARNING SUMMARY eREPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS iiiLIST OF ACRONYMS iiiLIST OF FIGURES ixLIST OF TABLES xxvii

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1-1SECTION IGENERAL INFORMATION 1-1

1-1 SCOPE 1-11-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE 1-11-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE 1-11-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR) 1-1

SECTION II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA 1-21-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION 1-21-6 NOMENCLATURE 1-31-7 TECHNICAL DATA 1-51-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES 1-61-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC) 1-13

CHAPTER 2 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 2-1SECTION I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND

EQUIPMENT 2-12-1 REPAIR PARTS 2-12-2 SPECIAL TOOLS 2-12-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST 2-1

SECTION II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT 2-12-4 GENERAL 2-12-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL 2-1

SECTION III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) 2-22-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS 2-2

SECTION IV TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2-11

SECTION V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-192-9 SAFETY CHECK 2-192-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-20

SECTION VI MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 2-262-11 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) MAINTENANCE 2-262-12 BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) MAINTENANCE 2-692-13 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY (401H) MAINTENANCE 2-902-14 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S) (201H-S) MAINTENANCE 2-1052-15 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (S) (601H) MAINTENANCE 2-1772-16 REASSEMBLE FROM FIELDSTRIP 2-1822-17 SAFETY CHECK 2-187

SW370-CF-TRS-010

vi

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

CHAPTER 3 UNIT MAINTENANCE GAUGING INSTRUCTIONS 3-1SECTION I REQUIRED GAUGES AND GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-1

3-1 REQUIRED GAUGES 3-13-2 GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-13-3 GENERAL 3-1

SECTION II GAUGING PROCEDURES 3-13-4 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 3-13-5 TRIGGER MODULE 3-43-6 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY 3-5

CHAPTER 4 UNIT MAINTENANCE BORESCOPING BARREL 4-1SECTION I TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND BACKGROUND 4-1

4-1 TECHNICAL DATA 4-14-2 BACKGROUND 4-1

SECTION II BORESCOPE MAINTENANCESETUPINSPECTIONS 4-14-3 MAINTENANCE OF BORESCOPE 4-1

SECTION III BORESCOPE COMPONENTS AND ASSEMBLY 4-24-4 COMPONENTS 4-24-5 ASSEMBLING BORESCOPE 4-34-6 INSPECTING 4-54-7 SUMMARY 4-7

APPENDIX A REFERENCES A-1A-1 TECHNICAL MANUALS A-1A-2 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE REGULATIONS A-1

APPENDIX B MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION B-1

B-1 SCOPE B-1B-2 GENERAL B-1B-3 REPAIR PARTS LIST COMPONENTS B-1B-4 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (SECTION II) B-1B-5 COLORS DEFINED B-2B-6 SUPPORT EXPLANATION B-2B-7 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS B-3B-8 SPECIAL INFORMATION B-4B-9 HOW TO LOCATE REPAIR PARTS B-4

SECTION II REPAIR PARTS LIST B-5SECTION III CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES PART NUMBER B-23SECTION IV CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER B-27SECTION V SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-31

B-10 SCAR T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH CALIBRATION PROCEDURES B-33

APPENDIX C EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION C-1

C-1 SCOPE C-1C-2 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS C-1

SECTION IIEXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

viiviii blank

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

APPENDIX D PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) QUICK REFERENCE TABLE D-1SECTION IGENERAL D-1

APPENDIX E FIELD REJECT ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST E-1E-1 REFERENCES E-1E-2 GAUGES AND EQUIPMENT E-2

APPENDIX F PARTS REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE F-1

APPENDIX G TORQUE CHART G-1G-1 MK 17 MOD 0 TORQUE SETTING CHART G-1

APPENDIX H STANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF) H-1

APPENDIX I TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER) I-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

ix

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 1-1 MAJOR COMPONENTS 1-2

FIGURE 1-2 NOMENCLATURE LEFT SIDE 1-3

FIGURE 1-3 NOMENCLATURE RIGHT SIDE 1-4

FIGURE 1-4 SAFE 1-6

FIGURE 1-5 SEMI-AUTOMATIC 1-7

FIGURE 1-6 AUTOMATIC 1-8

FIGURE 1-7 PERCUSSION AND FIRING 1-9

FIGURE 1-8 BULLET PROPELS FORWARD 1-9

FIGURE 1-9 GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY TOWARDS REAR 1-10

FIGURE 1-10 UNSUPPRESSED AND SUPPRESSED CONDITIONS 1-10

FIGURE 1-11 HAMMER COCKED 1-11

FIGURE 1-12 HAMMER FALLEN 1-11

FIGURE 1-13 COCKED POSITION 1-12

FIGURE 1-14 ENGAGES FRONT TOOTH OF TRIGGER 1-12

FIGURE 1-15 HAMMER RELEASED TO STRIKE FIRING PIN 1-12

FIGURE 1-16 TRIGGER RELEASED 1-12

FIGURE 2-1 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-4

FIGURE 2-2 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-6

FIGURE 2-3 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-7

FIGURE 2-4 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-8

FIGURE 2-5 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY 2-9

FIGURE 2-6 MAGAZINE LOCKING NOTCH 2-11

FIGURE 2-7 MAGAZINE CATCH RELEASE 2-11

FIGURE 2-8 SELECTOR LEVER ON lsquoSrsquo 2-12

FIGURE 2-9 FIRING PIN 2-12

FIGURE 2-10 HAMMER 2-12

FIGURE 2-11 HAMMER SPRING 2-13

FIGURE 2-12 LOCKING LUGS 2-13

FIGURE 2-13 INSPECT EXTRACTOR 2-14

FIGURE 2-14 EJECTOR AND EJECTOR SPRING 2-14

FIGURE 2-15 BOLT CARRIER 2-15

FIGURE 2-16 RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-15

SW370-CF-TRS-010

x

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-17 TRIGGER OR TRIGGER RETURN SPRING 2-16

FIGURE 2-18 PISTON RINGS 2-17

FIGURE 2-19 BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT 2-18

FIGURE 2-20 SELECTOR CAM 2-18

FIGURE 2-21 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-19

FIGURE 2-22 RELEASE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE 2-20

FIGURE 2-23 REMOVE TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-20

FIGURE 2-24 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-21

FIGURE 2-25 RELEASE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-21

FIGURE 2-26 REMOVE CHARGING HANDLE 2-21

FIGURE 2-27 REMOVE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-28 REMOVE RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-29 REMOVE FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-22

FIGURE 2-30 REMOVE FIRING PIN 2-23

FIGURE 2-31 REMOVE BOLT CAM PIN AND BOLT ASSEMBLY 2-23

FIGURE 2-32 DISASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 762 MM 2-24

FIGURE 2-33 COMPLETE FIELDSTRIP 2-25

FIGURE 2-34 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-27

FIGURE 2-35 INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) ONTO BLOCK TRIGGER MODULE VISE (UT1831) 2-28

FIGURE 2-36 TILTING TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) TO LEFT 2-28

FIGURE 2-37 LOOSEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) 2-28

FIGURE 2-38 REMOVE PISTOL GRIP (527) FROM TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-28

FIGURE 2-39 PUNCH OUT SQUARE NUT (529) 2-28

FIGURE 2-40 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) INTERFACE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-41 INSPECT SQUARE NUT (529) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-42 INSPECT LOCK WASHER (526) FOR CRACKS AND UNUSUAL WEAR 2-29

FIGURE 2-43 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-44 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) FOR WEAR OR STRIPPING ON THREADS 2-29

FIGURE 2-45 INSERT SQUARE NUT (529) INTO SLOT 2-30

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-46 SEAT PISTOL GRIP (527) ONTO TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-30

FIGURE 2-47 INSERT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) INTO PROPER HOLE AND HAND-TIGHTEN 2-30

FIGURE 2-48 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TORQUE SCREW UNTIL IT SETS 2-30

FIGURE 2-49 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-31

FIGURE 2-50 REMOVE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-31

FIGURE 2-51 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-32

FIGURE 2-52 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-32

FIGURE 2-53 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-33

FIGURE 2-54 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-33

FIGURE 2-55 PRESS AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FORWARD 2-34

FIGURE 2-56 WITH INDEX FINGER RIDE HAMMER (555) FORWARD WHILE PULLING TRIGGER (545) 2-34

FIGURE 2-57 TAP ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) ON RIGHT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-34

FIGURE 2-58 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) CLEARS PROTECTIVE FINGERS 2-34

FIGURE 2-59 PUNCH OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) AND REMOVE 2-35

FIGURE 2-60 KEEP PUNCH IN PLACE AFTER REMOVAL OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) BEFORE REMOVAL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-35

FIGURE 2-61 KEEP FINGER ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) TO MAINTAIN CONTROL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-35

FIGURE 2-62 REMOVE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FROM BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-36

FIGURE 2-63 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-64 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-65 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) INTO CORRESPONDING HOLE ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-66 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-67 PLACE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-68 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-39

FIGURE 2-69 FINISH DRIVING SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH OVERSIZED 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-39

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-70 USE 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) TO START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-39

FIGURE 2-71 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578L) 2-39

FIGURE 2-72 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-40

FIGURE 2-73 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-40

FIGURE 2-74 WITH AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) PUSH SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) FROM RIGHT TO LEFT TO RELEASE 2-41

FIGURE 2-75 WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PUSH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) THROUGH AND OUT TO REMOVE 2-41

FIGURE 2-76 REMOVE AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-41

FIGURE 2-77 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-78 INSPECT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-79 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-80 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-81 ENSURE FLATS ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY ON AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-44

FIGURE 2-82 INSTALL SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) INTO LEFT SIDE ALIGN SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-44

FIGURE 2-83 ALIGN AND PUSH THROUGH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-45

FIGURE 2-84 FIT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) ONTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) IN PROPER NOTCH 2-45

FIGURE 2-85 USE AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) TO ENGAGE SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AROUND HOUSING 2-45

FIGURE 2-86 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

FIGURE 2-87 ALIGN BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) WITH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-88 ALIGN 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) FROM LEFT TO RIGHT 2-46

FIGURE 2-89 USE 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) TO HOLD SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-46

FIGURE 2-90 START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH 3S ROLL PIN STARTER 2-47

FIGURE 2-91 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO PLACE 2-47

FIGURE 2-92 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-47

FIGURE 2-93 ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION BY CHECKING FOR SPRING TENSION ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) 2-47

FIGURE 2-94 APPLY PRESSURE ONTO HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE REMOVING 2-48

FIGURE 2-95 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-48

FIGURE 2-96 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-49

FIGURE 2-97 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING (558) 2-49

FIGURE 2-98 ENSURE TIP OF HAMMER SPRING (558) IS ON SHOULDER OF HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-50

FIGURE 2-99 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) 2-50

FIGURE 2-100 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) AND HOLD HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE PUSHING BACK 2-50

FIGURE 2-101 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO LUG OF HAMMER (555) 2-50

FIGURE 2-102 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO REMOVE SCREW FROM SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-51

FIGURE 2-103 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-104 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-105 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-106 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-107 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) AND SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-108 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-109 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) AND SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-110 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER (567) 2-54

FIGURE 2-111 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-112 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-113 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-114 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-56

FIGURE 2-115 SCREW SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY 2-56

FIGURE 2-116 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (569) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-117 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-118 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) 2-57

FIGURE 2-119 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-120 INSPECT LOCKING PLATE (569) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-121 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-122 INSPECT HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-123 INSTALL HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-124 INSTALL HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-125 INSERT LOCKING PLATE FORK INTO LOCKING PLATE (569) 2-59

FIGURE 2-126 INSTALL LOCKING PLATE (569) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-127 APPLY DOWNWARD PRESSURE AND START 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-60

FIGURE 2-128 REMOVE TRIGGER PIN (548) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-60

FIGURE 2-129 REMOVE SEAR (547) SEAR SPRING (546) TRIGGER (545) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) 2-60

FIGURE 2-130 INSPECT SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

FIGURE 2-131 INSPECT TRIGGER (545) AND SEAR (547) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-132 INSERT SEAR SPRING (546) INTO TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-133 INSERT SEAR (547) ONTO SEAR SPRING (546) 2-62

FIGURE 2-134 START TO INSERT MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) THROUGH TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) AND TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-135 FINISH PUSHING MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) COMPLETELY THROUGH WITH EVEN AMOUNT OF MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER SHOWING 2-62

FIGURE 2-136 COMPLETED TRIGGER (545) SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) ASSEMBLED WITH MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-137 PUSH TRIGGER PIN (548) THROUGH TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND RELEASE MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-138 INVERT TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-64

FIGURE 2-139 ENSURE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) IS RETAINED WHEN REMOVING 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-64

FIGURE 2-140 REMOVE SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-65

FIGURE 2-141 REMOVE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) 2-65

FIGURE 2-142 INSPECT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER LEFT (534) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-66

FIGURE 2-143 INSERT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-67

FIGURE 2-144 INSERT LEADING EDGE OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-67

FIGURE 2-145 INSERT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-67

FIGURE 2-146 INSERT SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) WITH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-68

FIGURE 2-147 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-148 USE HAMMER (UT2115) TO DRIVE FLUSH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) IN MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-149 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-70

FIGURE 2-150 INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) INTO VISE WITH 4rdquo X 6rdquo LEATHER PAD SET (UT2833) 2-71

FIGURE 2-151 REMOVE BUTTPLATE (878) 2-71

FIGURE 2-152 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-71

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-153 INSPECT BUTTPLATE (878) 2-72

FIGURE 2-154 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-72

FIGURE 2-155 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-72

FIGURE 2-156 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-73

FIGURE 2-157 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-73

FIGURE 2-158 INSTALL BUTTPLATE (878) AND PUSH IN TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) ALL THE WAY 2-73

FIGURE 2-159 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND ADAPTER 4 MM (UT2381) TO REMOVE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-74

FIGURE 2-160 REMOVE LOP LOCK (866) FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-161 CONTINUE TO ROTATE LOP LOCK (866) CW AND REMOVE FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-162 REMOVE COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) TO DISASSEMBLE LOP LOCK (866) 2-74

FIGURE 2-163 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-75

FIGURE 2-164 UNSCREW HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-75

FIGURE 2-165 REMOVE ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) FROM LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-75

FIGURE 2-166 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-167 INSPECT LOP LOCK (866) SPRING LOP LOCK (867) AND COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-168 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-169 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-170 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-171 FIT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) AND LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) TOGETHER 2-78

FIGURE 2-172 INSTALL LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-173 START HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-174 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-78

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

f

3 GENERAL SAFETY WARNINGS DESCRIPTION (CONT)

WARNING

Ensure weapon is unloaded prior to gauging

WARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

WARNING

Use eye protection for spring-loaded mechanisms

WARNING

Failure to comply with gauging requirements can create condition where weapon can fire out of ldquobatteryrdquo or fail to fire at critical moment In either condition serious injury or loss of life can result

SW370-CF-TRS-010

gh blank

4 CAUTIONS

CAUTIONDo not use dry cleaning solvent on plastic or rubber parts and components Due to aggressive nature of solvent it can render plastic or rubber parts unserviceable

CAUTIONDo not allow hammer to fall freely striking receiver this can damage hammer and bolt catchrelease

CAUTIONMake sure all ancillary and Special Operation Particular Modifications (SOPMOD)optics are removed from weapon prior to maintenance

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

CAUTIONRemoving barrel assembly from upper receiver frame without barrel extension clearing cut recessed portion of receiver frame could result in damage to frame Do not angle or rock barrel out of frame

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS

You can help improve this manual Please let us know if you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to improve a procedure Mail DA Form 2027 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) directly to Small Arms Weapons Division Joint Special Operati

This publication is available through Small Arms Weapons Division Joint Special Operations Response Department NSWC Crane Division

SW370-CF-TRS-010

iii blank

TECHNICAL REPAIR STANDARD

FOR

MK 17 MOD 0 762 MM SOF COMBAT ASSAULT RIFLE HEAVY

(NSN 1005-13-119-7703)

March 2008

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

iiiiv blank

LIST OF ACRONYMS

lsquoArsquo AutomaticBOI Basis of IssueCAGEC Contractor and Government Entity CodeCCW CounterclockwiseCLP Cleaner Lubricant and PreservativeCQC Close Quarter CombatCPC Corrosion Prevention and ControlsCW ClockwiseDoD Department of DefenseEGLM Enhance Grenade Launcher ManualEIR Equipment Improvement RecommendationsIAW In Accordance WithLAW Lubricating Oil Arctic WeaponsLB Long BarrelLH Left-handLOP Length of PullLSA Lubricating Oil WeaponsMOA Minutes of AngleMRC Maintenance Requirement CardsNIIN National Item Identification NumberNSN National Stock NumberNSWC Naval Surface Warfare CenterOM Operatorrsquos ManualPMCS Preventive Maintenance Checks and ServicesPN Part NumberPPE Personal Protective EquipmentPQDR Product Quality Deficiency ReportRBC Rifle Bore CleanerRH Right-handRPSTL Repair Parts and Special Tools ListS StandardlsquoSrsquo SafeSD Dry Cleaning SolventSSAVIE Sustainment Asset Visibility and Information ExchangeSOF Special Operations ForceSOPMOD Special Operation Particular ModificationsTM Technical ManualTMDER Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation ReportTRS Technical Repair StandardUI Unit of IssueUM Unit of MeasureUOC Usable on Code

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

v

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGE

CHANGE PAGE ALIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES BHOW TO USE THIS MANUAL aWARNING SUMMARY eREPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS iiiLIST OF ACRONYMS iiiLIST OF FIGURES ixLIST OF TABLES xxvii

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1-1SECTION IGENERAL INFORMATION 1-1

1-1 SCOPE 1-11-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE 1-11-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE 1-11-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR) 1-1

SECTION II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA 1-21-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION 1-21-6 NOMENCLATURE 1-31-7 TECHNICAL DATA 1-51-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES 1-61-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC) 1-13

CHAPTER 2 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 2-1SECTION I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND

EQUIPMENT 2-12-1 REPAIR PARTS 2-12-2 SPECIAL TOOLS 2-12-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST 2-1

SECTION II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT 2-12-4 GENERAL 2-12-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL 2-1

SECTION III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) 2-22-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS 2-2

SECTION IV TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2-11

SECTION V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-192-9 SAFETY CHECK 2-192-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-20

SECTION VI MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 2-262-11 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) MAINTENANCE 2-262-12 BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) MAINTENANCE 2-692-13 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY (401H) MAINTENANCE 2-902-14 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S) (201H-S) MAINTENANCE 2-1052-15 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (S) (601H) MAINTENANCE 2-1772-16 REASSEMBLE FROM FIELDSTRIP 2-1822-17 SAFETY CHECK 2-187

SW370-CF-TRS-010

vi

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

CHAPTER 3 UNIT MAINTENANCE GAUGING INSTRUCTIONS 3-1SECTION I REQUIRED GAUGES AND GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-1

3-1 REQUIRED GAUGES 3-13-2 GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-13-3 GENERAL 3-1

SECTION II GAUGING PROCEDURES 3-13-4 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 3-13-5 TRIGGER MODULE 3-43-6 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY 3-5

CHAPTER 4 UNIT MAINTENANCE BORESCOPING BARREL 4-1SECTION I TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND BACKGROUND 4-1

4-1 TECHNICAL DATA 4-14-2 BACKGROUND 4-1

SECTION II BORESCOPE MAINTENANCESETUPINSPECTIONS 4-14-3 MAINTENANCE OF BORESCOPE 4-1

SECTION III BORESCOPE COMPONENTS AND ASSEMBLY 4-24-4 COMPONENTS 4-24-5 ASSEMBLING BORESCOPE 4-34-6 INSPECTING 4-54-7 SUMMARY 4-7

APPENDIX A REFERENCES A-1A-1 TECHNICAL MANUALS A-1A-2 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE REGULATIONS A-1

APPENDIX B MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION B-1

B-1 SCOPE B-1B-2 GENERAL B-1B-3 REPAIR PARTS LIST COMPONENTS B-1B-4 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (SECTION II) B-1B-5 COLORS DEFINED B-2B-6 SUPPORT EXPLANATION B-2B-7 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS B-3B-8 SPECIAL INFORMATION B-4B-9 HOW TO LOCATE REPAIR PARTS B-4

SECTION II REPAIR PARTS LIST B-5SECTION III CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES PART NUMBER B-23SECTION IV CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER B-27SECTION V SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-31

B-10 SCAR T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH CALIBRATION PROCEDURES B-33

APPENDIX C EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION C-1

C-1 SCOPE C-1C-2 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS C-1

SECTION IIEXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

viiviii blank

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

APPENDIX D PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) QUICK REFERENCE TABLE D-1SECTION IGENERAL D-1

APPENDIX E FIELD REJECT ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST E-1E-1 REFERENCES E-1E-2 GAUGES AND EQUIPMENT E-2

APPENDIX F PARTS REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE F-1

APPENDIX G TORQUE CHART G-1G-1 MK 17 MOD 0 TORQUE SETTING CHART G-1

APPENDIX H STANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF) H-1

APPENDIX I TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER) I-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

ix

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 1-1 MAJOR COMPONENTS 1-2

FIGURE 1-2 NOMENCLATURE LEFT SIDE 1-3

FIGURE 1-3 NOMENCLATURE RIGHT SIDE 1-4

FIGURE 1-4 SAFE 1-6

FIGURE 1-5 SEMI-AUTOMATIC 1-7

FIGURE 1-6 AUTOMATIC 1-8

FIGURE 1-7 PERCUSSION AND FIRING 1-9

FIGURE 1-8 BULLET PROPELS FORWARD 1-9

FIGURE 1-9 GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY TOWARDS REAR 1-10

FIGURE 1-10 UNSUPPRESSED AND SUPPRESSED CONDITIONS 1-10

FIGURE 1-11 HAMMER COCKED 1-11

FIGURE 1-12 HAMMER FALLEN 1-11

FIGURE 1-13 COCKED POSITION 1-12

FIGURE 1-14 ENGAGES FRONT TOOTH OF TRIGGER 1-12

FIGURE 1-15 HAMMER RELEASED TO STRIKE FIRING PIN 1-12

FIGURE 1-16 TRIGGER RELEASED 1-12

FIGURE 2-1 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-4

FIGURE 2-2 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-6

FIGURE 2-3 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-7

FIGURE 2-4 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-8

FIGURE 2-5 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY 2-9

FIGURE 2-6 MAGAZINE LOCKING NOTCH 2-11

FIGURE 2-7 MAGAZINE CATCH RELEASE 2-11

FIGURE 2-8 SELECTOR LEVER ON lsquoSrsquo 2-12

FIGURE 2-9 FIRING PIN 2-12

FIGURE 2-10 HAMMER 2-12

FIGURE 2-11 HAMMER SPRING 2-13

FIGURE 2-12 LOCKING LUGS 2-13

FIGURE 2-13 INSPECT EXTRACTOR 2-14

FIGURE 2-14 EJECTOR AND EJECTOR SPRING 2-14

FIGURE 2-15 BOLT CARRIER 2-15

FIGURE 2-16 RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-15

SW370-CF-TRS-010

x

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-17 TRIGGER OR TRIGGER RETURN SPRING 2-16

FIGURE 2-18 PISTON RINGS 2-17

FIGURE 2-19 BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT 2-18

FIGURE 2-20 SELECTOR CAM 2-18

FIGURE 2-21 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-19

FIGURE 2-22 RELEASE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE 2-20

FIGURE 2-23 REMOVE TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-20

FIGURE 2-24 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-21

FIGURE 2-25 RELEASE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-21

FIGURE 2-26 REMOVE CHARGING HANDLE 2-21

FIGURE 2-27 REMOVE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-28 REMOVE RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-29 REMOVE FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-22

FIGURE 2-30 REMOVE FIRING PIN 2-23

FIGURE 2-31 REMOVE BOLT CAM PIN AND BOLT ASSEMBLY 2-23

FIGURE 2-32 DISASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 762 MM 2-24

FIGURE 2-33 COMPLETE FIELDSTRIP 2-25

FIGURE 2-34 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-27

FIGURE 2-35 INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) ONTO BLOCK TRIGGER MODULE VISE (UT1831) 2-28

FIGURE 2-36 TILTING TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) TO LEFT 2-28

FIGURE 2-37 LOOSEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) 2-28

FIGURE 2-38 REMOVE PISTOL GRIP (527) FROM TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-28

FIGURE 2-39 PUNCH OUT SQUARE NUT (529) 2-28

FIGURE 2-40 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) INTERFACE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-41 INSPECT SQUARE NUT (529) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-42 INSPECT LOCK WASHER (526) FOR CRACKS AND UNUSUAL WEAR 2-29

FIGURE 2-43 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-44 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) FOR WEAR OR STRIPPING ON THREADS 2-29

FIGURE 2-45 INSERT SQUARE NUT (529) INTO SLOT 2-30

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-46 SEAT PISTOL GRIP (527) ONTO TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-30

FIGURE 2-47 INSERT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) INTO PROPER HOLE AND HAND-TIGHTEN 2-30

FIGURE 2-48 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TORQUE SCREW UNTIL IT SETS 2-30

FIGURE 2-49 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-31

FIGURE 2-50 REMOVE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-31

FIGURE 2-51 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-32

FIGURE 2-52 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-32

FIGURE 2-53 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-33

FIGURE 2-54 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-33

FIGURE 2-55 PRESS AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FORWARD 2-34

FIGURE 2-56 WITH INDEX FINGER RIDE HAMMER (555) FORWARD WHILE PULLING TRIGGER (545) 2-34

FIGURE 2-57 TAP ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) ON RIGHT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-34

FIGURE 2-58 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) CLEARS PROTECTIVE FINGERS 2-34

FIGURE 2-59 PUNCH OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) AND REMOVE 2-35

FIGURE 2-60 KEEP PUNCH IN PLACE AFTER REMOVAL OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) BEFORE REMOVAL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-35

FIGURE 2-61 KEEP FINGER ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) TO MAINTAIN CONTROL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-35

FIGURE 2-62 REMOVE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FROM BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-36

FIGURE 2-63 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-64 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-65 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) INTO CORRESPONDING HOLE ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-66 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-67 PLACE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-68 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-39

FIGURE 2-69 FINISH DRIVING SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH OVERSIZED 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-39

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-70 USE 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) TO START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-39

FIGURE 2-71 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578L) 2-39

FIGURE 2-72 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-40

FIGURE 2-73 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-40

FIGURE 2-74 WITH AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) PUSH SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) FROM RIGHT TO LEFT TO RELEASE 2-41

FIGURE 2-75 WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PUSH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) THROUGH AND OUT TO REMOVE 2-41

FIGURE 2-76 REMOVE AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-41

FIGURE 2-77 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-78 INSPECT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-79 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-80 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-81 ENSURE FLATS ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY ON AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-44

FIGURE 2-82 INSTALL SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) INTO LEFT SIDE ALIGN SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-44

FIGURE 2-83 ALIGN AND PUSH THROUGH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-45

FIGURE 2-84 FIT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) ONTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) IN PROPER NOTCH 2-45

FIGURE 2-85 USE AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) TO ENGAGE SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AROUND HOUSING 2-45

FIGURE 2-86 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

FIGURE 2-87 ALIGN BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) WITH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-88 ALIGN 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) FROM LEFT TO RIGHT 2-46

FIGURE 2-89 USE 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) TO HOLD SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-46

FIGURE 2-90 START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH 3S ROLL PIN STARTER 2-47

FIGURE 2-91 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO PLACE 2-47

FIGURE 2-92 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-47

FIGURE 2-93 ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION BY CHECKING FOR SPRING TENSION ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) 2-47

FIGURE 2-94 APPLY PRESSURE ONTO HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE REMOVING 2-48

FIGURE 2-95 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-48

FIGURE 2-96 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-49

FIGURE 2-97 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING (558) 2-49

FIGURE 2-98 ENSURE TIP OF HAMMER SPRING (558) IS ON SHOULDER OF HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-50

FIGURE 2-99 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) 2-50

FIGURE 2-100 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) AND HOLD HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE PUSHING BACK 2-50

FIGURE 2-101 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO LUG OF HAMMER (555) 2-50

FIGURE 2-102 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO REMOVE SCREW FROM SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-51

FIGURE 2-103 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-104 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-105 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-106 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-107 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) AND SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-108 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-109 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) AND SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-110 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER (567) 2-54

FIGURE 2-111 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-112 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-113 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-114 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-56

FIGURE 2-115 SCREW SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY 2-56

FIGURE 2-116 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (569) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-117 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-118 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) 2-57

FIGURE 2-119 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-120 INSPECT LOCKING PLATE (569) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-121 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-122 INSPECT HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-123 INSTALL HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-124 INSTALL HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-125 INSERT LOCKING PLATE FORK INTO LOCKING PLATE (569) 2-59

FIGURE 2-126 INSTALL LOCKING PLATE (569) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-127 APPLY DOWNWARD PRESSURE AND START 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-60

FIGURE 2-128 REMOVE TRIGGER PIN (548) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-60

FIGURE 2-129 REMOVE SEAR (547) SEAR SPRING (546) TRIGGER (545) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) 2-60

FIGURE 2-130 INSPECT SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

FIGURE 2-131 INSPECT TRIGGER (545) AND SEAR (547) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-132 INSERT SEAR SPRING (546) INTO TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-133 INSERT SEAR (547) ONTO SEAR SPRING (546) 2-62

FIGURE 2-134 START TO INSERT MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) THROUGH TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) AND TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-135 FINISH PUSHING MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) COMPLETELY THROUGH WITH EVEN AMOUNT OF MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER SHOWING 2-62

FIGURE 2-136 COMPLETED TRIGGER (545) SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) ASSEMBLED WITH MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-137 PUSH TRIGGER PIN (548) THROUGH TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND RELEASE MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-138 INVERT TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-64

FIGURE 2-139 ENSURE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) IS RETAINED WHEN REMOVING 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-64

FIGURE 2-140 REMOVE SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-65

FIGURE 2-141 REMOVE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) 2-65

FIGURE 2-142 INSPECT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER LEFT (534) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-66

FIGURE 2-143 INSERT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-67

FIGURE 2-144 INSERT LEADING EDGE OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-67

FIGURE 2-145 INSERT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-67

FIGURE 2-146 INSERT SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) WITH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-68

FIGURE 2-147 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-148 USE HAMMER (UT2115) TO DRIVE FLUSH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) IN MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-149 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-70

FIGURE 2-150 INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) INTO VISE WITH 4rdquo X 6rdquo LEATHER PAD SET (UT2833) 2-71

FIGURE 2-151 REMOVE BUTTPLATE (878) 2-71

FIGURE 2-152 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-71

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-153 INSPECT BUTTPLATE (878) 2-72

FIGURE 2-154 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-72

FIGURE 2-155 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-72

FIGURE 2-156 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-73

FIGURE 2-157 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-73

FIGURE 2-158 INSTALL BUTTPLATE (878) AND PUSH IN TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) ALL THE WAY 2-73

FIGURE 2-159 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND ADAPTER 4 MM (UT2381) TO REMOVE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-74

FIGURE 2-160 REMOVE LOP LOCK (866) FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-161 CONTINUE TO ROTATE LOP LOCK (866) CW AND REMOVE FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-162 REMOVE COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) TO DISASSEMBLE LOP LOCK (866) 2-74

FIGURE 2-163 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-75

FIGURE 2-164 UNSCREW HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-75

FIGURE 2-165 REMOVE ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) FROM LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-75

FIGURE 2-166 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-167 INSPECT LOP LOCK (866) SPRING LOP LOCK (867) AND COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-168 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-169 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-170 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-171 FIT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) AND LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) TOGETHER 2-78

FIGURE 2-172 INSTALL LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-173 START HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-174 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-78

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

gh blank

4 CAUTIONS

CAUTIONDo not use dry cleaning solvent on plastic or rubber parts and components Due to aggressive nature of solvent it can render plastic or rubber parts unserviceable

CAUTIONDo not allow hammer to fall freely striking receiver this can damage hammer and bolt catchrelease

CAUTIONMake sure all ancillary and Special Operation Particular Modifications (SOPMOD)optics are removed from weapon prior to maintenance

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

CAUTIONRemoving barrel assembly from upper receiver frame without barrel extension clearing cut recessed portion of receiver frame could result in damage to frame Do not angle or rock barrel out of frame

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS

You can help improve this manual Please let us know if you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to improve a procedure Mail DA Form 2027 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) directly to Small Arms Weapons Division Joint Special Operati

This publication is available through Small Arms Weapons Division Joint Special Operations Response Department NSWC Crane Division

SW370-CF-TRS-010

iii blank

TECHNICAL REPAIR STANDARD

FOR

MK 17 MOD 0 762 MM SOF COMBAT ASSAULT RIFLE HEAVY

(NSN 1005-13-119-7703)

March 2008

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

iiiiv blank

LIST OF ACRONYMS

lsquoArsquo AutomaticBOI Basis of IssueCAGEC Contractor and Government Entity CodeCCW CounterclockwiseCLP Cleaner Lubricant and PreservativeCQC Close Quarter CombatCPC Corrosion Prevention and ControlsCW ClockwiseDoD Department of DefenseEGLM Enhance Grenade Launcher ManualEIR Equipment Improvement RecommendationsIAW In Accordance WithLAW Lubricating Oil Arctic WeaponsLB Long BarrelLH Left-handLOP Length of PullLSA Lubricating Oil WeaponsMOA Minutes of AngleMRC Maintenance Requirement CardsNIIN National Item Identification NumberNSN National Stock NumberNSWC Naval Surface Warfare CenterOM Operatorrsquos ManualPMCS Preventive Maintenance Checks and ServicesPN Part NumberPPE Personal Protective EquipmentPQDR Product Quality Deficiency ReportRBC Rifle Bore CleanerRH Right-handRPSTL Repair Parts and Special Tools ListS StandardlsquoSrsquo SafeSD Dry Cleaning SolventSSAVIE Sustainment Asset Visibility and Information ExchangeSOF Special Operations ForceSOPMOD Special Operation Particular ModificationsTM Technical ManualTMDER Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation ReportTRS Technical Repair StandardUI Unit of IssueUM Unit of MeasureUOC Usable on Code

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

v

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGE

CHANGE PAGE ALIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES BHOW TO USE THIS MANUAL aWARNING SUMMARY eREPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS iiiLIST OF ACRONYMS iiiLIST OF FIGURES ixLIST OF TABLES xxvii

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1-1SECTION IGENERAL INFORMATION 1-1

1-1 SCOPE 1-11-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE 1-11-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE 1-11-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR) 1-1

SECTION II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA 1-21-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION 1-21-6 NOMENCLATURE 1-31-7 TECHNICAL DATA 1-51-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES 1-61-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC) 1-13

CHAPTER 2 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 2-1SECTION I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND

EQUIPMENT 2-12-1 REPAIR PARTS 2-12-2 SPECIAL TOOLS 2-12-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST 2-1

SECTION II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT 2-12-4 GENERAL 2-12-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL 2-1

SECTION III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) 2-22-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS 2-2

SECTION IV TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2-11

SECTION V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-192-9 SAFETY CHECK 2-192-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-20

SECTION VI MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 2-262-11 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) MAINTENANCE 2-262-12 BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) MAINTENANCE 2-692-13 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY (401H) MAINTENANCE 2-902-14 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S) (201H-S) MAINTENANCE 2-1052-15 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (S) (601H) MAINTENANCE 2-1772-16 REASSEMBLE FROM FIELDSTRIP 2-1822-17 SAFETY CHECK 2-187

SW370-CF-TRS-010

vi

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

CHAPTER 3 UNIT MAINTENANCE GAUGING INSTRUCTIONS 3-1SECTION I REQUIRED GAUGES AND GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-1

3-1 REQUIRED GAUGES 3-13-2 GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-13-3 GENERAL 3-1

SECTION II GAUGING PROCEDURES 3-13-4 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 3-13-5 TRIGGER MODULE 3-43-6 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY 3-5

CHAPTER 4 UNIT MAINTENANCE BORESCOPING BARREL 4-1SECTION I TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND BACKGROUND 4-1

4-1 TECHNICAL DATA 4-14-2 BACKGROUND 4-1

SECTION II BORESCOPE MAINTENANCESETUPINSPECTIONS 4-14-3 MAINTENANCE OF BORESCOPE 4-1

SECTION III BORESCOPE COMPONENTS AND ASSEMBLY 4-24-4 COMPONENTS 4-24-5 ASSEMBLING BORESCOPE 4-34-6 INSPECTING 4-54-7 SUMMARY 4-7

APPENDIX A REFERENCES A-1A-1 TECHNICAL MANUALS A-1A-2 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE REGULATIONS A-1

APPENDIX B MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION B-1

B-1 SCOPE B-1B-2 GENERAL B-1B-3 REPAIR PARTS LIST COMPONENTS B-1B-4 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (SECTION II) B-1B-5 COLORS DEFINED B-2B-6 SUPPORT EXPLANATION B-2B-7 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS B-3B-8 SPECIAL INFORMATION B-4B-9 HOW TO LOCATE REPAIR PARTS B-4

SECTION II REPAIR PARTS LIST B-5SECTION III CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES PART NUMBER B-23SECTION IV CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER B-27SECTION V SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-31

B-10 SCAR T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH CALIBRATION PROCEDURES B-33

APPENDIX C EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION C-1

C-1 SCOPE C-1C-2 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS C-1

SECTION IIEXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

viiviii blank

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

APPENDIX D PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) QUICK REFERENCE TABLE D-1SECTION IGENERAL D-1

APPENDIX E FIELD REJECT ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST E-1E-1 REFERENCES E-1E-2 GAUGES AND EQUIPMENT E-2

APPENDIX F PARTS REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE F-1

APPENDIX G TORQUE CHART G-1G-1 MK 17 MOD 0 TORQUE SETTING CHART G-1

APPENDIX H STANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF) H-1

APPENDIX I TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER) I-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

ix

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 1-1 MAJOR COMPONENTS 1-2

FIGURE 1-2 NOMENCLATURE LEFT SIDE 1-3

FIGURE 1-3 NOMENCLATURE RIGHT SIDE 1-4

FIGURE 1-4 SAFE 1-6

FIGURE 1-5 SEMI-AUTOMATIC 1-7

FIGURE 1-6 AUTOMATIC 1-8

FIGURE 1-7 PERCUSSION AND FIRING 1-9

FIGURE 1-8 BULLET PROPELS FORWARD 1-9

FIGURE 1-9 GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY TOWARDS REAR 1-10

FIGURE 1-10 UNSUPPRESSED AND SUPPRESSED CONDITIONS 1-10

FIGURE 1-11 HAMMER COCKED 1-11

FIGURE 1-12 HAMMER FALLEN 1-11

FIGURE 1-13 COCKED POSITION 1-12

FIGURE 1-14 ENGAGES FRONT TOOTH OF TRIGGER 1-12

FIGURE 1-15 HAMMER RELEASED TO STRIKE FIRING PIN 1-12

FIGURE 1-16 TRIGGER RELEASED 1-12

FIGURE 2-1 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-4

FIGURE 2-2 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-6

FIGURE 2-3 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-7

FIGURE 2-4 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-8

FIGURE 2-5 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY 2-9

FIGURE 2-6 MAGAZINE LOCKING NOTCH 2-11

FIGURE 2-7 MAGAZINE CATCH RELEASE 2-11

FIGURE 2-8 SELECTOR LEVER ON lsquoSrsquo 2-12

FIGURE 2-9 FIRING PIN 2-12

FIGURE 2-10 HAMMER 2-12

FIGURE 2-11 HAMMER SPRING 2-13

FIGURE 2-12 LOCKING LUGS 2-13

FIGURE 2-13 INSPECT EXTRACTOR 2-14

FIGURE 2-14 EJECTOR AND EJECTOR SPRING 2-14

FIGURE 2-15 BOLT CARRIER 2-15

FIGURE 2-16 RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-15

SW370-CF-TRS-010

x

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-17 TRIGGER OR TRIGGER RETURN SPRING 2-16

FIGURE 2-18 PISTON RINGS 2-17

FIGURE 2-19 BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT 2-18

FIGURE 2-20 SELECTOR CAM 2-18

FIGURE 2-21 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-19

FIGURE 2-22 RELEASE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE 2-20

FIGURE 2-23 REMOVE TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-20

FIGURE 2-24 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-21

FIGURE 2-25 RELEASE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-21

FIGURE 2-26 REMOVE CHARGING HANDLE 2-21

FIGURE 2-27 REMOVE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-28 REMOVE RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-29 REMOVE FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-22

FIGURE 2-30 REMOVE FIRING PIN 2-23

FIGURE 2-31 REMOVE BOLT CAM PIN AND BOLT ASSEMBLY 2-23

FIGURE 2-32 DISASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 762 MM 2-24

FIGURE 2-33 COMPLETE FIELDSTRIP 2-25

FIGURE 2-34 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-27

FIGURE 2-35 INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) ONTO BLOCK TRIGGER MODULE VISE (UT1831) 2-28

FIGURE 2-36 TILTING TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) TO LEFT 2-28

FIGURE 2-37 LOOSEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) 2-28

FIGURE 2-38 REMOVE PISTOL GRIP (527) FROM TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-28

FIGURE 2-39 PUNCH OUT SQUARE NUT (529) 2-28

FIGURE 2-40 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) INTERFACE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-41 INSPECT SQUARE NUT (529) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-42 INSPECT LOCK WASHER (526) FOR CRACKS AND UNUSUAL WEAR 2-29

FIGURE 2-43 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-44 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) FOR WEAR OR STRIPPING ON THREADS 2-29

FIGURE 2-45 INSERT SQUARE NUT (529) INTO SLOT 2-30

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-46 SEAT PISTOL GRIP (527) ONTO TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-30

FIGURE 2-47 INSERT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) INTO PROPER HOLE AND HAND-TIGHTEN 2-30

FIGURE 2-48 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TORQUE SCREW UNTIL IT SETS 2-30

FIGURE 2-49 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-31

FIGURE 2-50 REMOVE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-31

FIGURE 2-51 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-32

FIGURE 2-52 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-32

FIGURE 2-53 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-33

FIGURE 2-54 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-33

FIGURE 2-55 PRESS AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FORWARD 2-34

FIGURE 2-56 WITH INDEX FINGER RIDE HAMMER (555) FORWARD WHILE PULLING TRIGGER (545) 2-34

FIGURE 2-57 TAP ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) ON RIGHT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-34

FIGURE 2-58 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) CLEARS PROTECTIVE FINGERS 2-34

FIGURE 2-59 PUNCH OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) AND REMOVE 2-35

FIGURE 2-60 KEEP PUNCH IN PLACE AFTER REMOVAL OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) BEFORE REMOVAL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-35

FIGURE 2-61 KEEP FINGER ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) TO MAINTAIN CONTROL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-35

FIGURE 2-62 REMOVE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FROM BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-36

FIGURE 2-63 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-64 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-65 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) INTO CORRESPONDING HOLE ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-66 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-67 PLACE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-68 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-39

FIGURE 2-69 FINISH DRIVING SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH OVERSIZED 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-39

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-70 USE 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) TO START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-39

FIGURE 2-71 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578L) 2-39

FIGURE 2-72 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-40

FIGURE 2-73 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-40

FIGURE 2-74 WITH AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) PUSH SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) FROM RIGHT TO LEFT TO RELEASE 2-41

FIGURE 2-75 WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PUSH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) THROUGH AND OUT TO REMOVE 2-41

FIGURE 2-76 REMOVE AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-41

FIGURE 2-77 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-78 INSPECT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-79 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-80 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-81 ENSURE FLATS ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY ON AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-44

FIGURE 2-82 INSTALL SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) INTO LEFT SIDE ALIGN SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-44

FIGURE 2-83 ALIGN AND PUSH THROUGH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-45

FIGURE 2-84 FIT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) ONTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) IN PROPER NOTCH 2-45

FIGURE 2-85 USE AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) TO ENGAGE SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AROUND HOUSING 2-45

FIGURE 2-86 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

FIGURE 2-87 ALIGN BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) WITH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-88 ALIGN 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) FROM LEFT TO RIGHT 2-46

FIGURE 2-89 USE 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) TO HOLD SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-46

FIGURE 2-90 START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH 3S ROLL PIN STARTER 2-47

FIGURE 2-91 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO PLACE 2-47

FIGURE 2-92 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-47

FIGURE 2-93 ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION BY CHECKING FOR SPRING TENSION ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) 2-47

FIGURE 2-94 APPLY PRESSURE ONTO HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE REMOVING 2-48

FIGURE 2-95 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-48

FIGURE 2-96 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-49

FIGURE 2-97 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING (558) 2-49

FIGURE 2-98 ENSURE TIP OF HAMMER SPRING (558) IS ON SHOULDER OF HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-50

FIGURE 2-99 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) 2-50

FIGURE 2-100 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) AND HOLD HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE PUSHING BACK 2-50

FIGURE 2-101 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO LUG OF HAMMER (555) 2-50

FIGURE 2-102 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO REMOVE SCREW FROM SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-51

FIGURE 2-103 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-104 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-105 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-106 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-107 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) AND SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-108 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-109 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) AND SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-110 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER (567) 2-54

FIGURE 2-111 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-112 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-113 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-114 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-56

FIGURE 2-115 SCREW SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY 2-56

FIGURE 2-116 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (569) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-117 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-118 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) 2-57

FIGURE 2-119 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-120 INSPECT LOCKING PLATE (569) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-121 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-122 INSPECT HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-123 INSTALL HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-124 INSTALL HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-125 INSERT LOCKING PLATE FORK INTO LOCKING PLATE (569) 2-59

FIGURE 2-126 INSTALL LOCKING PLATE (569) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-127 APPLY DOWNWARD PRESSURE AND START 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-60

FIGURE 2-128 REMOVE TRIGGER PIN (548) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-60

FIGURE 2-129 REMOVE SEAR (547) SEAR SPRING (546) TRIGGER (545) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) 2-60

FIGURE 2-130 INSPECT SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

FIGURE 2-131 INSPECT TRIGGER (545) AND SEAR (547) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-132 INSERT SEAR SPRING (546) INTO TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-133 INSERT SEAR (547) ONTO SEAR SPRING (546) 2-62

FIGURE 2-134 START TO INSERT MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) THROUGH TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) AND TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-135 FINISH PUSHING MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) COMPLETELY THROUGH WITH EVEN AMOUNT OF MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER SHOWING 2-62

FIGURE 2-136 COMPLETED TRIGGER (545) SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) ASSEMBLED WITH MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-137 PUSH TRIGGER PIN (548) THROUGH TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND RELEASE MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-138 INVERT TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-64

FIGURE 2-139 ENSURE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) IS RETAINED WHEN REMOVING 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-64

FIGURE 2-140 REMOVE SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-65

FIGURE 2-141 REMOVE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) 2-65

FIGURE 2-142 INSPECT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER LEFT (534) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-66

FIGURE 2-143 INSERT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-67

FIGURE 2-144 INSERT LEADING EDGE OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-67

FIGURE 2-145 INSERT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-67

FIGURE 2-146 INSERT SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) WITH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-68

FIGURE 2-147 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-148 USE HAMMER (UT2115) TO DRIVE FLUSH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) IN MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-149 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-70

FIGURE 2-150 INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) INTO VISE WITH 4rdquo X 6rdquo LEATHER PAD SET (UT2833) 2-71

FIGURE 2-151 REMOVE BUTTPLATE (878) 2-71

FIGURE 2-152 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-71

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-153 INSPECT BUTTPLATE (878) 2-72

FIGURE 2-154 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-72

FIGURE 2-155 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-72

FIGURE 2-156 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-73

FIGURE 2-157 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-73

FIGURE 2-158 INSTALL BUTTPLATE (878) AND PUSH IN TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) ALL THE WAY 2-73

FIGURE 2-159 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND ADAPTER 4 MM (UT2381) TO REMOVE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-74

FIGURE 2-160 REMOVE LOP LOCK (866) FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-161 CONTINUE TO ROTATE LOP LOCK (866) CW AND REMOVE FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-162 REMOVE COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) TO DISASSEMBLE LOP LOCK (866) 2-74

FIGURE 2-163 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-75

FIGURE 2-164 UNSCREW HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-75

FIGURE 2-165 REMOVE ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) FROM LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-75

FIGURE 2-166 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-167 INSPECT LOP LOCK (866) SPRING LOP LOCK (867) AND COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-168 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-169 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-170 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-171 FIT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) AND LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) TOGETHER 2-78

FIGURE 2-172 INSTALL LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-173 START HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-174 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-78

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS

You can help improve this manual Please let us know if you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to improve a procedure Mail DA Form 2027 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) directly to Small Arms Weapons Division Joint Special Operati

This publication is available through Small Arms Weapons Division Joint Special Operations Response Department NSWC Crane Division

SW370-CF-TRS-010

iii blank

TECHNICAL REPAIR STANDARD

FOR

MK 17 MOD 0 762 MM SOF COMBAT ASSAULT RIFLE HEAVY

(NSN 1005-13-119-7703)

March 2008

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

iiiiv blank

LIST OF ACRONYMS

lsquoArsquo AutomaticBOI Basis of IssueCAGEC Contractor and Government Entity CodeCCW CounterclockwiseCLP Cleaner Lubricant and PreservativeCQC Close Quarter CombatCPC Corrosion Prevention and ControlsCW ClockwiseDoD Department of DefenseEGLM Enhance Grenade Launcher ManualEIR Equipment Improvement RecommendationsIAW In Accordance WithLAW Lubricating Oil Arctic WeaponsLB Long BarrelLH Left-handLOP Length of PullLSA Lubricating Oil WeaponsMOA Minutes of AngleMRC Maintenance Requirement CardsNIIN National Item Identification NumberNSN National Stock NumberNSWC Naval Surface Warfare CenterOM Operatorrsquos ManualPMCS Preventive Maintenance Checks and ServicesPN Part NumberPPE Personal Protective EquipmentPQDR Product Quality Deficiency ReportRBC Rifle Bore CleanerRH Right-handRPSTL Repair Parts and Special Tools ListS StandardlsquoSrsquo SafeSD Dry Cleaning SolventSSAVIE Sustainment Asset Visibility and Information ExchangeSOF Special Operations ForceSOPMOD Special Operation Particular ModificationsTM Technical ManualTMDER Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation ReportTRS Technical Repair StandardUI Unit of IssueUM Unit of MeasureUOC Usable on Code

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

v

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGE

CHANGE PAGE ALIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES BHOW TO USE THIS MANUAL aWARNING SUMMARY eREPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS iiiLIST OF ACRONYMS iiiLIST OF FIGURES ixLIST OF TABLES xxvii

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1-1SECTION IGENERAL INFORMATION 1-1

1-1 SCOPE 1-11-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE 1-11-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE 1-11-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR) 1-1

SECTION II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA 1-21-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION 1-21-6 NOMENCLATURE 1-31-7 TECHNICAL DATA 1-51-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES 1-61-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC) 1-13

CHAPTER 2 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 2-1SECTION I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND

EQUIPMENT 2-12-1 REPAIR PARTS 2-12-2 SPECIAL TOOLS 2-12-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST 2-1

SECTION II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT 2-12-4 GENERAL 2-12-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL 2-1

SECTION III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) 2-22-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS 2-2

SECTION IV TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2-11

SECTION V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-192-9 SAFETY CHECK 2-192-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-20

SECTION VI MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 2-262-11 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) MAINTENANCE 2-262-12 BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) MAINTENANCE 2-692-13 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY (401H) MAINTENANCE 2-902-14 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S) (201H-S) MAINTENANCE 2-1052-15 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (S) (601H) MAINTENANCE 2-1772-16 REASSEMBLE FROM FIELDSTRIP 2-1822-17 SAFETY CHECK 2-187

SW370-CF-TRS-010

vi

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

CHAPTER 3 UNIT MAINTENANCE GAUGING INSTRUCTIONS 3-1SECTION I REQUIRED GAUGES AND GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-1

3-1 REQUIRED GAUGES 3-13-2 GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-13-3 GENERAL 3-1

SECTION II GAUGING PROCEDURES 3-13-4 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 3-13-5 TRIGGER MODULE 3-43-6 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY 3-5

CHAPTER 4 UNIT MAINTENANCE BORESCOPING BARREL 4-1SECTION I TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND BACKGROUND 4-1

4-1 TECHNICAL DATA 4-14-2 BACKGROUND 4-1

SECTION II BORESCOPE MAINTENANCESETUPINSPECTIONS 4-14-3 MAINTENANCE OF BORESCOPE 4-1

SECTION III BORESCOPE COMPONENTS AND ASSEMBLY 4-24-4 COMPONENTS 4-24-5 ASSEMBLING BORESCOPE 4-34-6 INSPECTING 4-54-7 SUMMARY 4-7

APPENDIX A REFERENCES A-1A-1 TECHNICAL MANUALS A-1A-2 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE REGULATIONS A-1

APPENDIX B MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION B-1

B-1 SCOPE B-1B-2 GENERAL B-1B-3 REPAIR PARTS LIST COMPONENTS B-1B-4 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (SECTION II) B-1B-5 COLORS DEFINED B-2B-6 SUPPORT EXPLANATION B-2B-7 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS B-3B-8 SPECIAL INFORMATION B-4B-9 HOW TO LOCATE REPAIR PARTS B-4

SECTION II REPAIR PARTS LIST B-5SECTION III CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES PART NUMBER B-23SECTION IV CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER B-27SECTION V SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-31

B-10 SCAR T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH CALIBRATION PROCEDURES B-33

APPENDIX C EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION C-1

C-1 SCOPE C-1C-2 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS C-1

SECTION IIEXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

viiviii blank

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

APPENDIX D PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) QUICK REFERENCE TABLE D-1SECTION IGENERAL D-1

APPENDIX E FIELD REJECT ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST E-1E-1 REFERENCES E-1E-2 GAUGES AND EQUIPMENT E-2

APPENDIX F PARTS REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE F-1

APPENDIX G TORQUE CHART G-1G-1 MK 17 MOD 0 TORQUE SETTING CHART G-1

APPENDIX H STANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF) H-1

APPENDIX I TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER) I-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

ix

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 1-1 MAJOR COMPONENTS 1-2

FIGURE 1-2 NOMENCLATURE LEFT SIDE 1-3

FIGURE 1-3 NOMENCLATURE RIGHT SIDE 1-4

FIGURE 1-4 SAFE 1-6

FIGURE 1-5 SEMI-AUTOMATIC 1-7

FIGURE 1-6 AUTOMATIC 1-8

FIGURE 1-7 PERCUSSION AND FIRING 1-9

FIGURE 1-8 BULLET PROPELS FORWARD 1-9

FIGURE 1-9 GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY TOWARDS REAR 1-10

FIGURE 1-10 UNSUPPRESSED AND SUPPRESSED CONDITIONS 1-10

FIGURE 1-11 HAMMER COCKED 1-11

FIGURE 1-12 HAMMER FALLEN 1-11

FIGURE 1-13 COCKED POSITION 1-12

FIGURE 1-14 ENGAGES FRONT TOOTH OF TRIGGER 1-12

FIGURE 1-15 HAMMER RELEASED TO STRIKE FIRING PIN 1-12

FIGURE 1-16 TRIGGER RELEASED 1-12

FIGURE 2-1 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-4

FIGURE 2-2 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-6

FIGURE 2-3 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-7

FIGURE 2-4 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-8

FIGURE 2-5 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY 2-9

FIGURE 2-6 MAGAZINE LOCKING NOTCH 2-11

FIGURE 2-7 MAGAZINE CATCH RELEASE 2-11

FIGURE 2-8 SELECTOR LEVER ON lsquoSrsquo 2-12

FIGURE 2-9 FIRING PIN 2-12

FIGURE 2-10 HAMMER 2-12

FIGURE 2-11 HAMMER SPRING 2-13

FIGURE 2-12 LOCKING LUGS 2-13

FIGURE 2-13 INSPECT EXTRACTOR 2-14

FIGURE 2-14 EJECTOR AND EJECTOR SPRING 2-14

FIGURE 2-15 BOLT CARRIER 2-15

FIGURE 2-16 RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-15

SW370-CF-TRS-010

x

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-17 TRIGGER OR TRIGGER RETURN SPRING 2-16

FIGURE 2-18 PISTON RINGS 2-17

FIGURE 2-19 BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT 2-18

FIGURE 2-20 SELECTOR CAM 2-18

FIGURE 2-21 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-19

FIGURE 2-22 RELEASE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE 2-20

FIGURE 2-23 REMOVE TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-20

FIGURE 2-24 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-21

FIGURE 2-25 RELEASE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-21

FIGURE 2-26 REMOVE CHARGING HANDLE 2-21

FIGURE 2-27 REMOVE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-28 REMOVE RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-29 REMOVE FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-22

FIGURE 2-30 REMOVE FIRING PIN 2-23

FIGURE 2-31 REMOVE BOLT CAM PIN AND BOLT ASSEMBLY 2-23

FIGURE 2-32 DISASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 762 MM 2-24

FIGURE 2-33 COMPLETE FIELDSTRIP 2-25

FIGURE 2-34 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-27

FIGURE 2-35 INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) ONTO BLOCK TRIGGER MODULE VISE (UT1831) 2-28

FIGURE 2-36 TILTING TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) TO LEFT 2-28

FIGURE 2-37 LOOSEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) 2-28

FIGURE 2-38 REMOVE PISTOL GRIP (527) FROM TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-28

FIGURE 2-39 PUNCH OUT SQUARE NUT (529) 2-28

FIGURE 2-40 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) INTERFACE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-41 INSPECT SQUARE NUT (529) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-42 INSPECT LOCK WASHER (526) FOR CRACKS AND UNUSUAL WEAR 2-29

FIGURE 2-43 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-44 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) FOR WEAR OR STRIPPING ON THREADS 2-29

FIGURE 2-45 INSERT SQUARE NUT (529) INTO SLOT 2-30

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-46 SEAT PISTOL GRIP (527) ONTO TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-30

FIGURE 2-47 INSERT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) INTO PROPER HOLE AND HAND-TIGHTEN 2-30

FIGURE 2-48 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TORQUE SCREW UNTIL IT SETS 2-30

FIGURE 2-49 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-31

FIGURE 2-50 REMOVE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-31

FIGURE 2-51 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-32

FIGURE 2-52 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-32

FIGURE 2-53 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-33

FIGURE 2-54 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-33

FIGURE 2-55 PRESS AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FORWARD 2-34

FIGURE 2-56 WITH INDEX FINGER RIDE HAMMER (555) FORWARD WHILE PULLING TRIGGER (545) 2-34

FIGURE 2-57 TAP ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) ON RIGHT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-34

FIGURE 2-58 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) CLEARS PROTECTIVE FINGERS 2-34

FIGURE 2-59 PUNCH OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) AND REMOVE 2-35

FIGURE 2-60 KEEP PUNCH IN PLACE AFTER REMOVAL OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) BEFORE REMOVAL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-35

FIGURE 2-61 KEEP FINGER ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) TO MAINTAIN CONTROL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-35

FIGURE 2-62 REMOVE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FROM BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-36

FIGURE 2-63 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-64 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-65 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) INTO CORRESPONDING HOLE ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-66 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-67 PLACE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-68 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-39

FIGURE 2-69 FINISH DRIVING SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH OVERSIZED 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-39

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-70 USE 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) TO START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-39

FIGURE 2-71 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578L) 2-39

FIGURE 2-72 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-40

FIGURE 2-73 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-40

FIGURE 2-74 WITH AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) PUSH SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) FROM RIGHT TO LEFT TO RELEASE 2-41

FIGURE 2-75 WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PUSH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) THROUGH AND OUT TO REMOVE 2-41

FIGURE 2-76 REMOVE AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-41

FIGURE 2-77 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-78 INSPECT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-79 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-80 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-81 ENSURE FLATS ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY ON AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-44

FIGURE 2-82 INSTALL SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) INTO LEFT SIDE ALIGN SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-44

FIGURE 2-83 ALIGN AND PUSH THROUGH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-45

FIGURE 2-84 FIT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) ONTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) IN PROPER NOTCH 2-45

FIGURE 2-85 USE AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) TO ENGAGE SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AROUND HOUSING 2-45

FIGURE 2-86 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

FIGURE 2-87 ALIGN BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) WITH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-88 ALIGN 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) FROM LEFT TO RIGHT 2-46

FIGURE 2-89 USE 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) TO HOLD SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-46

FIGURE 2-90 START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH 3S ROLL PIN STARTER 2-47

FIGURE 2-91 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO PLACE 2-47

FIGURE 2-92 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-47

FIGURE 2-93 ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION BY CHECKING FOR SPRING TENSION ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) 2-47

FIGURE 2-94 APPLY PRESSURE ONTO HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE REMOVING 2-48

FIGURE 2-95 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-48

FIGURE 2-96 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-49

FIGURE 2-97 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING (558) 2-49

FIGURE 2-98 ENSURE TIP OF HAMMER SPRING (558) IS ON SHOULDER OF HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-50

FIGURE 2-99 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) 2-50

FIGURE 2-100 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) AND HOLD HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE PUSHING BACK 2-50

FIGURE 2-101 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO LUG OF HAMMER (555) 2-50

FIGURE 2-102 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO REMOVE SCREW FROM SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-51

FIGURE 2-103 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-104 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-105 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-106 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-107 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) AND SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-108 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-109 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) AND SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-110 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER (567) 2-54

FIGURE 2-111 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-112 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-113 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-114 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-56

FIGURE 2-115 SCREW SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY 2-56

FIGURE 2-116 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (569) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-117 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-118 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) 2-57

FIGURE 2-119 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-120 INSPECT LOCKING PLATE (569) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-121 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-122 INSPECT HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-123 INSTALL HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-124 INSTALL HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-125 INSERT LOCKING PLATE FORK INTO LOCKING PLATE (569) 2-59

FIGURE 2-126 INSTALL LOCKING PLATE (569) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-127 APPLY DOWNWARD PRESSURE AND START 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-60

FIGURE 2-128 REMOVE TRIGGER PIN (548) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-60

FIGURE 2-129 REMOVE SEAR (547) SEAR SPRING (546) TRIGGER (545) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) 2-60

FIGURE 2-130 INSPECT SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

FIGURE 2-131 INSPECT TRIGGER (545) AND SEAR (547) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-132 INSERT SEAR SPRING (546) INTO TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-133 INSERT SEAR (547) ONTO SEAR SPRING (546) 2-62

FIGURE 2-134 START TO INSERT MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) THROUGH TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) AND TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-135 FINISH PUSHING MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) COMPLETELY THROUGH WITH EVEN AMOUNT OF MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER SHOWING 2-62

FIGURE 2-136 COMPLETED TRIGGER (545) SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) ASSEMBLED WITH MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-137 PUSH TRIGGER PIN (548) THROUGH TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND RELEASE MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-138 INVERT TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-64

FIGURE 2-139 ENSURE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) IS RETAINED WHEN REMOVING 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-64

FIGURE 2-140 REMOVE SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-65

FIGURE 2-141 REMOVE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) 2-65

FIGURE 2-142 INSPECT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER LEFT (534) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-66

FIGURE 2-143 INSERT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-67

FIGURE 2-144 INSERT LEADING EDGE OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-67

FIGURE 2-145 INSERT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-67

FIGURE 2-146 INSERT SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) WITH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-68

FIGURE 2-147 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-148 USE HAMMER (UT2115) TO DRIVE FLUSH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) IN MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-149 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-70

FIGURE 2-150 INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) INTO VISE WITH 4rdquo X 6rdquo LEATHER PAD SET (UT2833) 2-71

FIGURE 2-151 REMOVE BUTTPLATE (878) 2-71

FIGURE 2-152 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-71

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-153 INSPECT BUTTPLATE (878) 2-72

FIGURE 2-154 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-72

FIGURE 2-155 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-72

FIGURE 2-156 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-73

FIGURE 2-157 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-73

FIGURE 2-158 INSTALL BUTTPLATE (878) AND PUSH IN TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) ALL THE WAY 2-73

FIGURE 2-159 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND ADAPTER 4 MM (UT2381) TO REMOVE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-74

FIGURE 2-160 REMOVE LOP LOCK (866) FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-161 CONTINUE TO ROTATE LOP LOCK (866) CW AND REMOVE FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-162 REMOVE COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) TO DISASSEMBLE LOP LOCK (866) 2-74

FIGURE 2-163 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-75

FIGURE 2-164 UNSCREW HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-75

FIGURE 2-165 REMOVE ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) FROM LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-75

FIGURE 2-166 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-167 INSPECT LOP LOCK (866) SPRING LOP LOCK (867) AND COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-168 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-169 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-170 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-171 FIT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) AND LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) TOGETHER 2-78

FIGURE 2-172 INSTALL LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-173 START HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-174 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-78

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS

You can help improve this manual Please let us know if you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to improve a procedure Mail DA Form 2027 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) directly to Small Arms Weapons Division Joint Special Operati

This publication is available through Small Arms Weapons Division Joint Special Operations Response Department NSWC Crane Division

SW370-CF-TRS-010

iii blank

TECHNICAL REPAIR STANDARD

FOR

MK 17 MOD 0 762 MM SOF COMBAT ASSAULT RIFLE HEAVY

(NSN 1005-13-119-7703)

March 2008

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

iiiiv blank

LIST OF ACRONYMS

lsquoArsquo AutomaticBOI Basis of IssueCAGEC Contractor and Government Entity CodeCCW CounterclockwiseCLP Cleaner Lubricant and PreservativeCQC Close Quarter CombatCPC Corrosion Prevention and ControlsCW ClockwiseDoD Department of DefenseEGLM Enhance Grenade Launcher ManualEIR Equipment Improvement RecommendationsIAW In Accordance WithLAW Lubricating Oil Arctic WeaponsLB Long BarrelLH Left-handLOP Length of PullLSA Lubricating Oil WeaponsMOA Minutes of AngleMRC Maintenance Requirement CardsNIIN National Item Identification NumberNSN National Stock NumberNSWC Naval Surface Warfare CenterOM Operatorrsquos ManualPMCS Preventive Maintenance Checks and ServicesPN Part NumberPPE Personal Protective EquipmentPQDR Product Quality Deficiency ReportRBC Rifle Bore CleanerRH Right-handRPSTL Repair Parts and Special Tools ListS StandardlsquoSrsquo SafeSD Dry Cleaning SolventSSAVIE Sustainment Asset Visibility and Information ExchangeSOF Special Operations ForceSOPMOD Special Operation Particular ModificationsTM Technical ManualTMDER Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation ReportTRS Technical Repair StandardUI Unit of IssueUM Unit of MeasureUOC Usable on Code

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

v

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGE

CHANGE PAGE ALIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES BHOW TO USE THIS MANUAL aWARNING SUMMARY eREPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS iiiLIST OF ACRONYMS iiiLIST OF FIGURES ixLIST OF TABLES xxvii

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1-1SECTION IGENERAL INFORMATION 1-1

1-1 SCOPE 1-11-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE 1-11-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE 1-11-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR) 1-1

SECTION II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA 1-21-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION 1-21-6 NOMENCLATURE 1-31-7 TECHNICAL DATA 1-51-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES 1-61-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC) 1-13

CHAPTER 2 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 2-1SECTION I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND

EQUIPMENT 2-12-1 REPAIR PARTS 2-12-2 SPECIAL TOOLS 2-12-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST 2-1

SECTION II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT 2-12-4 GENERAL 2-12-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL 2-1

SECTION III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) 2-22-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS 2-2

SECTION IV TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2-11

SECTION V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-192-9 SAFETY CHECK 2-192-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-20

SECTION VI MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 2-262-11 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) MAINTENANCE 2-262-12 BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) MAINTENANCE 2-692-13 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY (401H) MAINTENANCE 2-902-14 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S) (201H-S) MAINTENANCE 2-1052-15 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (S) (601H) MAINTENANCE 2-1772-16 REASSEMBLE FROM FIELDSTRIP 2-1822-17 SAFETY CHECK 2-187

SW370-CF-TRS-010

vi

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

CHAPTER 3 UNIT MAINTENANCE GAUGING INSTRUCTIONS 3-1SECTION I REQUIRED GAUGES AND GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-1

3-1 REQUIRED GAUGES 3-13-2 GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-13-3 GENERAL 3-1

SECTION II GAUGING PROCEDURES 3-13-4 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 3-13-5 TRIGGER MODULE 3-43-6 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY 3-5

CHAPTER 4 UNIT MAINTENANCE BORESCOPING BARREL 4-1SECTION I TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND BACKGROUND 4-1

4-1 TECHNICAL DATA 4-14-2 BACKGROUND 4-1

SECTION II BORESCOPE MAINTENANCESETUPINSPECTIONS 4-14-3 MAINTENANCE OF BORESCOPE 4-1

SECTION III BORESCOPE COMPONENTS AND ASSEMBLY 4-24-4 COMPONENTS 4-24-5 ASSEMBLING BORESCOPE 4-34-6 INSPECTING 4-54-7 SUMMARY 4-7

APPENDIX A REFERENCES A-1A-1 TECHNICAL MANUALS A-1A-2 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE REGULATIONS A-1

APPENDIX B MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION B-1

B-1 SCOPE B-1B-2 GENERAL B-1B-3 REPAIR PARTS LIST COMPONENTS B-1B-4 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (SECTION II) B-1B-5 COLORS DEFINED B-2B-6 SUPPORT EXPLANATION B-2B-7 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS B-3B-8 SPECIAL INFORMATION B-4B-9 HOW TO LOCATE REPAIR PARTS B-4

SECTION II REPAIR PARTS LIST B-5SECTION III CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES PART NUMBER B-23SECTION IV CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER B-27SECTION V SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-31

B-10 SCAR T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH CALIBRATION PROCEDURES B-33

APPENDIX C EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION C-1

C-1 SCOPE C-1C-2 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS C-1

SECTION IIEXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

viiviii blank

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

APPENDIX D PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) QUICK REFERENCE TABLE D-1SECTION IGENERAL D-1

APPENDIX E FIELD REJECT ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST E-1E-1 REFERENCES E-1E-2 GAUGES AND EQUIPMENT E-2

APPENDIX F PARTS REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE F-1

APPENDIX G TORQUE CHART G-1G-1 MK 17 MOD 0 TORQUE SETTING CHART G-1

APPENDIX H STANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF) H-1

APPENDIX I TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER) I-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

ix

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 1-1 MAJOR COMPONENTS 1-2

FIGURE 1-2 NOMENCLATURE LEFT SIDE 1-3

FIGURE 1-3 NOMENCLATURE RIGHT SIDE 1-4

FIGURE 1-4 SAFE 1-6

FIGURE 1-5 SEMI-AUTOMATIC 1-7

FIGURE 1-6 AUTOMATIC 1-8

FIGURE 1-7 PERCUSSION AND FIRING 1-9

FIGURE 1-8 BULLET PROPELS FORWARD 1-9

FIGURE 1-9 GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY TOWARDS REAR 1-10

FIGURE 1-10 UNSUPPRESSED AND SUPPRESSED CONDITIONS 1-10

FIGURE 1-11 HAMMER COCKED 1-11

FIGURE 1-12 HAMMER FALLEN 1-11

FIGURE 1-13 COCKED POSITION 1-12

FIGURE 1-14 ENGAGES FRONT TOOTH OF TRIGGER 1-12

FIGURE 1-15 HAMMER RELEASED TO STRIKE FIRING PIN 1-12

FIGURE 1-16 TRIGGER RELEASED 1-12

FIGURE 2-1 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-4

FIGURE 2-2 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-6

FIGURE 2-3 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-7

FIGURE 2-4 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-8

FIGURE 2-5 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY 2-9

FIGURE 2-6 MAGAZINE LOCKING NOTCH 2-11

FIGURE 2-7 MAGAZINE CATCH RELEASE 2-11

FIGURE 2-8 SELECTOR LEVER ON lsquoSrsquo 2-12

FIGURE 2-9 FIRING PIN 2-12

FIGURE 2-10 HAMMER 2-12

FIGURE 2-11 HAMMER SPRING 2-13

FIGURE 2-12 LOCKING LUGS 2-13

FIGURE 2-13 INSPECT EXTRACTOR 2-14

FIGURE 2-14 EJECTOR AND EJECTOR SPRING 2-14

FIGURE 2-15 BOLT CARRIER 2-15

FIGURE 2-16 RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-15

SW370-CF-TRS-010

x

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-17 TRIGGER OR TRIGGER RETURN SPRING 2-16

FIGURE 2-18 PISTON RINGS 2-17

FIGURE 2-19 BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT 2-18

FIGURE 2-20 SELECTOR CAM 2-18

FIGURE 2-21 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-19

FIGURE 2-22 RELEASE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE 2-20

FIGURE 2-23 REMOVE TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-20

FIGURE 2-24 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-21

FIGURE 2-25 RELEASE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-21

FIGURE 2-26 REMOVE CHARGING HANDLE 2-21

FIGURE 2-27 REMOVE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-28 REMOVE RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-29 REMOVE FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-22

FIGURE 2-30 REMOVE FIRING PIN 2-23

FIGURE 2-31 REMOVE BOLT CAM PIN AND BOLT ASSEMBLY 2-23

FIGURE 2-32 DISASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 762 MM 2-24

FIGURE 2-33 COMPLETE FIELDSTRIP 2-25

FIGURE 2-34 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-27

FIGURE 2-35 INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) ONTO BLOCK TRIGGER MODULE VISE (UT1831) 2-28

FIGURE 2-36 TILTING TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) TO LEFT 2-28

FIGURE 2-37 LOOSEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) 2-28

FIGURE 2-38 REMOVE PISTOL GRIP (527) FROM TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-28

FIGURE 2-39 PUNCH OUT SQUARE NUT (529) 2-28

FIGURE 2-40 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) INTERFACE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-41 INSPECT SQUARE NUT (529) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-42 INSPECT LOCK WASHER (526) FOR CRACKS AND UNUSUAL WEAR 2-29

FIGURE 2-43 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-44 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) FOR WEAR OR STRIPPING ON THREADS 2-29

FIGURE 2-45 INSERT SQUARE NUT (529) INTO SLOT 2-30

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-46 SEAT PISTOL GRIP (527) ONTO TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-30

FIGURE 2-47 INSERT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) INTO PROPER HOLE AND HAND-TIGHTEN 2-30

FIGURE 2-48 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TORQUE SCREW UNTIL IT SETS 2-30

FIGURE 2-49 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-31

FIGURE 2-50 REMOVE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-31

FIGURE 2-51 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-32

FIGURE 2-52 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-32

FIGURE 2-53 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-33

FIGURE 2-54 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-33

FIGURE 2-55 PRESS AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FORWARD 2-34

FIGURE 2-56 WITH INDEX FINGER RIDE HAMMER (555) FORWARD WHILE PULLING TRIGGER (545) 2-34

FIGURE 2-57 TAP ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) ON RIGHT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-34

FIGURE 2-58 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) CLEARS PROTECTIVE FINGERS 2-34

FIGURE 2-59 PUNCH OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) AND REMOVE 2-35

FIGURE 2-60 KEEP PUNCH IN PLACE AFTER REMOVAL OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) BEFORE REMOVAL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-35

FIGURE 2-61 KEEP FINGER ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) TO MAINTAIN CONTROL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-35

FIGURE 2-62 REMOVE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FROM BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-36

FIGURE 2-63 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-64 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-65 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) INTO CORRESPONDING HOLE ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-66 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-67 PLACE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-68 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-39

FIGURE 2-69 FINISH DRIVING SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH OVERSIZED 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-39

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-70 USE 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) TO START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-39

FIGURE 2-71 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578L) 2-39

FIGURE 2-72 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-40

FIGURE 2-73 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-40

FIGURE 2-74 WITH AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) PUSH SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) FROM RIGHT TO LEFT TO RELEASE 2-41

FIGURE 2-75 WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PUSH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) THROUGH AND OUT TO REMOVE 2-41

FIGURE 2-76 REMOVE AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-41

FIGURE 2-77 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-78 INSPECT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-79 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-80 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-81 ENSURE FLATS ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY ON AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-44

FIGURE 2-82 INSTALL SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) INTO LEFT SIDE ALIGN SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-44

FIGURE 2-83 ALIGN AND PUSH THROUGH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-45

FIGURE 2-84 FIT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) ONTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) IN PROPER NOTCH 2-45

FIGURE 2-85 USE AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) TO ENGAGE SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AROUND HOUSING 2-45

FIGURE 2-86 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

FIGURE 2-87 ALIGN BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) WITH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-88 ALIGN 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) FROM LEFT TO RIGHT 2-46

FIGURE 2-89 USE 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) TO HOLD SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-46

FIGURE 2-90 START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH 3S ROLL PIN STARTER 2-47

FIGURE 2-91 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO PLACE 2-47

FIGURE 2-92 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-47

FIGURE 2-93 ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION BY CHECKING FOR SPRING TENSION ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) 2-47

FIGURE 2-94 APPLY PRESSURE ONTO HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE REMOVING 2-48

FIGURE 2-95 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-48

FIGURE 2-96 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-49

FIGURE 2-97 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING (558) 2-49

FIGURE 2-98 ENSURE TIP OF HAMMER SPRING (558) IS ON SHOULDER OF HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-50

FIGURE 2-99 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) 2-50

FIGURE 2-100 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) AND HOLD HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE PUSHING BACK 2-50

FIGURE 2-101 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO LUG OF HAMMER (555) 2-50

FIGURE 2-102 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO REMOVE SCREW FROM SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-51

FIGURE 2-103 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-104 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-105 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-106 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-107 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) AND SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-108 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-109 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) AND SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-110 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER (567) 2-54

FIGURE 2-111 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-112 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-113 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-114 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-56

FIGURE 2-115 SCREW SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY 2-56

FIGURE 2-116 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (569) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-117 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-118 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) 2-57

FIGURE 2-119 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-120 INSPECT LOCKING PLATE (569) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-121 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-122 INSPECT HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-123 INSTALL HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-124 INSTALL HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-125 INSERT LOCKING PLATE FORK INTO LOCKING PLATE (569) 2-59

FIGURE 2-126 INSTALL LOCKING PLATE (569) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-127 APPLY DOWNWARD PRESSURE AND START 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-60

FIGURE 2-128 REMOVE TRIGGER PIN (548) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-60

FIGURE 2-129 REMOVE SEAR (547) SEAR SPRING (546) TRIGGER (545) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) 2-60

FIGURE 2-130 INSPECT SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

FIGURE 2-131 INSPECT TRIGGER (545) AND SEAR (547) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-132 INSERT SEAR SPRING (546) INTO TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-133 INSERT SEAR (547) ONTO SEAR SPRING (546) 2-62

FIGURE 2-134 START TO INSERT MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) THROUGH TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) AND TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-135 FINISH PUSHING MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) COMPLETELY THROUGH WITH EVEN AMOUNT OF MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER SHOWING 2-62

FIGURE 2-136 COMPLETED TRIGGER (545) SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) ASSEMBLED WITH MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-137 PUSH TRIGGER PIN (548) THROUGH TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND RELEASE MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-138 INVERT TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-64

FIGURE 2-139 ENSURE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) IS RETAINED WHEN REMOVING 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-64

FIGURE 2-140 REMOVE SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-65

FIGURE 2-141 REMOVE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) 2-65

FIGURE 2-142 INSPECT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER LEFT (534) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-66

FIGURE 2-143 INSERT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-67

FIGURE 2-144 INSERT LEADING EDGE OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-67

FIGURE 2-145 INSERT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-67

FIGURE 2-146 INSERT SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) WITH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-68

FIGURE 2-147 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-148 USE HAMMER (UT2115) TO DRIVE FLUSH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) IN MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-149 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-70

FIGURE 2-150 INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) INTO VISE WITH 4rdquo X 6rdquo LEATHER PAD SET (UT2833) 2-71

FIGURE 2-151 REMOVE BUTTPLATE (878) 2-71

FIGURE 2-152 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-71

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-153 INSPECT BUTTPLATE (878) 2-72

FIGURE 2-154 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-72

FIGURE 2-155 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-72

FIGURE 2-156 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-73

FIGURE 2-157 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-73

FIGURE 2-158 INSTALL BUTTPLATE (878) AND PUSH IN TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) ALL THE WAY 2-73

FIGURE 2-159 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND ADAPTER 4 MM (UT2381) TO REMOVE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-74

FIGURE 2-160 REMOVE LOP LOCK (866) FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-161 CONTINUE TO ROTATE LOP LOCK (866) CW AND REMOVE FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-162 REMOVE COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) TO DISASSEMBLE LOP LOCK (866) 2-74

FIGURE 2-163 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-75

FIGURE 2-164 UNSCREW HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-75

FIGURE 2-165 REMOVE ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) FROM LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-75

FIGURE 2-166 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-167 INSPECT LOP LOCK (866) SPRING LOP LOCK (867) AND COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-168 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-169 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-170 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-171 FIT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) AND LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) TOGETHER 2-78

FIGURE 2-172 INSTALL LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-173 START HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-174 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-78

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

iiiiv blank

LIST OF ACRONYMS

lsquoArsquo AutomaticBOI Basis of IssueCAGEC Contractor and Government Entity CodeCCW CounterclockwiseCLP Cleaner Lubricant and PreservativeCQC Close Quarter CombatCPC Corrosion Prevention and ControlsCW ClockwiseDoD Department of DefenseEGLM Enhance Grenade Launcher ManualEIR Equipment Improvement RecommendationsIAW In Accordance WithLAW Lubricating Oil Arctic WeaponsLB Long BarrelLH Left-handLOP Length of PullLSA Lubricating Oil WeaponsMOA Minutes of AngleMRC Maintenance Requirement CardsNIIN National Item Identification NumberNSN National Stock NumberNSWC Naval Surface Warfare CenterOM Operatorrsquos ManualPMCS Preventive Maintenance Checks and ServicesPN Part NumberPPE Personal Protective EquipmentPQDR Product Quality Deficiency ReportRBC Rifle Bore CleanerRH Right-handRPSTL Repair Parts and Special Tools ListS StandardlsquoSrsquo SafeSD Dry Cleaning SolventSSAVIE Sustainment Asset Visibility and Information ExchangeSOF Special Operations ForceSOPMOD Special Operation Particular ModificationsTM Technical ManualTMDER Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation ReportTRS Technical Repair StandardUI Unit of IssueUM Unit of MeasureUOC Usable on Code

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

v

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGE

CHANGE PAGE ALIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES BHOW TO USE THIS MANUAL aWARNING SUMMARY eREPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS iiiLIST OF ACRONYMS iiiLIST OF FIGURES ixLIST OF TABLES xxvii

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1-1SECTION IGENERAL INFORMATION 1-1

1-1 SCOPE 1-11-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE 1-11-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE 1-11-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR) 1-1

SECTION II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA 1-21-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION 1-21-6 NOMENCLATURE 1-31-7 TECHNICAL DATA 1-51-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES 1-61-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC) 1-13

CHAPTER 2 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 2-1SECTION I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND

EQUIPMENT 2-12-1 REPAIR PARTS 2-12-2 SPECIAL TOOLS 2-12-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST 2-1

SECTION II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT 2-12-4 GENERAL 2-12-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL 2-1

SECTION III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) 2-22-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS 2-2

SECTION IV TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2-11

SECTION V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-192-9 SAFETY CHECK 2-192-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-20

SECTION VI MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 2-262-11 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) MAINTENANCE 2-262-12 BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) MAINTENANCE 2-692-13 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY (401H) MAINTENANCE 2-902-14 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S) (201H-S) MAINTENANCE 2-1052-15 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (S) (601H) MAINTENANCE 2-1772-16 REASSEMBLE FROM FIELDSTRIP 2-1822-17 SAFETY CHECK 2-187

SW370-CF-TRS-010

vi

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

CHAPTER 3 UNIT MAINTENANCE GAUGING INSTRUCTIONS 3-1SECTION I REQUIRED GAUGES AND GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-1

3-1 REQUIRED GAUGES 3-13-2 GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-13-3 GENERAL 3-1

SECTION II GAUGING PROCEDURES 3-13-4 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 3-13-5 TRIGGER MODULE 3-43-6 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY 3-5

CHAPTER 4 UNIT MAINTENANCE BORESCOPING BARREL 4-1SECTION I TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND BACKGROUND 4-1

4-1 TECHNICAL DATA 4-14-2 BACKGROUND 4-1

SECTION II BORESCOPE MAINTENANCESETUPINSPECTIONS 4-14-3 MAINTENANCE OF BORESCOPE 4-1

SECTION III BORESCOPE COMPONENTS AND ASSEMBLY 4-24-4 COMPONENTS 4-24-5 ASSEMBLING BORESCOPE 4-34-6 INSPECTING 4-54-7 SUMMARY 4-7

APPENDIX A REFERENCES A-1A-1 TECHNICAL MANUALS A-1A-2 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE REGULATIONS A-1

APPENDIX B MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION B-1

B-1 SCOPE B-1B-2 GENERAL B-1B-3 REPAIR PARTS LIST COMPONENTS B-1B-4 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (SECTION II) B-1B-5 COLORS DEFINED B-2B-6 SUPPORT EXPLANATION B-2B-7 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS B-3B-8 SPECIAL INFORMATION B-4B-9 HOW TO LOCATE REPAIR PARTS B-4

SECTION II REPAIR PARTS LIST B-5SECTION III CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES PART NUMBER B-23SECTION IV CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER B-27SECTION V SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-31

B-10 SCAR T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH CALIBRATION PROCEDURES B-33

APPENDIX C EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION C-1

C-1 SCOPE C-1C-2 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS C-1

SECTION IIEXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

viiviii blank

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

APPENDIX D PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) QUICK REFERENCE TABLE D-1SECTION IGENERAL D-1

APPENDIX E FIELD REJECT ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST E-1E-1 REFERENCES E-1E-2 GAUGES AND EQUIPMENT E-2

APPENDIX F PARTS REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE F-1

APPENDIX G TORQUE CHART G-1G-1 MK 17 MOD 0 TORQUE SETTING CHART G-1

APPENDIX H STANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF) H-1

APPENDIX I TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER) I-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

ix

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 1-1 MAJOR COMPONENTS 1-2

FIGURE 1-2 NOMENCLATURE LEFT SIDE 1-3

FIGURE 1-3 NOMENCLATURE RIGHT SIDE 1-4

FIGURE 1-4 SAFE 1-6

FIGURE 1-5 SEMI-AUTOMATIC 1-7

FIGURE 1-6 AUTOMATIC 1-8

FIGURE 1-7 PERCUSSION AND FIRING 1-9

FIGURE 1-8 BULLET PROPELS FORWARD 1-9

FIGURE 1-9 GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY TOWARDS REAR 1-10

FIGURE 1-10 UNSUPPRESSED AND SUPPRESSED CONDITIONS 1-10

FIGURE 1-11 HAMMER COCKED 1-11

FIGURE 1-12 HAMMER FALLEN 1-11

FIGURE 1-13 COCKED POSITION 1-12

FIGURE 1-14 ENGAGES FRONT TOOTH OF TRIGGER 1-12

FIGURE 1-15 HAMMER RELEASED TO STRIKE FIRING PIN 1-12

FIGURE 1-16 TRIGGER RELEASED 1-12

FIGURE 2-1 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-4

FIGURE 2-2 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-6

FIGURE 2-3 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-7

FIGURE 2-4 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-8

FIGURE 2-5 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY 2-9

FIGURE 2-6 MAGAZINE LOCKING NOTCH 2-11

FIGURE 2-7 MAGAZINE CATCH RELEASE 2-11

FIGURE 2-8 SELECTOR LEVER ON lsquoSrsquo 2-12

FIGURE 2-9 FIRING PIN 2-12

FIGURE 2-10 HAMMER 2-12

FIGURE 2-11 HAMMER SPRING 2-13

FIGURE 2-12 LOCKING LUGS 2-13

FIGURE 2-13 INSPECT EXTRACTOR 2-14

FIGURE 2-14 EJECTOR AND EJECTOR SPRING 2-14

FIGURE 2-15 BOLT CARRIER 2-15

FIGURE 2-16 RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-15

SW370-CF-TRS-010

x

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-17 TRIGGER OR TRIGGER RETURN SPRING 2-16

FIGURE 2-18 PISTON RINGS 2-17

FIGURE 2-19 BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT 2-18

FIGURE 2-20 SELECTOR CAM 2-18

FIGURE 2-21 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-19

FIGURE 2-22 RELEASE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE 2-20

FIGURE 2-23 REMOVE TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-20

FIGURE 2-24 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-21

FIGURE 2-25 RELEASE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-21

FIGURE 2-26 REMOVE CHARGING HANDLE 2-21

FIGURE 2-27 REMOVE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-28 REMOVE RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-29 REMOVE FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-22

FIGURE 2-30 REMOVE FIRING PIN 2-23

FIGURE 2-31 REMOVE BOLT CAM PIN AND BOLT ASSEMBLY 2-23

FIGURE 2-32 DISASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 762 MM 2-24

FIGURE 2-33 COMPLETE FIELDSTRIP 2-25

FIGURE 2-34 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-27

FIGURE 2-35 INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) ONTO BLOCK TRIGGER MODULE VISE (UT1831) 2-28

FIGURE 2-36 TILTING TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) TO LEFT 2-28

FIGURE 2-37 LOOSEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) 2-28

FIGURE 2-38 REMOVE PISTOL GRIP (527) FROM TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-28

FIGURE 2-39 PUNCH OUT SQUARE NUT (529) 2-28

FIGURE 2-40 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) INTERFACE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-41 INSPECT SQUARE NUT (529) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-42 INSPECT LOCK WASHER (526) FOR CRACKS AND UNUSUAL WEAR 2-29

FIGURE 2-43 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-44 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) FOR WEAR OR STRIPPING ON THREADS 2-29

FIGURE 2-45 INSERT SQUARE NUT (529) INTO SLOT 2-30

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-46 SEAT PISTOL GRIP (527) ONTO TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-30

FIGURE 2-47 INSERT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) INTO PROPER HOLE AND HAND-TIGHTEN 2-30

FIGURE 2-48 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TORQUE SCREW UNTIL IT SETS 2-30

FIGURE 2-49 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-31

FIGURE 2-50 REMOVE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-31

FIGURE 2-51 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-32

FIGURE 2-52 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-32

FIGURE 2-53 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-33

FIGURE 2-54 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-33

FIGURE 2-55 PRESS AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FORWARD 2-34

FIGURE 2-56 WITH INDEX FINGER RIDE HAMMER (555) FORWARD WHILE PULLING TRIGGER (545) 2-34

FIGURE 2-57 TAP ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) ON RIGHT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-34

FIGURE 2-58 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) CLEARS PROTECTIVE FINGERS 2-34

FIGURE 2-59 PUNCH OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) AND REMOVE 2-35

FIGURE 2-60 KEEP PUNCH IN PLACE AFTER REMOVAL OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) BEFORE REMOVAL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-35

FIGURE 2-61 KEEP FINGER ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) TO MAINTAIN CONTROL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-35

FIGURE 2-62 REMOVE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FROM BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-36

FIGURE 2-63 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-64 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-65 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) INTO CORRESPONDING HOLE ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-66 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-67 PLACE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-68 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-39

FIGURE 2-69 FINISH DRIVING SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH OVERSIZED 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-39

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-70 USE 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) TO START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-39

FIGURE 2-71 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578L) 2-39

FIGURE 2-72 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-40

FIGURE 2-73 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-40

FIGURE 2-74 WITH AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) PUSH SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) FROM RIGHT TO LEFT TO RELEASE 2-41

FIGURE 2-75 WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PUSH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) THROUGH AND OUT TO REMOVE 2-41

FIGURE 2-76 REMOVE AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-41

FIGURE 2-77 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-78 INSPECT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-79 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-80 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-81 ENSURE FLATS ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY ON AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-44

FIGURE 2-82 INSTALL SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) INTO LEFT SIDE ALIGN SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-44

FIGURE 2-83 ALIGN AND PUSH THROUGH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-45

FIGURE 2-84 FIT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) ONTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) IN PROPER NOTCH 2-45

FIGURE 2-85 USE AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) TO ENGAGE SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AROUND HOUSING 2-45

FIGURE 2-86 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

FIGURE 2-87 ALIGN BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) WITH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-88 ALIGN 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) FROM LEFT TO RIGHT 2-46

FIGURE 2-89 USE 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) TO HOLD SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-46

FIGURE 2-90 START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH 3S ROLL PIN STARTER 2-47

FIGURE 2-91 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO PLACE 2-47

FIGURE 2-92 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-47

FIGURE 2-93 ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION BY CHECKING FOR SPRING TENSION ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) 2-47

FIGURE 2-94 APPLY PRESSURE ONTO HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE REMOVING 2-48

FIGURE 2-95 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-48

FIGURE 2-96 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-49

FIGURE 2-97 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING (558) 2-49

FIGURE 2-98 ENSURE TIP OF HAMMER SPRING (558) IS ON SHOULDER OF HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-50

FIGURE 2-99 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) 2-50

FIGURE 2-100 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) AND HOLD HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE PUSHING BACK 2-50

FIGURE 2-101 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO LUG OF HAMMER (555) 2-50

FIGURE 2-102 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO REMOVE SCREW FROM SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-51

FIGURE 2-103 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-104 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-105 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-106 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-107 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) AND SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-108 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-109 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) AND SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-110 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER (567) 2-54

FIGURE 2-111 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-112 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-113 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-114 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-56

FIGURE 2-115 SCREW SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY 2-56

FIGURE 2-116 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (569) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-117 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-118 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) 2-57

FIGURE 2-119 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-120 INSPECT LOCKING PLATE (569) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-121 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-122 INSPECT HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-123 INSTALL HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-124 INSTALL HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-125 INSERT LOCKING PLATE FORK INTO LOCKING PLATE (569) 2-59

FIGURE 2-126 INSTALL LOCKING PLATE (569) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-127 APPLY DOWNWARD PRESSURE AND START 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-60

FIGURE 2-128 REMOVE TRIGGER PIN (548) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-60

FIGURE 2-129 REMOVE SEAR (547) SEAR SPRING (546) TRIGGER (545) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) 2-60

FIGURE 2-130 INSPECT SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

FIGURE 2-131 INSPECT TRIGGER (545) AND SEAR (547) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-132 INSERT SEAR SPRING (546) INTO TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-133 INSERT SEAR (547) ONTO SEAR SPRING (546) 2-62

FIGURE 2-134 START TO INSERT MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) THROUGH TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) AND TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-135 FINISH PUSHING MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) COMPLETELY THROUGH WITH EVEN AMOUNT OF MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER SHOWING 2-62

FIGURE 2-136 COMPLETED TRIGGER (545) SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) ASSEMBLED WITH MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-137 PUSH TRIGGER PIN (548) THROUGH TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND RELEASE MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-138 INVERT TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-64

FIGURE 2-139 ENSURE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) IS RETAINED WHEN REMOVING 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-64

FIGURE 2-140 REMOVE SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-65

FIGURE 2-141 REMOVE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) 2-65

FIGURE 2-142 INSPECT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER LEFT (534) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-66

FIGURE 2-143 INSERT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-67

FIGURE 2-144 INSERT LEADING EDGE OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-67

FIGURE 2-145 INSERT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-67

FIGURE 2-146 INSERT SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) WITH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-68

FIGURE 2-147 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-148 USE HAMMER (UT2115) TO DRIVE FLUSH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) IN MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-149 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-70

FIGURE 2-150 INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) INTO VISE WITH 4rdquo X 6rdquo LEATHER PAD SET (UT2833) 2-71

FIGURE 2-151 REMOVE BUTTPLATE (878) 2-71

FIGURE 2-152 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-71

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-153 INSPECT BUTTPLATE (878) 2-72

FIGURE 2-154 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-72

FIGURE 2-155 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-72

FIGURE 2-156 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-73

FIGURE 2-157 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-73

FIGURE 2-158 INSTALL BUTTPLATE (878) AND PUSH IN TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) ALL THE WAY 2-73

FIGURE 2-159 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND ADAPTER 4 MM (UT2381) TO REMOVE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-74

FIGURE 2-160 REMOVE LOP LOCK (866) FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-161 CONTINUE TO ROTATE LOP LOCK (866) CW AND REMOVE FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-162 REMOVE COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) TO DISASSEMBLE LOP LOCK (866) 2-74

FIGURE 2-163 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-75

FIGURE 2-164 UNSCREW HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-75

FIGURE 2-165 REMOVE ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) FROM LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-75

FIGURE 2-166 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-167 INSPECT LOP LOCK (866) SPRING LOP LOCK (867) AND COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-168 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-169 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-170 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-171 FIT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) AND LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) TOGETHER 2-78

FIGURE 2-172 INSTALL LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-173 START HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-174 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-78

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

iiiiv blank

LIST OF ACRONYMS

lsquoArsquo AutomaticBOI Basis of IssueCAGEC Contractor and Government Entity CodeCCW CounterclockwiseCLP Cleaner Lubricant and PreservativeCQC Close Quarter CombatCPC Corrosion Prevention and ControlsCW ClockwiseDoD Department of DefenseEGLM Enhance Grenade Launcher ManualEIR Equipment Improvement RecommendationsIAW In Accordance WithLAW Lubricating Oil Arctic WeaponsLB Long BarrelLH Left-handLOP Length of PullLSA Lubricating Oil WeaponsMOA Minutes of AngleMRC Maintenance Requirement CardsNIIN National Item Identification NumberNSN National Stock NumberNSWC Naval Surface Warfare CenterOM Operatorrsquos ManualPMCS Preventive Maintenance Checks and ServicesPN Part NumberPPE Personal Protective EquipmentPQDR Product Quality Deficiency ReportRBC Rifle Bore CleanerRH Right-handRPSTL Repair Parts and Special Tools ListS StandardlsquoSrsquo SafeSD Dry Cleaning SolventSSAVIE Sustainment Asset Visibility and Information ExchangeSOF Special Operations ForceSOPMOD Special Operation Particular ModificationsTM Technical ManualTMDER Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation ReportTRS Technical Repair StandardUI Unit of IssueUM Unit of MeasureUOC Usable on Code

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

v

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGE

CHANGE PAGE ALIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES BHOW TO USE THIS MANUAL aWARNING SUMMARY eREPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS iiiLIST OF ACRONYMS iiiLIST OF FIGURES ixLIST OF TABLES xxvii

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1-1SECTION IGENERAL INFORMATION 1-1

1-1 SCOPE 1-11-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE 1-11-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE 1-11-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR) 1-1

SECTION II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA 1-21-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION 1-21-6 NOMENCLATURE 1-31-7 TECHNICAL DATA 1-51-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES 1-61-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC) 1-13

CHAPTER 2 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 2-1SECTION I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND

EQUIPMENT 2-12-1 REPAIR PARTS 2-12-2 SPECIAL TOOLS 2-12-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST 2-1

SECTION II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT 2-12-4 GENERAL 2-12-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL 2-1

SECTION III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) 2-22-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS 2-2

SECTION IV TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2-11

SECTION V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-192-9 SAFETY CHECK 2-192-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-20

SECTION VI MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 2-262-11 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) MAINTENANCE 2-262-12 BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) MAINTENANCE 2-692-13 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY (401H) MAINTENANCE 2-902-14 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S) (201H-S) MAINTENANCE 2-1052-15 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (S) (601H) MAINTENANCE 2-1772-16 REASSEMBLE FROM FIELDSTRIP 2-1822-17 SAFETY CHECK 2-187

SW370-CF-TRS-010

vi

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

CHAPTER 3 UNIT MAINTENANCE GAUGING INSTRUCTIONS 3-1SECTION I REQUIRED GAUGES AND GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-1

3-1 REQUIRED GAUGES 3-13-2 GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-13-3 GENERAL 3-1

SECTION II GAUGING PROCEDURES 3-13-4 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 3-13-5 TRIGGER MODULE 3-43-6 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY 3-5

CHAPTER 4 UNIT MAINTENANCE BORESCOPING BARREL 4-1SECTION I TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND BACKGROUND 4-1

4-1 TECHNICAL DATA 4-14-2 BACKGROUND 4-1

SECTION II BORESCOPE MAINTENANCESETUPINSPECTIONS 4-14-3 MAINTENANCE OF BORESCOPE 4-1

SECTION III BORESCOPE COMPONENTS AND ASSEMBLY 4-24-4 COMPONENTS 4-24-5 ASSEMBLING BORESCOPE 4-34-6 INSPECTING 4-54-7 SUMMARY 4-7

APPENDIX A REFERENCES A-1A-1 TECHNICAL MANUALS A-1A-2 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE REGULATIONS A-1

APPENDIX B MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION B-1

B-1 SCOPE B-1B-2 GENERAL B-1B-3 REPAIR PARTS LIST COMPONENTS B-1B-4 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (SECTION II) B-1B-5 COLORS DEFINED B-2B-6 SUPPORT EXPLANATION B-2B-7 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS B-3B-8 SPECIAL INFORMATION B-4B-9 HOW TO LOCATE REPAIR PARTS B-4

SECTION II REPAIR PARTS LIST B-5SECTION III CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES PART NUMBER B-23SECTION IV CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER B-27SECTION V SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-31

B-10 SCAR T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH CALIBRATION PROCEDURES B-33

APPENDIX C EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION C-1

C-1 SCOPE C-1C-2 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS C-1

SECTION IIEXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

viiviii blank

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

APPENDIX D PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) QUICK REFERENCE TABLE D-1SECTION IGENERAL D-1

APPENDIX E FIELD REJECT ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST E-1E-1 REFERENCES E-1E-2 GAUGES AND EQUIPMENT E-2

APPENDIX F PARTS REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE F-1

APPENDIX G TORQUE CHART G-1G-1 MK 17 MOD 0 TORQUE SETTING CHART G-1

APPENDIX H STANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF) H-1

APPENDIX I TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER) I-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

ix

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 1-1 MAJOR COMPONENTS 1-2

FIGURE 1-2 NOMENCLATURE LEFT SIDE 1-3

FIGURE 1-3 NOMENCLATURE RIGHT SIDE 1-4

FIGURE 1-4 SAFE 1-6

FIGURE 1-5 SEMI-AUTOMATIC 1-7

FIGURE 1-6 AUTOMATIC 1-8

FIGURE 1-7 PERCUSSION AND FIRING 1-9

FIGURE 1-8 BULLET PROPELS FORWARD 1-9

FIGURE 1-9 GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY TOWARDS REAR 1-10

FIGURE 1-10 UNSUPPRESSED AND SUPPRESSED CONDITIONS 1-10

FIGURE 1-11 HAMMER COCKED 1-11

FIGURE 1-12 HAMMER FALLEN 1-11

FIGURE 1-13 COCKED POSITION 1-12

FIGURE 1-14 ENGAGES FRONT TOOTH OF TRIGGER 1-12

FIGURE 1-15 HAMMER RELEASED TO STRIKE FIRING PIN 1-12

FIGURE 1-16 TRIGGER RELEASED 1-12

FIGURE 2-1 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-4

FIGURE 2-2 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-6

FIGURE 2-3 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-7

FIGURE 2-4 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-8

FIGURE 2-5 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY 2-9

FIGURE 2-6 MAGAZINE LOCKING NOTCH 2-11

FIGURE 2-7 MAGAZINE CATCH RELEASE 2-11

FIGURE 2-8 SELECTOR LEVER ON lsquoSrsquo 2-12

FIGURE 2-9 FIRING PIN 2-12

FIGURE 2-10 HAMMER 2-12

FIGURE 2-11 HAMMER SPRING 2-13

FIGURE 2-12 LOCKING LUGS 2-13

FIGURE 2-13 INSPECT EXTRACTOR 2-14

FIGURE 2-14 EJECTOR AND EJECTOR SPRING 2-14

FIGURE 2-15 BOLT CARRIER 2-15

FIGURE 2-16 RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-15

SW370-CF-TRS-010

x

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-17 TRIGGER OR TRIGGER RETURN SPRING 2-16

FIGURE 2-18 PISTON RINGS 2-17

FIGURE 2-19 BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT 2-18

FIGURE 2-20 SELECTOR CAM 2-18

FIGURE 2-21 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-19

FIGURE 2-22 RELEASE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE 2-20

FIGURE 2-23 REMOVE TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-20

FIGURE 2-24 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-21

FIGURE 2-25 RELEASE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-21

FIGURE 2-26 REMOVE CHARGING HANDLE 2-21

FIGURE 2-27 REMOVE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-28 REMOVE RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-29 REMOVE FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-22

FIGURE 2-30 REMOVE FIRING PIN 2-23

FIGURE 2-31 REMOVE BOLT CAM PIN AND BOLT ASSEMBLY 2-23

FIGURE 2-32 DISASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 762 MM 2-24

FIGURE 2-33 COMPLETE FIELDSTRIP 2-25

FIGURE 2-34 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-27

FIGURE 2-35 INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) ONTO BLOCK TRIGGER MODULE VISE (UT1831) 2-28

FIGURE 2-36 TILTING TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) TO LEFT 2-28

FIGURE 2-37 LOOSEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) 2-28

FIGURE 2-38 REMOVE PISTOL GRIP (527) FROM TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-28

FIGURE 2-39 PUNCH OUT SQUARE NUT (529) 2-28

FIGURE 2-40 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) INTERFACE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-41 INSPECT SQUARE NUT (529) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-42 INSPECT LOCK WASHER (526) FOR CRACKS AND UNUSUAL WEAR 2-29

FIGURE 2-43 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-44 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) FOR WEAR OR STRIPPING ON THREADS 2-29

FIGURE 2-45 INSERT SQUARE NUT (529) INTO SLOT 2-30

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-46 SEAT PISTOL GRIP (527) ONTO TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-30

FIGURE 2-47 INSERT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) INTO PROPER HOLE AND HAND-TIGHTEN 2-30

FIGURE 2-48 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TORQUE SCREW UNTIL IT SETS 2-30

FIGURE 2-49 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-31

FIGURE 2-50 REMOVE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-31

FIGURE 2-51 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-32

FIGURE 2-52 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-32

FIGURE 2-53 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-33

FIGURE 2-54 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-33

FIGURE 2-55 PRESS AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FORWARD 2-34

FIGURE 2-56 WITH INDEX FINGER RIDE HAMMER (555) FORWARD WHILE PULLING TRIGGER (545) 2-34

FIGURE 2-57 TAP ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) ON RIGHT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-34

FIGURE 2-58 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) CLEARS PROTECTIVE FINGERS 2-34

FIGURE 2-59 PUNCH OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) AND REMOVE 2-35

FIGURE 2-60 KEEP PUNCH IN PLACE AFTER REMOVAL OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) BEFORE REMOVAL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-35

FIGURE 2-61 KEEP FINGER ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) TO MAINTAIN CONTROL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-35

FIGURE 2-62 REMOVE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FROM BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-36

FIGURE 2-63 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-64 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-65 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) INTO CORRESPONDING HOLE ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-66 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-67 PLACE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-68 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-39

FIGURE 2-69 FINISH DRIVING SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH OVERSIZED 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-39

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-70 USE 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) TO START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-39

FIGURE 2-71 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578L) 2-39

FIGURE 2-72 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-40

FIGURE 2-73 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-40

FIGURE 2-74 WITH AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) PUSH SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) FROM RIGHT TO LEFT TO RELEASE 2-41

FIGURE 2-75 WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PUSH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) THROUGH AND OUT TO REMOVE 2-41

FIGURE 2-76 REMOVE AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-41

FIGURE 2-77 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-78 INSPECT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-79 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-80 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-81 ENSURE FLATS ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY ON AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-44

FIGURE 2-82 INSTALL SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) INTO LEFT SIDE ALIGN SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-44

FIGURE 2-83 ALIGN AND PUSH THROUGH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-45

FIGURE 2-84 FIT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) ONTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) IN PROPER NOTCH 2-45

FIGURE 2-85 USE AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) TO ENGAGE SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AROUND HOUSING 2-45

FIGURE 2-86 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

FIGURE 2-87 ALIGN BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) WITH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-88 ALIGN 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) FROM LEFT TO RIGHT 2-46

FIGURE 2-89 USE 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) TO HOLD SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-46

FIGURE 2-90 START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH 3S ROLL PIN STARTER 2-47

FIGURE 2-91 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO PLACE 2-47

FIGURE 2-92 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-47

FIGURE 2-93 ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION BY CHECKING FOR SPRING TENSION ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) 2-47

FIGURE 2-94 APPLY PRESSURE ONTO HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE REMOVING 2-48

FIGURE 2-95 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-48

FIGURE 2-96 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-49

FIGURE 2-97 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING (558) 2-49

FIGURE 2-98 ENSURE TIP OF HAMMER SPRING (558) IS ON SHOULDER OF HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-50

FIGURE 2-99 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) 2-50

FIGURE 2-100 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) AND HOLD HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE PUSHING BACK 2-50

FIGURE 2-101 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO LUG OF HAMMER (555) 2-50

FIGURE 2-102 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO REMOVE SCREW FROM SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-51

FIGURE 2-103 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-104 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-105 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-106 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-107 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) AND SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-108 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-109 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) AND SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-110 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER (567) 2-54

FIGURE 2-111 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-112 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-113 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-114 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-56

FIGURE 2-115 SCREW SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY 2-56

FIGURE 2-116 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (569) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-117 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-118 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) 2-57

FIGURE 2-119 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-120 INSPECT LOCKING PLATE (569) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-121 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-122 INSPECT HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-123 INSTALL HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-124 INSTALL HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-125 INSERT LOCKING PLATE FORK INTO LOCKING PLATE (569) 2-59

FIGURE 2-126 INSTALL LOCKING PLATE (569) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-127 APPLY DOWNWARD PRESSURE AND START 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-60

FIGURE 2-128 REMOVE TRIGGER PIN (548) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-60

FIGURE 2-129 REMOVE SEAR (547) SEAR SPRING (546) TRIGGER (545) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) 2-60

FIGURE 2-130 INSPECT SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

FIGURE 2-131 INSPECT TRIGGER (545) AND SEAR (547) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-132 INSERT SEAR SPRING (546) INTO TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-133 INSERT SEAR (547) ONTO SEAR SPRING (546) 2-62

FIGURE 2-134 START TO INSERT MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) THROUGH TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) AND TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-135 FINISH PUSHING MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) COMPLETELY THROUGH WITH EVEN AMOUNT OF MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER SHOWING 2-62

FIGURE 2-136 COMPLETED TRIGGER (545) SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) ASSEMBLED WITH MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-137 PUSH TRIGGER PIN (548) THROUGH TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND RELEASE MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-138 INVERT TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-64

FIGURE 2-139 ENSURE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) IS RETAINED WHEN REMOVING 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-64

FIGURE 2-140 REMOVE SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-65

FIGURE 2-141 REMOVE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) 2-65

FIGURE 2-142 INSPECT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER LEFT (534) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-66

FIGURE 2-143 INSERT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-67

FIGURE 2-144 INSERT LEADING EDGE OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-67

FIGURE 2-145 INSERT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-67

FIGURE 2-146 INSERT SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) WITH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-68

FIGURE 2-147 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-148 USE HAMMER (UT2115) TO DRIVE FLUSH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) IN MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-149 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-70

FIGURE 2-150 INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) INTO VISE WITH 4rdquo X 6rdquo LEATHER PAD SET (UT2833) 2-71

FIGURE 2-151 REMOVE BUTTPLATE (878) 2-71

FIGURE 2-152 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-71

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-153 INSPECT BUTTPLATE (878) 2-72

FIGURE 2-154 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-72

FIGURE 2-155 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-72

FIGURE 2-156 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-73

FIGURE 2-157 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-73

FIGURE 2-158 INSTALL BUTTPLATE (878) AND PUSH IN TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) ALL THE WAY 2-73

FIGURE 2-159 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND ADAPTER 4 MM (UT2381) TO REMOVE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-74

FIGURE 2-160 REMOVE LOP LOCK (866) FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-161 CONTINUE TO ROTATE LOP LOCK (866) CW AND REMOVE FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-162 REMOVE COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) TO DISASSEMBLE LOP LOCK (866) 2-74

FIGURE 2-163 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-75

FIGURE 2-164 UNSCREW HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-75

FIGURE 2-165 REMOVE ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) FROM LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-75

FIGURE 2-166 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-167 INSPECT LOP LOCK (866) SPRING LOP LOCK (867) AND COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-168 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-169 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-170 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-171 FIT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) AND LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) TOGETHER 2-78

FIGURE 2-172 INSTALL LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-173 START HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-174 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-78

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

v

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGE

CHANGE PAGE ALIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES BHOW TO USE THIS MANUAL aWARNING SUMMARY eREPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS iiiLIST OF ACRONYMS iiiLIST OF FIGURES ixLIST OF TABLES xxvii

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1-1SECTION IGENERAL INFORMATION 1-1

1-1 SCOPE 1-11-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE 1-11-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE 1-11-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR) 1-1

SECTION II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA 1-21-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION 1-21-6 NOMENCLATURE 1-31-7 TECHNICAL DATA 1-51-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES 1-61-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC) 1-13

CHAPTER 2 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 2-1SECTION I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND

EQUIPMENT 2-12-1 REPAIR PARTS 2-12-2 SPECIAL TOOLS 2-12-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST 2-1

SECTION II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT 2-12-4 GENERAL 2-12-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL 2-1

SECTION III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) 2-22-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS 2-2

SECTION IV TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2-11

SECTION V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-192-9 SAFETY CHECK 2-192-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-20

SECTION VI MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 2-262-11 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) MAINTENANCE 2-262-12 BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) MAINTENANCE 2-692-13 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY (401H) MAINTENANCE 2-902-14 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S) (201H-S) MAINTENANCE 2-1052-15 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (S) (601H) MAINTENANCE 2-1772-16 REASSEMBLE FROM FIELDSTRIP 2-1822-17 SAFETY CHECK 2-187

SW370-CF-TRS-010

vi

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

CHAPTER 3 UNIT MAINTENANCE GAUGING INSTRUCTIONS 3-1SECTION I REQUIRED GAUGES AND GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-1

3-1 REQUIRED GAUGES 3-13-2 GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-13-3 GENERAL 3-1

SECTION II GAUGING PROCEDURES 3-13-4 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 3-13-5 TRIGGER MODULE 3-43-6 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY 3-5

CHAPTER 4 UNIT MAINTENANCE BORESCOPING BARREL 4-1SECTION I TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND BACKGROUND 4-1

4-1 TECHNICAL DATA 4-14-2 BACKGROUND 4-1

SECTION II BORESCOPE MAINTENANCESETUPINSPECTIONS 4-14-3 MAINTENANCE OF BORESCOPE 4-1

SECTION III BORESCOPE COMPONENTS AND ASSEMBLY 4-24-4 COMPONENTS 4-24-5 ASSEMBLING BORESCOPE 4-34-6 INSPECTING 4-54-7 SUMMARY 4-7

APPENDIX A REFERENCES A-1A-1 TECHNICAL MANUALS A-1A-2 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE REGULATIONS A-1

APPENDIX B MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION B-1

B-1 SCOPE B-1B-2 GENERAL B-1B-3 REPAIR PARTS LIST COMPONENTS B-1B-4 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (SECTION II) B-1B-5 COLORS DEFINED B-2B-6 SUPPORT EXPLANATION B-2B-7 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS B-3B-8 SPECIAL INFORMATION B-4B-9 HOW TO LOCATE REPAIR PARTS B-4

SECTION II REPAIR PARTS LIST B-5SECTION III CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES PART NUMBER B-23SECTION IV CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER B-27SECTION V SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-31

B-10 SCAR T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH CALIBRATION PROCEDURES B-33

APPENDIX C EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION C-1

C-1 SCOPE C-1C-2 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS C-1

SECTION IIEXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

viiviii blank

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

APPENDIX D PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) QUICK REFERENCE TABLE D-1SECTION IGENERAL D-1

APPENDIX E FIELD REJECT ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST E-1E-1 REFERENCES E-1E-2 GAUGES AND EQUIPMENT E-2

APPENDIX F PARTS REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE F-1

APPENDIX G TORQUE CHART G-1G-1 MK 17 MOD 0 TORQUE SETTING CHART G-1

APPENDIX H STANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF) H-1

APPENDIX I TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER) I-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

ix

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 1-1 MAJOR COMPONENTS 1-2

FIGURE 1-2 NOMENCLATURE LEFT SIDE 1-3

FIGURE 1-3 NOMENCLATURE RIGHT SIDE 1-4

FIGURE 1-4 SAFE 1-6

FIGURE 1-5 SEMI-AUTOMATIC 1-7

FIGURE 1-6 AUTOMATIC 1-8

FIGURE 1-7 PERCUSSION AND FIRING 1-9

FIGURE 1-8 BULLET PROPELS FORWARD 1-9

FIGURE 1-9 GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY TOWARDS REAR 1-10

FIGURE 1-10 UNSUPPRESSED AND SUPPRESSED CONDITIONS 1-10

FIGURE 1-11 HAMMER COCKED 1-11

FIGURE 1-12 HAMMER FALLEN 1-11

FIGURE 1-13 COCKED POSITION 1-12

FIGURE 1-14 ENGAGES FRONT TOOTH OF TRIGGER 1-12

FIGURE 1-15 HAMMER RELEASED TO STRIKE FIRING PIN 1-12

FIGURE 1-16 TRIGGER RELEASED 1-12

FIGURE 2-1 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-4

FIGURE 2-2 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-6

FIGURE 2-3 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-7

FIGURE 2-4 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-8

FIGURE 2-5 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY 2-9

FIGURE 2-6 MAGAZINE LOCKING NOTCH 2-11

FIGURE 2-7 MAGAZINE CATCH RELEASE 2-11

FIGURE 2-8 SELECTOR LEVER ON lsquoSrsquo 2-12

FIGURE 2-9 FIRING PIN 2-12

FIGURE 2-10 HAMMER 2-12

FIGURE 2-11 HAMMER SPRING 2-13

FIGURE 2-12 LOCKING LUGS 2-13

FIGURE 2-13 INSPECT EXTRACTOR 2-14

FIGURE 2-14 EJECTOR AND EJECTOR SPRING 2-14

FIGURE 2-15 BOLT CARRIER 2-15

FIGURE 2-16 RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-15

SW370-CF-TRS-010

x

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-17 TRIGGER OR TRIGGER RETURN SPRING 2-16

FIGURE 2-18 PISTON RINGS 2-17

FIGURE 2-19 BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT 2-18

FIGURE 2-20 SELECTOR CAM 2-18

FIGURE 2-21 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-19

FIGURE 2-22 RELEASE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE 2-20

FIGURE 2-23 REMOVE TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-20

FIGURE 2-24 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-21

FIGURE 2-25 RELEASE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-21

FIGURE 2-26 REMOVE CHARGING HANDLE 2-21

FIGURE 2-27 REMOVE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-28 REMOVE RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-29 REMOVE FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-22

FIGURE 2-30 REMOVE FIRING PIN 2-23

FIGURE 2-31 REMOVE BOLT CAM PIN AND BOLT ASSEMBLY 2-23

FIGURE 2-32 DISASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 762 MM 2-24

FIGURE 2-33 COMPLETE FIELDSTRIP 2-25

FIGURE 2-34 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-27

FIGURE 2-35 INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) ONTO BLOCK TRIGGER MODULE VISE (UT1831) 2-28

FIGURE 2-36 TILTING TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) TO LEFT 2-28

FIGURE 2-37 LOOSEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) 2-28

FIGURE 2-38 REMOVE PISTOL GRIP (527) FROM TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-28

FIGURE 2-39 PUNCH OUT SQUARE NUT (529) 2-28

FIGURE 2-40 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) INTERFACE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-41 INSPECT SQUARE NUT (529) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-42 INSPECT LOCK WASHER (526) FOR CRACKS AND UNUSUAL WEAR 2-29

FIGURE 2-43 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-44 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) FOR WEAR OR STRIPPING ON THREADS 2-29

FIGURE 2-45 INSERT SQUARE NUT (529) INTO SLOT 2-30

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-46 SEAT PISTOL GRIP (527) ONTO TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-30

FIGURE 2-47 INSERT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) INTO PROPER HOLE AND HAND-TIGHTEN 2-30

FIGURE 2-48 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TORQUE SCREW UNTIL IT SETS 2-30

FIGURE 2-49 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-31

FIGURE 2-50 REMOVE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-31

FIGURE 2-51 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-32

FIGURE 2-52 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-32

FIGURE 2-53 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-33

FIGURE 2-54 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-33

FIGURE 2-55 PRESS AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FORWARD 2-34

FIGURE 2-56 WITH INDEX FINGER RIDE HAMMER (555) FORWARD WHILE PULLING TRIGGER (545) 2-34

FIGURE 2-57 TAP ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) ON RIGHT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-34

FIGURE 2-58 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) CLEARS PROTECTIVE FINGERS 2-34

FIGURE 2-59 PUNCH OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) AND REMOVE 2-35

FIGURE 2-60 KEEP PUNCH IN PLACE AFTER REMOVAL OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) BEFORE REMOVAL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-35

FIGURE 2-61 KEEP FINGER ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) TO MAINTAIN CONTROL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-35

FIGURE 2-62 REMOVE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FROM BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-36

FIGURE 2-63 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-64 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-65 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) INTO CORRESPONDING HOLE ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-66 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-67 PLACE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-68 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-39

FIGURE 2-69 FINISH DRIVING SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH OVERSIZED 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-39

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-70 USE 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) TO START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-39

FIGURE 2-71 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578L) 2-39

FIGURE 2-72 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-40

FIGURE 2-73 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-40

FIGURE 2-74 WITH AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) PUSH SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) FROM RIGHT TO LEFT TO RELEASE 2-41

FIGURE 2-75 WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PUSH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) THROUGH AND OUT TO REMOVE 2-41

FIGURE 2-76 REMOVE AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-41

FIGURE 2-77 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-78 INSPECT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-79 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-80 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-81 ENSURE FLATS ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY ON AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-44

FIGURE 2-82 INSTALL SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) INTO LEFT SIDE ALIGN SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-44

FIGURE 2-83 ALIGN AND PUSH THROUGH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-45

FIGURE 2-84 FIT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) ONTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) IN PROPER NOTCH 2-45

FIGURE 2-85 USE AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) TO ENGAGE SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AROUND HOUSING 2-45

FIGURE 2-86 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

FIGURE 2-87 ALIGN BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) WITH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-88 ALIGN 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) FROM LEFT TO RIGHT 2-46

FIGURE 2-89 USE 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) TO HOLD SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-46

FIGURE 2-90 START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH 3S ROLL PIN STARTER 2-47

FIGURE 2-91 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO PLACE 2-47

FIGURE 2-92 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-47

FIGURE 2-93 ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION BY CHECKING FOR SPRING TENSION ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) 2-47

FIGURE 2-94 APPLY PRESSURE ONTO HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE REMOVING 2-48

FIGURE 2-95 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-48

FIGURE 2-96 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-49

FIGURE 2-97 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING (558) 2-49

FIGURE 2-98 ENSURE TIP OF HAMMER SPRING (558) IS ON SHOULDER OF HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-50

FIGURE 2-99 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) 2-50

FIGURE 2-100 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) AND HOLD HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE PUSHING BACK 2-50

FIGURE 2-101 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO LUG OF HAMMER (555) 2-50

FIGURE 2-102 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO REMOVE SCREW FROM SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-51

FIGURE 2-103 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-104 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-105 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-106 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-107 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) AND SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-108 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-109 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) AND SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-110 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER (567) 2-54

FIGURE 2-111 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-112 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-113 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-114 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-56

FIGURE 2-115 SCREW SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY 2-56

FIGURE 2-116 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (569) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-117 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-118 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) 2-57

FIGURE 2-119 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-120 INSPECT LOCKING PLATE (569) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-121 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-122 INSPECT HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-123 INSTALL HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-124 INSTALL HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-125 INSERT LOCKING PLATE FORK INTO LOCKING PLATE (569) 2-59

FIGURE 2-126 INSTALL LOCKING PLATE (569) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-127 APPLY DOWNWARD PRESSURE AND START 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-60

FIGURE 2-128 REMOVE TRIGGER PIN (548) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-60

FIGURE 2-129 REMOVE SEAR (547) SEAR SPRING (546) TRIGGER (545) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) 2-60

FIGURE 2-130 INSPECT SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

FIGURE 2-131 INSPECT TRIGGER (545) AND SEAR (547) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-132 INSERT SEAR SPRING (546) INTO TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-133 INSERT SEAR (547) ONTO SEAR SPRING (546) 2-62

FIGURE 2-134 START TO INSERT MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) THROUGH TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) AND TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-135 FINISH PUSHING MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) COMPLETELY THROUGH WITH EVEN AMOUNT OF MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER SHOWING 2-62

FIGURE 2-136 COMPLETED TRIGGER (545) SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) ASSEMBLED WITH MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-137 PUSH TRIGGER PIN (548) THROUGH TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND RELEASE MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-138 INVERT TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-64

FIGURE 2-139 ENSURE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) IS RETAINED WHEN REMOVING 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-64

FIGURE 2-140 REMOVE SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-65

FIGURE 2-141 REMOVE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) 2-65

FIGURE 2-142 INSPECT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER LEFT (534) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-66

FIGURE 2-143 INSERT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-67

FIGURE 2-144 INSERT LEADING EDGE OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-67

FIGURE 2-145 INSERT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-67

FIGURE 2-146 INSERT SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) WITH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-68

FIGURE 2-147 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-148 USE HAMMER (UT2115) TO DRIVE FLUSH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) IN MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-149 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-70

FIGURE 2-150 INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) INTO VISE WITH 4rdquo X 6rdquo LEATHER PAD SET (UT2833) 2-71

FIGURE 2-151 REMOVE BUTTPLATE (878) 2-71

FIGURE 2-152 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-71

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-153 INSPECT BUTTPLATE (878) 2-72

FIGURE 2-154 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-72

FIGURE 2-155 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-72

FIGURE 2-156 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-73

FIGURE 2-157 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-73

FIGURE 2-158 INSTALL BUTTPLATE (878) AND PUSH IN TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) ALL THE WAY 2-73

FIGURE 2-159 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND ADAPTER 4 MM (UT2381) TO REMOVE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-74

FIGURE 2-160 REMOVE LOP LOCK (866) FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-161 CONTINUE TO ROTATE LOP LOCK (866) CW AND REMOVE FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-162 REMOVE COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) TO DISASSEMBLE LOP LOCK (866) 2-74

FIGURE 2-163 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-75

FIGURE 2-164 UNSCREW HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-75

FIGURE 2-165 REMOVE ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) FROM LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-75

FIGURE 2-166 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-167 INSPECT LOP LOCK (866) SPRING LOP LOCK (867) AND COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-168 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-169 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-170 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-171 FIT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) AND LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) TOGETHER 2-78

FIGURE 2-172 INSTALL LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-173 START HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-174 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-78

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

v

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGE

CHANGE PAGE ALIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES BHOW TO USE THIS MANUAL aWARNING SUMMARY eREPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS iiiLIST OF ACRONYMS iiiLIST OF FIGURES ixLIST OF TABLES xxvii

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1-1SECTION IGENERAL INFORMATION 1-1

1-1 SCOPE 1-11-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE 1-11-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE 1-11-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR) 1-1

SECTION II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA 1-21-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION 1-21-6 NOMENCLATURE 1-31-7 TECHNICAL DATA 1-51-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES 1-61-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC) 1-13

CHAPTER 2 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS 2-1SECTION I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND

EQUIPMENT 2-12-1 REPAIR PARTS 2-12-2 SPECIAL TOOLS 2-12-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST 2-1

SECTION II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT 2-12-4 GENERAL 2-12-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL 2-1

SECTION III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) 2-22-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS 2-2

SECTION IV TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING 2-102-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 2-11

SECTION V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-192-9 SAFETY CHECK 2-192-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES 2-20

SECTION VI MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 2-262-11 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) MAINTENANCE 2-262-12 BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) MAINTENANCE 2-692-13 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY (401H) MAINTENANCE 2-902-14 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S) (201H-S) MAINTENANCE 2-1052-15 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (S) (601H) MAINTENANCE 2-1772-16 REASSEMBLE FROM FIELDSTRIP 2-1822-17 SAFETY CHECK 2-187

SW370-CF-TRS-010

vi

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

CHAPTER 3 UNIT MAINTENANCE GAUGING INSTRUCTIONS 3-1SECTION I REQUIRED GAUGES AND GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-1

3-1 REQUIRED GAUGES 3-13-2 GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-13-3 GENERAL 3-1

SECTION II GAUGING PROCEDURES 3-13-4 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 3-13-5 TRIGGER MODULE 3-43-6 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY 3-5

CHAPTER 4 UNIT MAINTENANCE BORESCOPING BARREL 4-1SECTION I TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND BACKGROUND 4-1

4-1 TECHNICAL DATA 4-14-2 BACKGROUND 4-1

SECTION II BORESCOPE MAINTENANCESETUPINSPECTIONS 4-14-3 MAINTENANCE OF BORESCOPE 4-1

SECTION III BORESCOPE COMPONENTS AND ASSEMBLY 4-24-4 COMPONENTS 4-24-5 ASSEMBLING BORESCOPE 4-34-6 INSPECTING 4-54-7 SUMMARY 4-7

APPENDIX A REFERENCES A-1A-1 TECHNICAL MANUALS A-1A-2 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE REGULATIONS A-1

APPENDIX B MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION B-1

B-1 SCOPE B-1B-2 GENERAL B-1B-3 REPAIR PARTS LIST COMPONENTS B-1B-4 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (SECTION II) B-1B-5 COLORS DEFINED B-2B-6 SUPPORT EXPLANATION B-2B-7 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS B-3B-8 SPECIAL INFORMATION B-4B-9 HOW TO LOCATE REPAIR PARTS B-4

SECTION II REPAIR PARTS LIST B-5SECTION III CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES PART NUMBER B-23SECTION IV CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER B-27SECTION V SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-31

B-10 SCAR T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH CALIBRATION PROCEDURES B-33

APPENDIX C EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION C-1

C-1 SCOPE C-1C-2 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS C-1

SECTION IIEXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

viiviii blank

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

APPENDIX D PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) QUICK REFERENCE TABLE D-1SECTION IGENERAL D-1

APPENDIX E FIELD REJECT ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST E-1E-1 REFERENCES E-1E-2 GAUGES AND EQUIPMENT E-2

APPENDIX F PARTS REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE F-1

APPENDIX G TORQUE CHART G-1G-1 MK 17 MOD 0 TORQUE SETTING CHART G-1

APPENDIX H STANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF) H-1

APPENDIX I TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER) I-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

ix

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 1-1 MAJOR COMPONENTS 1-2

FIGURE 1-2 NOMENCLATURE LEFT SIDE 1-3

FIGURE 1-3 NOMENCLATURE RIGHT SIDE 1-4

FIGURE 1-4 SAFE 1-6

FIGURE 1-5 SEMI-AUTOMATIC 1-7

FIGURE 1-6 AUTOMATIC 1-8

FIGURE 1-7 PERCUSSION AND FIRING 1-9

FIGURE 1-8 BULLET PROPELS FORWARD 1-9

FIGURE 1-9 GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY TOWARDS REAR 1-10

FIGURE 1-10 UNSUPPRESSED AND SUPPRESSED CONDITIONS 1-10

FIGURE 1-11 HAMMER COCKED 1-11

FIGURE 1-12 HAMMER FALLEN 1-11

FIGURE 1-13 COCKED POSITION 1-12

FIGURE 1-14 ENGAGES FRONT TOOTH OF TRIGGER 1-12

FIGURE 1-15 HAMMER RELEASED TO STRIKE FIRING PIN 1-12

FIGURE 1-16 TRIGGER RELEASED 1-12

FIGURE 2-1 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-4

FIGURE 2-2 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-6

FIGURE 2-3 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-7

FIGURE 2-4 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-8

FIGURE 2-5 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY 2-9

FIGURE 2-6 MAGAZINE LOCKING NOTCH 2-11

FIGURE 2-7 MAGAZINE CATCH RELEASE 2-11

FIGURE 2-8 SELECTOR LEVER ON lsquoSrsquo 2-12

FIGURE 2-9 FIRING PIN 2-12

FIGURE 2-10 HAMMER 2-12

FIGURE 2-11 HAMMER SPRING 2-13

FIGURE 2-12 LOCKING LUGS 2-13

FIGURE 2-13 INSPECT EXTRACTOR 2-14

FIGURE 2-14 EJECTOR AND EJECTOR SPRING 2-14

FIGURE 2-15 BOLT CARRIER 2-15

FIGURE 2-16 RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-15

SW370-CF-TRS-010

x

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-17 TRIGGER OR TRIGGER RETURN SPRING 2-16

FIGURE 2-18 PISTON RINGS 2-17

FIGURE 2-19 BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT 2-18

FIGURE 2-20 SELECTOR CAM 2-18

FIGURE 2-21 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-19

FIGURE 2-22 RELEASE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE 2-20

FIGURE 2-23 REMOVE TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-20

FIGURE 2-24 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-21

FIGURE 2-25 RELEASE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-21

FIGURE 2-26 REMOVE CHARGING HANDLE 2-21

FIGURE 2-27 REMOVE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-28 REMOVE RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-29 REMOVE FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-22

FIGURE 2-30 REMOVE FIRING PIN 2-23

FIGURE 2-31 REMOVE BOLT CAM PIN AND BOLT ASSEMBLY 2-23

FIGURE 2-32 DISASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 762 MM 2-24

FIGURE 2-33 COMPLETE FIELDSTRIP 2-25

FIGURE 2-34 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-27

FIGURE 2-35 INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) ONTO BLOCK TRIGGER MODULE VISE (UT1831) 2-28

FIGURE 2-36 TILTING TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) TO LEFT 2-28

FIGURE 2-37 LOOSEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) 2-28

FIGURE 2-38 REMOVE PISTOL GRIP (527) FROM TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-28

FIGURE 2-39 PUNCH OUT SQUARE NUT (529) 2-28

FIGURE 2-40 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) INTERFACE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-41 INSPECT SQUARE NUT (529) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-42 INSPECT LOCK WASHER (526) FOR CRACKS AND UNUSUAL WEAR 2-29

FIGURE 2-43 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-44 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) FOR WEAR OR STRIPPING ON THREADS 2-29

FIGURE 2-45 INSERT SQUARE NUT (529) INTO SLOT 2-30

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-46 SEAT PISTOL GRIP (527) ONTO TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-30

FIGURE 2-47 INSERT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) INTO PROPER HOLE AND HAND-TIGHTEN 2-30

FIGURE 2-48 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TORQUE SCREW UNTIL IT SETS 2-30

FIGURE 2-49 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-31

FIGURE 2-50 REMOVE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-31

FIGURE 2-51 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-32

FIGURE 2-52 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-32

FIGURE 2-53 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-33

FIGURE 2-54 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-33

FIGURE 2-55 PRESS AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FORWARD 2-34

FIGURE 2-56 WITH INDEX FINGER RIDE HAMMER (555) FORWARD WHILE PULLING TRIGGER (545) 2-34

FIGURE 2-57 TAP ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) ON RIGHT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-34

FIGURE 2-58 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) CLEARS PROTECTIVE FINGERS 2-34

FIGURE 2-59 PUNCH OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) AND REMOVE 2-35

FIGURE 2-60 KEEP PUNCH IN PLACE AFTER REMOVAL OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) BEFORE REMOVAL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-35

FIGURE 2-61 KEEP FINGER ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) TO MAINTAIN CONTROL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-35

FIGURE 2-62 REMOVE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FROM BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-36

FIGURE 2-63 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-64 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-65 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) INTO CORRESPONDING HOLE ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-66 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-67 PLACE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-68 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-39

FIGURE 2-69 FINISH DRIVING SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH OVERSIZED 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-39

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-70 USE 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) TO START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-39

FIGURE 2-71 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578L) 2-39

FIGURE 2-72 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-40

FIGURE 2-73 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-40

FIGURE 2-74 WITH AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) PUSH SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) FROM RIGHT TO LEFT TO RELEASE 2-41

FIGURE 2-75 WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PUSH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) THROUGH AND OUT TO REMOVE 2-41

FIGURE 2-76 REMOVE AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-41

FIGURE 2-77 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-78 INSPECT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-79 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-80 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-81 ENSURE FLATS ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY ON AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-44

FIGURE 2-82 INSTALL SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) INTO LEFT SIDE ALIGN SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-44

FIGURE 2-83 ALIGN AND PUSH THROUGH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-45

FIGURE 2-84 FIT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) ONTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) IN PROPER NOTCH 2-45

FIGURE 2-85 USE AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) TO ENGAGE SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AROUND HOUSING 2-45

FIGURE 2-86 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

FIGURE 2-87 ALIGN BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) WITH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-88 ALIGN 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) FROM LEFT TO RIGHT 2-46

FIGURE 2-89 USE 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) TO HOLD SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-46

FIGURE 2-90 START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH 3S ROLL PIN STARTER 2-47

FIGURE 2-91 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO PLACE 2-47

FIGURE 2-92 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-47

FIGURE 2-93 ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION BY CHECKING FOR SPRING TENSION ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) 2-47

FIGURE 2-94 APPLY PRESSURE ONTO HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE REMOVING 2-48

FIGURE 2-95 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-48

FIGURE 2-96 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-49

FIGURE 2-97 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING (558) 2-49

FIGURE 2-98 ENSURE TIP OF HAMMER SPRING (558) IS ON SHOULDER OF HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-50

FIGURE 2-99 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) 2-50

FIGURE 2-100 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) AND HOLD HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE PUSHING BACK 2-50

FIGURE 2-101 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO LUG OF HAMMER (555) 2-50

FIGURE 2-102 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO REMOVE SCREW FROM SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-51

FIGURE 2-103 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-104 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-105 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-106 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-107 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) AND SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-108 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-109 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) AND SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-110 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER (567) 2-54

FIGURE 2-111 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-112 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-113 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-114 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-56

FIGURE 2-115 SCREW SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY 2-56

FIGURE 2-116 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (569) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-117 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-118 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) 2-57

FIGURE 2-119 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-120 INSPECT LOCKING PLATE (569) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-121 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-122 INSPECT HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-123 INSTALL HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-124 INSTALL HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-125 INSERT LOCKING PLATE FORK INTO LOCKING PLATE (569) 2-59

FIGURE 2-126 INSTALL LOCKING PLATE (569) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-127 APPLY DOWNWARD PRESSURE AND START 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-60

FIGURE 2-128 REMOVE TRIGGER PIN (548) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-60

FIGURE 2-129 REMOVE SEAR (547) SEAR SPRING (546) TRIGGER (545) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) 2-60

FIGURE 2-130 INSPECT SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

FIGURE 2-131 INSPECT TRIGGER (545) AND SEAR (547) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-132 INSERT SEAR SPRING (546) INTO TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-133 INSERT SEAR (547) ONTO SEAR SPRING (546) 2-62

FIGURE 2-134 START TO INSERT MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) THROUGH TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) AND TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-135 FINISH PUSHING MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) COMPLETELY THROUGH WITH EVEN AMOUNT OF MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER SHOWING 2-62

FIGURE 2-136 COMPLETED TRIGGER (545) SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) ASSEMBLED WITH MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-137 PUSH TRIGGER PIN (548) THROUGH TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND RELEASE MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-138 INVERT TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-64

FIGURE 2-139 ENSURE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) IS RETAINED WHEN REMOVING 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-64

FIGURE 2-140 REMOVE SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-65

FIGURE 2-141 REMOVE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) 2-65

FIGURE 2-142 INSPECT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER LEFT (534) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-66

FIGURE 2-143 INSERT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-67

FIGURE 2-144 INSERT LEADING EDGE OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-67

FIGURE 2-145 INSERT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-67

FIGURE 2-146 INSERT SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) WITH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-68

FIGURE 2-147 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-148 USE HAMMER (UT2115) TO DRIVE FLUSH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) IN MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-149 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-70

FIGURE 2-150 INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) INTO VISE WITH 4rdquo X 6rdquo LEATHER PAD SET (UT2833) 2-71

FIGURE 2-151 REMOVE BUTTPLATE (878) 2-71

FIGURE 2-152 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-71

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-153 INSPECT BUTTPLATE (878) 2-72

FIGURE 2-154 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-72

FIGURE 2-155 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-72

FIGURE 2-156 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-73

FIGURE 2-157 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-73

FIGURE 2-158 INSTALL BUTTPLATE (878) AND PUSH IN TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) ALL THE WAY 2-73

FIGURE 2-159 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND ADAPTER 4 MM (UT2381) TO REMOVE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-74

FIGURE 2-160 REMOVE LOP LOCK (866) FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-161 CONTINUE TO ROTATE LOP LOCK (866) CW AND REMOVE FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-162 REMOVE COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) TO DISASSEMBLE LOP LOCK (866) 2-74

FIGURE 2-163 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-75

FIGURE 2-164 UNSCREW HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-75

FIGURE 2-165 REMOVE ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) FROM LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-75

FIGURE 2-166 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-167 INSPECT LOP LOCK (866) SPRING LOP LOCK (867) AND COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-168 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-169 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-170 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-171 FIT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) AND LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) TOGETHER 2-78

FIGURE 2-172 INSTALL LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-173 START HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-174 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-78

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

vi

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

CHAPTER 3 UNIT MAINTENANCE GAUGING INSTRUCTIONS 3-1SECTION I REQUIRED GAUGES AND GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-1

3-1 REQUIRED GAUGES 3-13-2 GAUGING REQUIREMENTS 3-13-3 GENERAL 3-1

SECTION II GAUGING PROCEDURES 3-13-4 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 3-13-5 TRIGGER MODULE 3-43-6 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY 3-5

CHAPTER 4 UNIT MAINTENANCE BORESCOPING BARREL 4-1SECTION I TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND BACKGROUND 4-1

4-1 TECHNICAL DATA 4-14-2 BACKGROUND 4-1

SECTION II BORESCOPE MAINTENANCESETUPINSPECTIONS 4-14-3 MAINTENANCE OF BORESCOPE 4-1

SECTION III BORESCOPE COMPONENTS AND ASSEMBLY 4-24-4 COMPONENTS 4-24-5 ASSEMBLING BORESCOPE 4-34-6 INSPECTING 4-54-7 SUMMARY 4-7

APPENDIX A REFERENCES A-1A-1 TECHNICAL MANUALS A-1A-2 DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE REGULATIONS A-1

APPENDIX B MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION B-1

B-1 SCOPE B-1B-2 GENERAL B-1B-3 REPAIR PARTS LIST COMPONENTS B-1B-4 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS (SECTION II) B-1B-5 COLORS DEFINED B-2B-6 SUPPORT EXPLANATION B-2B-7 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS B-3B-8 SPECIAL INFORMATION B-4B-9 HOW TO LOCATE REPAIR PARTS B-4

SECTION II REPAIR PARTS LIST B-5SECTION III CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES PART NUMBER B-23SECTION IV CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER B-27SECTION V SPECIAL TOOLS LIST B-31

B-10 SCAR T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH CALIBRATION PROCEDURES B-33

APPENDIX C EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-1SECTION I INTRODUCTION C-1

C-1 SCOPE C-1C-2 EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS C-1

SECTION IIEXPENDABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST C-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

viiviii blank

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

APPENDIX D PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) QUICK REFERENCE TABLE D-1SECTION IGENERAL D-1

APPENDIX E FIELD REJECT ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST E-1E-1 REFERENCES E-1E-2 GAUGES AND EQUIPMENT E-2

APPENDIX F PARTS REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE F-1

APPENDIX G TORQUE CHART G-1G-1 MK 17 MOD 0 TORQUE SETTING CHART G-1

APPENDIX H STANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF) H-1

APPENDIX I TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER) I-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

ix

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 1-1 MAJOR COMPONENTS 1-2

FIGURE 1-2 NOMENCLATURE LEFT SIDE 1-3

FIGURE 1-3 NOMENCLATURE RIGHT SIDE 1-4

FIGURE 1-4 SAFE 1-6

FIGURE 1-5 SEMI-AUTOMATIC 1-7

FIGURE 1-6 AUTOMATIC 1-8

FIGURE 1-7 PERCUSSION AND FIRING 1-9

FIGURE 1-8 BULLET PROPELS FORWARD 1-9

FIGURE 1-9 GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY TOWARDS REAR 1-10

FIGURE 1-10 UNSUPPRESSED AND SUPPRESSED CONDITIONS 1-10

FIGURE 1-11 HAMMER COCKED 1-11

FIGURE 1-12 HAMMER FALLEN 1-11

FIGURE 1-13 COCKED POSITION 1-12

FIGURE 1-14 ENGAGES FRONT TOOTH OF TRIGGER 1-12

FIGURE 1-15 HAMMER RELEASED TO STRIKE FIRING PIN 1-12

FIGURE 1-16 TRIGGER RELEASED 1-12

FIGURE 2-1 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-4

FIGURE 2-2 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-6

FIGURE 2-3 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-7

FIGURE 2-4 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-8

FIGURE 2-5 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY 2-9

FIGURE 2-6 MAGAZINE LOCKING NOTCH 2-11

FIGURE 2-7 MAGAZINE CATCH RELEASE 2-11

FIGURE 2-8 SELECTOR LEVER ON lsquoSrsquo 2-12

FIGURE 2-9 FIRING PIN 2-12

FIGURE 2-10 HAMMER 2-12

FIGURE 2-11 HAMMER SPRING 2-13

FIGURE 2-12 LOCKING LUGS 2-13

FIGURE 2-13 INSPECT EXTRACTOR 2-14

FIGURE 2-14 EJECTOR AND EJECTOR SPRING 2-14

FIGURE 2-15 BOLT CARRIER 2-15

FIGURE 2-16 RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-15

SW370-CF-TRS-010

x

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-17 TRIGGER OR TRIGGER RETURN SPRING 2-16

FIGURE 2-18 PISTON RINGS 2-17

FIGURE 2-19 BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT 2-18

FIGURE 2-20 SELECTOR CAM 2-18

FIGURE 2-21 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-19

FIGURE 2-22 RELEASE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE 2-20

FIGURE 2-23 REMOVE TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-20

FIGURE 2-24 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-21

FIGURE 2-25 RELEASE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-21

FIGURE 2-26 REMOVE CHARGING HANDLE 2-21

FIGURE 2-27 REMOVE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-28 REMOVE RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-29 REMOVE FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-22

FIGURE 2-30 REMOVE FIRING PIN 2-23

FIGURE 2-31 REMOVE BOLT CAM PIN AND BOLT ASSEMBLY 2-23

FIGURE 2-32 DISASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 762 MM 2-24

FIGURE 2-33 COMPLETE FIELDSTRIP 2-25

FIGURE 2-34 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-27

FIGURE 2-35 INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) ONTO BLOCK TRIGGER MODULE VISE (UT1831) 2-28

FIGURE 2-36 TILTING TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) TO LEFT 2-28

FIGURE 2-37 LOOSEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) 2-28

FIGURE 2-38 REMOVE PISTOL GRIP (527) FROM TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-28

FIGURE 2-39 PUNCH OUT SQUARE NUT (529) 2-28

FIGURE 2-40 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) INTERFACE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-41 INSPECT SQUARE NUT (529) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-42 INSPECT LOCK WASHER (526) FOR CRACKS AND UNUSUAL WEAR 2-29

FIGURE 2-43 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-44 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) FOR WEAR OR STRIPPING ON THREADS 2-29

FIGURE 2-45 INSERT SQUARE NUT (529) INTO SLOT 2-30

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-46 SEAT PISTOL GRIP (527) ONTO TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-30

FIGURE 2-47 INSERT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) INTO PROPER HOLE AND HAND-TIGHTEN 2-30

FIGURE 2-48 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TORQUE SCREW UNTIL IT SETS 2-30

FIGURE 2-49 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-31

FIGURE 2-50 REMOVE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-31

FIGURE 2-51 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-32

FIGURE 2-52 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-32

FIGURE 2-53 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-33

FIGURE 2-54 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-33

FIGURE 2-55 PRESS AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FORWARD 2-34

FIGURE 2-56 WITH INDEX FINGER RIDE HAMMER (555) FORWARD WHILE PULLING TRIGGER (545) 2-34

FIGURE 2-57 TAP ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) ON RIGHT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-34

FIGURE 2-58 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) CLEARS PROTECTIVE FINGERS 2-34

FIGURE 2-59 PUNCH OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) AND REMOVE 2-35

FIGURE 2-60 KEEP PUNCH IN PLACE AFTER REMOVAL OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) BEFORE REMOVAL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-35

FIGURE 2-61 KEEP FINGER ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) TO MAINTAIN CONTROL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-35

FIGURE 2-62 REMOVE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FROM BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-36

FIGURE 2-63 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-64 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-65 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) INTO CORRESPONDING HOLE ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-66 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-67 PLACE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-68 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-39

FIGURE 2-69 FINISH DRIVING SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH OVERSIZED 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-39

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-70 USE 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) TO START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-39

FIGURE 2-71 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578L) 2-39

FIGURE 2-72 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-40

FIGURE 2-73 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-40

FIGURE 2-74 WITH AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) PUSH SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) FROM RIGHT TO LEFT TO RELEASE 2-41

FIGURE 2-75 WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PUSH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) THROUGH AND OUT TO REMOVE 2-41

FIGURE 2-76 REMOVE AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-41

FIGURE 2-77 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-78 INSPECT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-79 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-80 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-81 ENSURE FLATS ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY ON AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-44

FIGURE 2-82 INSTALL SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) INTO LEFT SIDE ALIGN SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-44

FIGURE 2-83 ALIGN AND PUSH THROUGH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-45

FIGURE 2-84 FIT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) ONTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) IN PROPER NOTCH 2-45

FIGURE 2-85 USE AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) TO ENGAGE SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AROUND HOUSING 2-45

FIGURE 2-86 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

FIGURE 2-87 ALIGN BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) WITH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-88 ALIGN 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) FROM LEFT TO RIGHT 2-46

FIGURE 2-89 USE 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) TO HOLD SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-46

FIGURE 2-90 START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH 3S ROLL PIN STARTER 2-47

FIGURE 2-91 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO PLACE 2-47

FIGURE 2-92 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-47

FIGURE 2-93 ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION BY CHECKING FOR SPRING TENSION ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) 2-47

FIGURE 2-94 APPLY PRESSURE ONTO HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE REMOVING 2-48

FIGURE 2-95 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-48

FIGURE 2-96 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-49

FIGURE 2-97 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING (558) 2-49

FIGURE 2-98 ENSURE TIP OF HAMMER SPRING (558) IS ON SHOULDER OF HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-50

FIGURE 2-99 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) 2-50

FIGURE 2-100 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) AND HOLD HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE PUSHING BACK 2-50

FIGURE 2-101 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO LUG OF HAMMER (555) 2-50

FIGURE 2-102 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO REMOVE SCREW FROM SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-51

FIGURE 2-103 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-104 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-105 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-106 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-107 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) AND SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-108 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-109 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) AND SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-110 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER (567) 2-54

FIGURE 2-111 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-112 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-113 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-114 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-56

FIGURE 2-115 SCREW SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY 2-56

FIGURE 2-116 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (569) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-117 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-118 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) 2-57

FIGURE 2-119 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-120 INSPECT LOCKING PLATE (569) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-121 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-122 INSPECT HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-123 INSTALL HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-124 INSTALL HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-125 INSERT LOCKING PLATE FORK INTO LOCKING PLATE (569) 2-59

FIGURE 2-126 INSTALL LOCKING PLATE (569) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-127 APPLY DOWNWARD PRESSURE AND START 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-60

FIGURE 2-128 REMOVE TRIGGER PIN (548) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-60

FIGURE 2-129 REMOVE SEAR (547) SEAR SPRING (546) TRIGGER (545) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) 2-60

FIGURE 2-130 INSPECT SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

FIGURE 2-131 INSPECT TRIGGER (545) AND SEAR (547) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-132 INSERT SEAR SPRING (546) INTO TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-133 INSERT SEAR (547) ONTO SEAR SPRING (546) 2-62

FIGURE 2-134 START TO INSERT MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) THROUGH TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) AND TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-135 FINISH PUSHING MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) COMPLETELY THROUGH WITH EVEN AMOUNT OF MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER SHOWING 2-62

FIGURE 2-136 COMPLETED TRIGGER (545) SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) ASSEMBLED WITH MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-137 PUSH TRIGGER PIN (548) THROUGH TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND RELEASE MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-138 INVERT TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-64

FIGURE 2-139 ENSURE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) IS RETAINED WHEN REMOVING 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-64

FIGURE 2-140 REMOVE SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-65

FIGURE 2-141 REMOVE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) 2-65

FIGURE 2-142 INSPECT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER LEFT (534) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-66

FIGURE 2-143 INSERT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-67

FIGURE 2-144 INSERT LEADING EDGE OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-67

FIGURE 2-145 INSERT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-67

FIGURE 2-146 INSERT SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) WITH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-68

FIGURE 2-147 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-148 USE HAMMER (UT2115) TO DRIVE FLUSH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) IN MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-149 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-70

FIGURE 2-150 INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) INTO VISE WITH 4rdquo X 6rdquo LEATHER PAD SET (UT2833) 2-71

FIGURE 2-151 REMOVE BUTTPLATE (878) 2-71

FIGURE 2-152 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-71

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-153 INSPECT BUTTPLATE (878) 2-72

FIGURE 2-154 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-72

FIGURE 2-155 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-72

FIGURE 2-156 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-73

FIGURE 2-157 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-73

FIGURE 2-158 INSTALL BUTTPLATE (878) AND PUSH IN TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) ALL THE WAY 2-73

FIGURE 2-159 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND ADAPTER 4 MM (UT2381) TO REMOVE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-74

FIGURE 2-160 REMOVE LOP LOCK (866) FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-161 CONTINUE TO ROTATE LOP LOCK (866) CW AND REMOVE FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-162 REMOVE COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) TO DISASSEMBLE LOP LOCK (866) 2-74

FIGURE 2-163 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-75

FIGURE 2-164 UNSCREW HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-75

FIGURE 2-165 REMOVE ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) FROM LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-75

FIGURE 2-166 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-167 INSPECT LOP LOCK (866) SPRING LOP LOCK (867) AND COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-168 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-169 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-170 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-171 FIT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) AND LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) TOGETHER 2-78

FIGURE 2-172 INSTALL LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-173 START HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-174 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-78

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

viiviii blank

TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONT)

SECTION PAGE

APPENDIX D PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) QUICK REFERENCE TABLE D-1SECTION IGENERAL D-1

APPENDIX E FIELD REJECT ASSESSMENT CHECKLIST E-1E-1 REFERENCES E-1E-2 GAUGES AND EQUIPMENT E-2

APPENDIX F PARTS REPLACEMENT SCHEDULE F-1

APPENDIX G TORQUE CHART G-1G-1 MK 17 MOD 0 TORQUE SETTING CHART G-1

APPENDIX H STANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF) H-1

APPENDIX I TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER) I-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

ix

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 1-1 MAJOR COMPONENTS 1-2

FIGURE 1-2 NOMENCLATURE LEFT SIDE 1-3

FIGURE 1-3 NOMENCLATURE RIGHT SIDE 1-4

FIGURE 1-4 SAFE 1-6

FIGURE 1-5 SEMI-AUTOMATIC 1-7

FIGURE 1-6 AUTOMATIC 1-8

FIGURE 1-7 PERCUSSION AND FIRING 1-9

FIGURE 1-8 BULLET PROPELS FORWARD 1-9

FIGURE 1-9 GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY TOWARDS REAR 1-10

FIGURE 1-10 UNSUPPRESSED AND SUPPRESSED CONDITIONS 1-10

FIGURE 1-11 HAMMER COCKED 1-11

FIGURE 1-12 HAMMER FALLEN 1-11

FIGURE 1-13 COCKED POSITION 1-12

FIGURE 1-14 ENGAGES FRONT TOOTH OF TRIGGER 1-12

FIGURE 1-15 HAMMER RELEASED TO STRIKE FIRING PIN 1-12

FIGURE 1-16 TRIGGER RELEASED 1-12

FIGURE 2-1 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-4

FIGURE 2-2 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-6

FIGURE 2-3 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-7

FIGURE 2-4 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-8

FIGURE 2-5 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY 2-9

FIGURE 2-6 MAGAZINE LOCKING NOTCH 2-11

FIGURE 2-7 MAGAZINE CATCH RELEASE 2-11

FIGURE 2-8 SELECTOR LEVER ON lsquoSrsquo 2-12

FIGURE 2-9 FIRING PIN 2-12

FIGURE 2-10 HAMMER 2-12

FIGURE 2-11 HAMMER SPRING 2-13

FIGURE 2-12 LOCKING LUGS 2-13

FIGURE 2-13 INSPECT EXTRACTOR 2-14

FIGURE 2-14 EJECTOR AND EJECTOR SPRING 2-14

FIGURE 2-15 BOLT CARRIER 2-15

FIGURE 2-16 RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-15

SW370-CF-TRS-010

x

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-17 TRIGGER OR TRIGGER RETURN SPRING 2-16

FIGURE 2-18 PISTON RINGS 2-17

FIGURE 2-19 BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT 2-18

FIGURE 2-20 SELECTOR CAM 2-18

FIGURE 2-21 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-19

FIGURE 2-22 RELEASE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE 2-20

FIGURE 2-23 REMOVE TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-20

FIGURE 2-24 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-21

FIGURE 2-25 RELEASE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-21

FIGURE 2-26 REMOVE CHARGING HANDLE 2-21

FIGURE 2-27 REMOVE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-28 REMOVE RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-29 REMOVE FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-22

FIGURE 2-30 REMOVE FIRING PIN 2-23

FIGURE 2-31 REMOVE BOLT CAM PIN AND BOLT ASSEMBLY 2-23

FIGURE 2-32 DISASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 762 MM 2-24

FIGURE 2-33 COMPLETE FIELDSTRIP 2-25

FIGURE 2-34 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-27

FIGURE 2-35 INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) ONTO BLOCK TRIGGER MODULE VISE (UT1831) 2-28

FIGURE 2-36 TILTING TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) TO LEFT 2-28

FIGURE 2-37 LOOSEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) 2-28

FIGURE 2-38 REMOVE PISTOL GRIP (527) FROM TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-28

FIGURE 2-39 PUNCH OUT SQUARE NUT (529) 2-28

FIGURE 2-40 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) INTERFACE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-41 INSPECT SQUARE NUT (529) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-42 INSPECT LOCK WASHER (526) FOR CRACKS AND UNUSUAL WEAR 2-29

FIGURE 2-43 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-44 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) FOR WEAR OR STRIPPING ON THREADS 2-29

FIGURE 2-45 INSERT SQUARE NUT (529) INTO SLOT 2-30

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-46 SEAT PISTOL GRIP (527) ONTO TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-30

FIGURE 2-47 INSERT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) INTO PROPER HOLE AND HAND-TIGHTEN 2-30

FIGURE 2-48 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TORQUE SCREW UNTIL IT SETS 2-30

FIGURE 2-49 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-31

FIGURE 2-50 REMOVE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-31

FIGURE 2-51 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-32

FIGURE 2-52 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-32

FIGURE 2-53 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-33

FIGURE 2-54 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-33

FIGURE 2-55 PRESS AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FORWARD 2-34

FIGURE 2-56 WITH INDEX FINGER RIDE HAMMER (555) FORWARD WHILE PULLING TRIGGER (545) 2-34

FIGURE 2-57 TAP ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) ON RIGHT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-34

FIGURE 2-58 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) CLEARS PROTECTIVE FINGERS 2-34

FIGURE 2-59 PUNCH OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) AND REMOVE 2-35

FIGURE 2-60 KEEP PUNCH IN PLACE AFTER REMOVAL OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) BEFORE REMOVAL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-35

FIGURE 2-61 KEEP FINGER ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) TO MAINTAIN CONTROL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-35

FIGURE 2-62 REMOVE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FROM BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-36

FIGURE 2-63 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-64 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-65 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) INTO CORRESPONDING HOLE ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-66 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-67 PLACE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-68 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-39

FIGURE 2-69 FINISH DRIVING SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH OVERSIZED 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-39

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-70 USE 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) TO START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-39

FIGURE 2-71 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578L) 2-39

FIGURE 2-72 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-40

FIGURE 2-73 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-40

FIGURE 2-74 WITH AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) PUSH SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) FROM RIGHT TO LEFT TO RELEASE 2-41

FIGURE 2-75 WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PUSH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) THROUGH AND OUT TO REMOVE 2-41

FIGURE 2-76 REMOVE AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-41

FIGURE 2-77 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-78 INSPECT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-79 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-80 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-81 ENSURE FLATS ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY ON AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-44

FIGURE 2-82 INSTALL SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) INTO LEFT SIDE ALIGN SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-44

FIGURE 2-83 ALIGN AND PUSH THROUGH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-45

FIGURE 2-84 FIT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) ONTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) IN PROPER NOTCH 2-45

FIGURE 2-85 USE AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) TO ENGAGE SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AROUND HOUSING 2-45

FIGURE 2-86 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

FIGURE 2-87 ALIGN BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) WITH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-88 ALIGN 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) FROM LEFT TO RIGHT 2-46

FIGURE 2-89 USE 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) TO HOLD SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-46

FIGURE 2-90 START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH 3S ROLL PIN STARTER 2-47

FIGURE 2-91 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO PLACE 2-47

FIGURE 2-92 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-47

FIGURE 2-93 ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION BY CHECKING FOR SPRING TENSION ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) 2-47

FIGURE 2-94 APPLY PRESSURE ONTO HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE REMOVING 2-48

FIGURE 2-95 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-48

FIGURE 2-96 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-49

FIGURE 2-97 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING (558) 2-49

FIGURE 2-98 ENSURE TIP OF HAMMER SPRING (558) IS ON SHOULDER OF HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-50

FIGURE 2-99 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) 2-50

FIGURE 2-100 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) AND HOLD HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE PUSHING BACK 2-50

FIGURE 2-101 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO LUG OF HAMMER (555) 2-50

FIGURE 2-102 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO REMOVE SCREW FROM SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-51

FIGURE 2-103 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-104 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-105 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-106 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-107 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) AND SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-108 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-109 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) AND SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-110 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER (567) 2-54

FIGURE 2-111 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-112 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-113 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-114 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-56

FIGURE 2-115 SCREW SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY 2-56

FIGURE 2-116 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (569) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-117 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-118 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) 2-57

FIGURE 2-119 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-120 INSPECT LOCKING PLATE (569) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-121 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-122 INSPECT HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-123 INSTALL HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-124 INSTALL HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-125 INSERT LOCKING PLATE FORK INTO LOCKING PLATE (569) 2-59

FIGURE 2-126 INSTALL LOCKING PLATE (569) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-127 APPLY DOWNWARD PRESSURE AND START 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-60

FIGURE 2-128 REMOVE TRIGGER PIN (548) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-60

FIGURE 2-129 REMOVE SEAR (547) SEAR SPRING (546) TRIGGER (545) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) 2-60

FIGURE 2-130 INSPECT SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

FIGURE 2-131 INSPECT TRIGGER (545) AND SEAR (547) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-132 INSERT SEAR SPRING (546) INTO TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-133 INSERT SEAR (547) ONTO SEAR SPRING (546) 2-62

FIGURE 2-134 START TO INSERT MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) THROUGH TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) AND TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-135 FINISH PUSHING MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) COMPLETELY THROUGH WITH EVEN AMOUNT OF MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER SHOWING 2-62

FIGURE 2-136 COMPLETED TRIGGER (545) SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) ASSEMBLED WITH MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-137 PUSH TRIGGER PIN (548) THROUGH TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND RELEASE MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-138 INVERT TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-64

FIGURE 2-139 ENSURE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) IS RETAINED WHEN REMOVING 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-64

FIGURE 2-140 REMOVE SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-65

FIGURE 2-141 REMOVE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) 2-65

FIGURE 2-142 INSPECT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER LEFT (534) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-66

FIGURE 2-143 INSERT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-67

FIGURE 2-144 INSERT LEADING EDGE OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-67

FIGURE 2-145 INSERT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-67

FIGURE 2-146 INSERT SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) WITH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-68

FIGURE 2-147 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-148 USE HAMMER (UT2115) TO DRIVE FLUSH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) IN MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-149 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-70

FIGURE 2-150 INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) INTO VISE WITH 4rdquo X 6rdquo LEATHER PAD SET (UT2833) 2-71

FIGURE 2-151 REMOVE BUTTPLATE (878) 2-71

FIGURE 2-152 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-71

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-153 INSPECT BUTTPLATE (878) 2-72

FIGURE 2-154 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-72

FIGURE 2-155 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-72

FIGURE 2-156 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-73

FIGURE 2-157 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-73

FIGURE 2-158 INSTALL BUTTPLATE (878) AND PUSH IN TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) ALL THE WAY 2-73

FIGURE 2-159 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND ADAPTER 4 MM (UT2381) TO REMOVE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-74

FIGURE 2-160 REMOVE LOP LOCK (866) FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-161 CONTINUE TO ROTATE LOP LOCK (866) CW AND REMOVE FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-162 REMOVE COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) TO DISASSEMBLE LOP LOCK (866) 2-74

FIGURE 2-163 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-75

FIGURE 2-164 UNSCREW HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-75

FIGURE 2-165 REMOVE ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) FROM LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-75

FIGURE 2-166 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-167 INSPECT LOP LOCK (866) SPRING LOP LOCK (867) AND COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-168 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-169 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-170 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-171 FIT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) AND LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) TOGETHER 2-78

FIGURE 2-172 INSTALL LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-173 START HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-174 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-78

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

ix

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 1-1 MAJOR COMPONENTS 1-2

FIGURE 1-2 NOMENCLATURE LEFT SIDE 1-3

FIGURE 1-3 NOMENCLATURE RIGHT SIDE 1-4

FIGURE 1-4 SAFE 1-6

FIGURE 1-5 SEMI-AUTOMATIC 1-7

FIGURE 1-6 AUTOMATIC 1-8

FIGURE 1-7 PERCUSSION AND FIRING 1-9

FIGURE 1-8 BULLET PROPELS FORWARD 1-9

FIGURE 1-9 GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY TOWARDS REAR 1-10

FIGURE 1-10 UNSUPPRESSED AND SUPPRESSED CONDITIONS 1-10

FIGURE 1-11 HAMMER COCKED 1-11

FIGURE 1-12 HAMMER FALLEN 1-11

FIGURE 1-13 COCKED POSITION 1-12

FIGURE 1-14 ENGAGES FRONT TOOTH OF TRIGGER 1-12

FIGURE 1-15 HAMMER RELEASED TO STRIKE FIRING PIN 1-12

FIGURE 1-16 TRIGGER RELEASED 1-12

FIGURE 2-1 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-4

FIGURE 2-2 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-6

FIGURE 2-3 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-7

FIGURE 2-4 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-8

FIGURE 2-5 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY 2-9

FIGURE 2-6 MAGAZINE LOCKING NOTCH 2-11

FIGURE 2-7 MAGAZINE CATCH RELEASE 2-11

FIGURE 2-8 SELECTOR LEVER ON lsquoSrsquo 2-12

FIGURE 2-9 FIRING PIN 2-12

FIGURE 2-10 HAMMER 2-12

FIGURE 2-11 HAMMER SPRING 2-13

FIGURE 2-12 LOCKING LUGS 2-13

FIGURE 2-13 INSPECT EXTRACTOR 2-14

FIGURE 2-14 EJECTOR AND EJECTOR SPRING 2-14

FIGURE 2-15 BOLT CARRIER 2-15

FIGURE 2-16 RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-15

SW370-CF-TRS-010

x

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-17 TRIGGER OR TRIGGER RETURN SPRING 2-16

FIGURE 2-18 PISTON RINGS 2-17

FIGURE 2-19 BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT 2-18

FIGURE 2-20 SELECTOR CAM 2-18

FIGURE 2-21 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-19

FIGURE 2-22 RELEASE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE 2-20

FIGURE 2-23 REMOVE TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-20

FIGURE 2-24 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-21

FIGURE 2-25 RELEASE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-21

FIGURE 2-26 REMOVE CHARGING HANDLE 2-21

FIGURE 2-27 REMOVE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-28 REMOVE RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-29 REMOVE FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-22

FIGURE 2-30 REMOVE FIRING PIN 2-23

FIGURE 2-31 REMOVE BOLT CAM PIN AND BOLT ASSEMBLY 2-23

FIGURE 2-32 DISASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 762 MM 2-24

FIGURE 2-33 COMPLETE FIELDSTRIP 2-25

FIGURE 2-34 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-27

FIGURE 2-35 INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) ONTO BLOCK TRIGGER MODULE VISE (UT1831) 2-28

FIGURE 2-36 TILTING TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) TO LEFT 2-28

FIGURE 2-37 LOOSEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) 2-28

FIGURE 2-38 REMOVE PISTOL GRIP (527) FROM TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-28

FIGURE 2-39 PUNCH OUT SQUARE NUT (529) 2-28

FIGURE 2-40 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) INTERFACE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-41 INSPECT SQUARE NUT (529) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-42 INSPECT LOCK WASHER (526) FOR CRACKS AND UNUSUAL WEAR 2-29

FIGURE 2-43 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-44 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) FOR WEAR OR STRIPPING ON THREADS 2-29

FIGURE 2-45 INSERT SQUARE NUT (529) INTO SLOT 2-30

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-46 SEAT PISTOL GRIP (527) ONTO TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-30

FIGURE 2-47 INSERT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) INTO PROPER HOLE AND HAND-TIGHTEN 2-30

FIGURE 2-48 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TORQUE SCREW UNTIL IT SETS 2-30

FIGURE 2-49 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-31

FIGURE 2-50 REMOVE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-31

FIGURE 2-51 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-32

FIGURE 2-52 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-32

FIGURE 2-53 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-33

FIGURE 2-54 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-33

FIGURE 2-55 PRESS AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FORWARD 2-34

FIGURE 2-56 WITH INDEX FINGER RIDE HAMMER (555) FORWARD WHILE PULLING TRIGGER (545) 2-34

FIGURE 2-57 TAP ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) ON RIGHT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-34

FIGURE 2-58 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) CLEARS PROTECTIVE FINGERS 2-34

FIGURE 2-59 PUNCH OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) AND REMOVE 2-35

FIGURE 2-60 KEEP PUNCH IN PLACE AFTER REMOVAL OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) BEFORE REMOVAL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-35

FIGURE 2-61 KEEP FINGER ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) TO MAINTAIN CONTROL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-35

FIGURE 2-62 REMOVE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FROM BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-36

FIGURE 2-63 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-64 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-65 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) INTO CORRESPONDING HOLE ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-66 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-67 PLACE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-68 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-39

FIGURE 2-69 FINISH DRIVING SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH OVERSIZED 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-39

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-70 USE 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) TO START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-39

FIGURE 2-71 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578L) 2-39

FIGURE 2-72 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-40

FIGURE 2-73 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-40

FIGURE 2-74 WITH AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) PUSH SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) FROM RIGHT TO LEFT TO RELEASE 2-41

FIGURE 2-75 WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PUSH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) THROUGH AND OUT TO REMOVE 2-41

FIGURE 2-76 REMOVE AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-41

FIGURE 2-77 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-78 INSPECT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-79 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-80 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-81 ENSURE FLATS ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY ON AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-44

FIGURE 2-82 INSTALL SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) INTO LEFT SIDE ALIGN SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-44

FIGURE 2-83 ALIGN AND PUSH THROUGH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-45

FIGURE 2-84 FIT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) ONTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) IN PROPER NOTCH 2-45

FIGURE 2-85 USE AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) TO ENGAGE SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AROUND HOUSING 2-45

FIGURE 2-86 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

FIGURE 2-87 ALIGN BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) WITH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-88 ALIGN 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) FROM LEFT TO RIGHT 2-46

FIGURE 2-89 USE 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) TO HOLD SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-46

FIGURE 2-90 START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH 3S ROLL PIN STARTER 2-47

FIGURE 2-91 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO PLACE 2-47

FIGURE 2-92 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-47

FIGURE 2-93 ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION BY CHECKING FOR SPRING TENSION ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) 2-47

FIGURE 2-94 APPLY PRESSURE ONTO HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE REMOVING 2-48

FIGURE 2-95 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-48

FIGURE 2-96 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-49

FIGURE 2-97 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING (558) 2-49

FIGURE 2-98 ENSURE TIP OF HAMMER SPRING (558) IS ON SHOULDER OF HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-50

FIGURE 2-99 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) 2-50

FIGURE 2-100 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) AND HOLD HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE PUSHING BACK 2-50

FIGURE 2-101 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO LUG OF HAMMER (555) 2-50

FIGURE 2-102 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO REMOVE SCREW FROM SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-51

FIGURE 2-103 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-104 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-105 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-106 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-107 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) AND SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-108 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-109 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) AND SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-110 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER (567) 2-54

FIGURE 2-111 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-112 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-113 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-114 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-56

FIGURE 2-115 SCREW SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY 2-56

FIGURE 2-116 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (569) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-117 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-118 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) 2-57

FIGURE 2-119 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-120 INSPECT LOCKING PLATE (569) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-121 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-122 INSPECT HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-123 INSTALL HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-124 INSTALL HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-125 INSERT LOCKING PLATE FORK INTO LOCKING PLATE (569) 2-59

FIGURE 2-126 INSTALL LOCKING PLATE (569) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-127 APPLY DOWNWARD PRESSURE AND START 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-60

FIGURE 2-128 REMOVE TRIGGER PIN (548) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-60

FIGURE 2-129 REMOVE SEAR (547) SEAR SPRING (546) TRIGGER (545) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) 2-60

FIGURE 2-130 INSPECT SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

FIGURE 2-131 INSPECT TRIGGER (545) AND SEAR (547) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-132 INSERT SEAR SPRING (546) INTO TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-133 INSERT SEAR (547) ONTO SEAR SPRING (546) 2-62

FIGURE 2-134 START TO INSERT MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) THROUGH TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) AND TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-135 FINISH PUSHING MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) COMPLETELY THROUGH WITH EVEN AMOUNT OF MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER SHOWING 2-62

FIGURE 2-136 COMPLETED TRIGGER (545) SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) ASSEMBLED WITH MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-137 PUSH TRIGGER PIN (548) THROUGH TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND RELEASE MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-138 INVERT TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-64

FIGURE 2-139 ENSURE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) IS RETAINED WHEN REMOVING 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-64

FIGURE 2-140 REMOVE SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-65

FIGURE 2-141 REMOVE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) 2-65

FIGURE 2-142 INSPECT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER LEFT (534) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-66

FIGURE 2-143 INSERT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-67

FIGURE 2-144 INSERT LEADING EDGE OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-67

FIGURE 2-145 INSERT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-67

FIGURE 2-146 INSERT SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) WITH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-68

FIGURE 2-147 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-148 USE HAMMER (UT2115) TO DRIVE FLUSH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) IN MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-149 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-70

FIGURE 2-150 INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) INTO VISE WITH 4rdquo X 6rdquo LEATHER PAD SET (UT2833) 2-71

FIGURE 2-151 REMOVE BUTTPLATE (878) 2-71

FIGURE 2-152 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-71

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-153 INSPECT BUTTPLATE (878) 2-72

FIGURE 2-154 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-72

FIGURE 2-155 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-72

FIGURE 2-156 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-73

FIGURE 2-157 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-73

FIGURE 2-158 INSTALL BUTTPLATE (878) AND PUSH IN TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) ALL THE WAY 2-73

FIGURE 2-159 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND ADAPTER 4 MM (UT2381) TO REMOVE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-74

FIGURE 2-160 REMOVE LOP LOCK (866) FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-161 CONTINUE TO ROTATE LOP LOCK (866) CW AND REMOVE FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-162 REMOVE COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) TO DISASSEMBLE LOP LOCK (866) 2-74

FIGURE 2-163 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-75

FIGURE 2-164 UNSCREW HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-75

FIGURE 2-165 REMOVE ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) FROM LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-75

FIGURE 2-166 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-167 INSPECT LOP LOCK (866) SPRING LOP LOCK (867) AND COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-168 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-169 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-170 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-171 FIT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) AND LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) TOGETHER 2-78

FIGURE 2-172 INSTALL LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-173 START HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-174 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-78

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

ix

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 1-1 MAJOR COMPONENTS 1-2

FIGURE 1-2 NOMENCLATURE LEFT SIDE 1-3

FIGURE 1-3 NOMENCLATURE RIGHT SIDE 1-4

FIGURE 1-4 SAFE 1-6

FIGURE 1-5 SEMI-AUTOMATIC 1-7

FIGURE 1-6 AUTOMATIC 1-8

FIGURE 1-7 PERCUSSION AND FIRING 1-9

FIGURE 1-8 BULLET PROPELS FORWARD 1-9

FIGURE 1-9 GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY TOWARDS REAR 1-10

FIGURE 1-10 UNSUPPRESSED AND SUPPRESSED CONDITIONS 1-10

FIGURE 1-11 HAMMER COCKED 1-11

FIGURE 1-12 HAMMER FALLEN 1-11

FIGURE 1-13 COCKED POSITION 1-12

FIGURE 1-14 ENGAGES FRONT TOOTH OF TRIGGER 1-12

FIGURE 1-15 HAMMER RELEASED TO STRIKE FIRING PIN 1-12

FIGURE 1-16 TRIGGER RELEASED 1-12

FIGURE 2-1 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-4

FIGURE 2-2 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-6

FIGURE 2-3 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-7

FIGURE 2-4 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-8

FIGURE 2-5 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY 2-9

FIGURE 2-6 MAGAZINE LOCKING NOTCH 2-11

FIGURE 2-7 MAGAZINE CATCH RELEASE 2-11

FIGURE 2-8 SELECTOR LEVER ON lsquoSrsquo 2-12

FIGURE 2-9 FIRING PIN 2-12

FIGURE 2-10 HAMMER 2-12

FIGURE 2-11 HAMMER SPRING 2-13

FIGURE 2-12 LOCKING LUGS 2-13

FIGURE 2-13 INSPECT EXTRACTOR 2-14

FIGURE 2-14 EJECTOR AND EJECTOR SPRING 2-14

FIGURE 2-15 BOLT CARRIER 2-15

FIGURE 2-16 RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-15

SW370-CF-TRS-010

x

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-17 TRIGGER OR TRIGGER RETURN SPRING 2-16

FIGURE 2-18 PISTON RINGS 2-17

FIGURE 2-19 BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT 2-18

FIGURE 2-20 SELECTOR CAM 2-18

FIGURE 2-21 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-19

FIGURE 2-22 RELEASE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE 2-20

FIGURE 2-23 REMOVE TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-20

FIGURE 2-24 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-21

FIGURE 2-25 RELEASE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-21

FIGURE 2-26 REMOVE CHARGING HANDLE 2-21

FIGURE 2-27 REMOVE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-28 REMOVE RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-29 REMOVE FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-22

FIGURE 2-30 REMOVE FIRING PIN 2-23

FIGURE 2-31 REMOVE BOLT CAM PIN AND BOLT ASSEMBLY 2-23

FIGURE 2-32 DISASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 762 MM 2-24

FIGURE 2-33 COMPLETE FIELDSTRIP 2-25

FIGURE 2-34 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-27

FIGURE 2-35 INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) ONTO BLOCK TRIGGER MODULE VISE (UT1831) 2-28

FIGURE 2-36 TILTING TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) TO LEFT 2-28

FIGURE 2-37 LOOSEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) 2-28

FIGURE 2-38 REMOVE PISTOL GRIP (527) FROM TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-28

FIGURE 2-39 PUNCH OUT SQUARE NUT (529) 2-28

FIGURE 2-40 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) INTERFACE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-41 INSPECT SQUARE NUT (529) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-42 INSPECT LOCK WASHER (526) FOR CRACKS AND UNUSUAL WEAR 2-29

FIGURE 2-43 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-44 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) FOR WEAR OR STRIPPING ON THREADS 2-29

FIGURE 2-45 INSERT SQUARE NUT (529) INTO SLOT 2-30

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-46 SEAT PISTOL GRIP (527) ONTO TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-30

FIGURE 2-47 INSERT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) INTO PROPER HOLE AND HAND-TIGHTEN 2-30

FIGURE 2-48 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TORQUE SCREW UNTIL IT SETS 2-30

FIGURE 2-49 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-31

FIGURE 2-50 REMOVE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-31

FIGURE 2-51 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-32

FIGURE 2-52 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-32

FIGURE 2-53 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-33

FIGURE 2-54 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-33

FIGURE 2-55 PRESS AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FORWARD 2-34

FIGURE 2-56 WITH INDEX FINGER RIDE HAMMER (555) FORWARD WHILE PULLING TRIGGER (545) 2-34

FIGURE 2-57 TAP ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) ON RIGHT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-34

FIGURE 2-58 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) CLEARS PROTECTIVE FINGERS 2-34

FIGURE 2-59 PUNCH OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) AND REMOVE 2-35

FIGURE 2-60 KEEP PUNCH IN PLACE AFTER REMOVAL OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) BEFORE REMOVAL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-35

FIGURE 2-61 KEEP FINGER ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) TO MAINTAIN CONTROL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-35

FIGURE 2-62 REMOVE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FROM BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-36

FIGURE 2-63 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-64 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-65 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) INTO CORRESPONDING HOLE ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-66 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-67 PLACE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-68 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-39

FIGURE 2-69 FINISH DRIVING SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH OVERSIZED 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-39

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-70 USE 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) TO START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-39

FIGURE 2-71 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578L) 2-39

FIGURE 2-72 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-40

FIGURE 2-73 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-40

FIGURE 2-74 WITH AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) PUSH SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) FROM RIGHT TO LEFT TO RELEASE 2-41

FIGURE 2-75 WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PUSH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) THROUGH AND OUT TO REMOVE 2-41

FIGURE 2-76 REMOVE AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-41

FIGURE 2-77 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-78 INSPECT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-79 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-80 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-81 ENSURE FLATS ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY ON AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-44

FIGURE 2-82 INSTALL SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) INTO LEFT SIDE ALIGN SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-44

FIGURE 2-83 ALIGN AND PUSH THROUGH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-45

FIGURE 2-84 FIT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) ONTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) IN PROPER NOTCH 2-45

FIGURE 2-85 USE AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) TO ENGAGE SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AROUND HOUSING 2-45

FIGURE 2-86 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

FIGURE 2-87 ALIGN BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) WITH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-88 ALIGN 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) FROM LEFT TO RIGHT 2-46

FIGURE 2-89 USE 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) TO HOLD SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-46

FIGURE 2-90 START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH 3S ROLL PIN STARTER 2-47

FIGURE 2-91 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO PLACE 2-47

FIGURE 2-92 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-47

FIGURE 2-93 ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION BY CHECKING FOR SPRING TENSION ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) 2-47

FIGURE 2-94 APPLY PRESSURE ONTO HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE REMOVING 2-48

FIGURE 2-95 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-48

FIGURE 2-96 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-49

FIGURE 2-97 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING (558) 2-49

FIGURE 2-98 ENSURE TIP OF HAMMER SPRING (558) IS ON SHOULDER OF HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-50

FIGURE 2-99 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) 2-50

FIGURE 2-100 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) AND HOLD HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE PUSHING BACK 2-50

FIGURE 2-101 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO LUG OF HAMMER (555) 2-50

FIGURE 2-102 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO REMOVE SCREW FROM SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-51

FIGURE 2-103 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-104 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-105 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-106 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-107 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) AND SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-108 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-109 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) AND SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-110 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER (567) 2-54

FIGURE 2-111 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-112 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-113 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-114 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-56

FIGURE 2-115 SCREW SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY 2-56

FIGURE 2-116 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (569) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-117 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-118 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) 2-57

FIGURE 2-119 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-120 INSPECT LOCKING PLATE (569) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-121 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-122 INSPECT HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-123 INSTALL HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-124 INSTALL HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-125 INSERT LOCKING PLATE FORK INTO LOCKING PLATE (569) 2-59

FIGURE 2-126 INSTALL LOCKING PLATE (569) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-127 APPLY DOWNWARD PRESSURE AND START 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-60

FIGURE 2-128 REMOVE TRIGGER PIN (548) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-60

FIGURE 2-129 REMOVE SEAR (547) SEAR SPRING (546) TRIGGER (545) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) 2-60

FIGURE 2-130 INSPECT SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

FIGURE 2-131 INSPECT TRIGGER (545) AND SEAR (547) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-132 INSERT SEAR SPRING (546) INTO TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-133 INSERT SEAR (547) ONTO SEAR SPRING (546) 2-62

FIGURE 2-134 START TO INSERT MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) THROUGH TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) AND TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-135 FINISH PUSHING MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) COMPLETELY THROUGH WITH EVEN AMOUNT OF MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER SHOWING 2-62

FIGURE 2-136 COMPLETED TRIGGER (545) SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) ASSEMBLED WITH MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-137 PUSH TRIGGER PIN (548) THROUGH TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND RELEASE MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-138 INVERT TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-64

FIGURE 2-139 ENSURE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) IS RETAINED WHEN REMOVING 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-64

FIGURE 2-140 REMOVE SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-65

FIGURE 2-141 REMOVE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) 2-65

FIGURE 2-142 INSPECT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER LEFT (534) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-66

FIGURE 2-143 INSERT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-67

FIGURE 2-144 INSERT LEADING EDGE OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-67

FIGURE 2-145 INSERT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-67

FIGURE 2-146 INSERT SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) WITH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-68

FIGURE 2-147 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-148 USE HAMMER (UT2115) TO DRIVE FLUSH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) IN MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-149 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-70

FIGURE 2-150 INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) INTO VISE WITH 4rdquo X 6rdquo LEATHER PAD SET (UT2833) 2-71

FIGURE 2-151 REMOVE BUTTPLATE (878) 2-71

FIGURE 2-152 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-71

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-153 INSPECT BUTTPLATE (878) 2-72

FIGURE 2-154 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-72

FIGURE 2-155 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-72

FIGURE 2-156 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-73

FIGURE 2-157 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-73

FIGURE 2-158 INSTALL BUTTPLATE (878) AND PUSH IN TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) ALL THE WAY 2-73

FIGURE 2-159 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND ADAPTER 4 MM (UT2381) TO REMOVE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-74

FIGURE 2-160 REMOVE LOP LOCK (866) FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-161 CONTINUE TO ROTATE LOP LOCK (866) CW AND REMOVE FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-162 REMOVE COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) TO DISASSEMBLE LOP LOCK (866) 2-74

FIGURE 2-163 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-75

FIGURE 2-164 UNSCREW HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-75

FIGURE 2-165 REMOVE ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) FROM LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-75

FIGURE 2-166 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-167 INSPECT LOP LOCK (866) SPRING LOP LOCK (867) AND COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-168 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-169 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-170 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-171 FIT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) AND LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) TOGETHER 2-78

FIGURE 2-172 INSTALL LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-173 START HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-174 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-78

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

x

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-17 TRIGGER OR TRIGGER RETURN SPRING 2-16

FIGURE 2-18 PISTON RINGS 2-17

FIGURE 2-19 BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT 2-18

FIGURE 2-20 SELECTOR CAM 2-18

FIGURE 2-21 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-19

FIGURE 2-22 RELEASE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE 2-20

FIGURE 2-23 REMOVE TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-20

FIGURE 2-24 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-21

FIGURE 2-25 RELEASE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-21

FIGURE 2-26 REMOVE CHARGING HANDLE 2-21

FIGURE 2-27 REMOVE MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-28 REMOVE RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-22

FIGURE 2-29 REMOVE FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-22

FIGURE 2-30 REMOVE FIRING PIN 2-23

FIGURE 2-31 REMOVE BOLT CAM PIN AND BOLT ASSEMBLY 2-23

FIGURE 2-32 DISASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 762 MM 2-24

FIGURE 2-33 COMPLETE FIELDSTRIP 2-25

FIGURE 2-34 TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-27

FIGURE 2-35 INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) ONTO BLOCK TRIGGER MODULE VISE (UT1831) 2-28

FIGURE 2-36 TILTING TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) TO LEFT 2-28

FIGURE 2-37 LOOSEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) 2-28

FIGURE 2-38 REMOVE PISTOL GRIP (527) FROM TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-28

FIGURE 2-39 PUNCH OUT SQUARE NUT (529) 2-28

FIGURE 2-40 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) INTERFACE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-41 INSPECT SQUARE NUT (529) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-42 INSPECT LOCK WASHER (526) FOR CRACKS AND UNUSUAL WEAR 2-29

FIGURE 2-43 INSPECT PISTOL GRIP (527) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-29

FIGURE 2-44 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) FOR WEAR OR STRIPPING ON THREADS 2-29

FIGURE 2-45 INSERT SQUARE NUT (529) INTO SLOT 2-30

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-46 SEAT PISTOL GRIP (527) ONTO TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-30

FIGURE 2-47 INSERT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) INTO PROPER HOLE AND HAND-TIGHTEN 2-30

FIGURE 2-48 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TORQUE SCREW UNTIL IT SETS 2-30

FIGURE 2-49 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-31

FIGURE 2-50 REMOVE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-31

FIGURE 2-51 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-32

FIGURE 2-52 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-32

FIGURE 2-53 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-33

FIGURE 2-54 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-33

FIGURE 2-55 PRESS AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FORWARD 2-34

FIGURE 2-56 WITH INDEX FINGER RIDE HAMMER (555) FORWARD WHILE PULLING TRIGGER (545) 2-34

FIGURE 2-57 TAP ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) ON RIGHT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-34

FIGURE 2-58 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) CLEARS PROTECTIVE FINGERS 2-34

FIGURE 2-59 PUNCH OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) AND REMOVE 2-35

FIGURE 2-60 KEEP PUNCH IN PLACE AFTER REMOVAL OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) BEFORE REMOVAL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-35

FIGURE 2-61 KEEP FINGER ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) TO MAINTAIN CONTROL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-35

FIGURE 2-62 REMOVE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FROM BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-36

FIGURE 2-63 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-64 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-65 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) INTO CORRESPONDING HOLE ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-66 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-67 PLACE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-68 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-39

FIGURE 2-69 FINISH DRIVING SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH OVERSIZED 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-39

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-70 USE 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) TO START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-39

FIGURE 2-71 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578L) 2-39

FIGURE 2-72 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-40

FIGURE 2-73 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-40

FIGURE 2-74 WITH AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) PUSH SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) FROM RIGHT TO LEFT TO RELEASE 2-41

FIGURE 2-75 WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PUSH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) THROUGH AND OUT TO REMOVE 2-41

FIGURE 2-76 REMOVE AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-41

FIGURE 2-77 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-78 INSPECT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-79 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-80 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-81 ENSURE FLATS ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY ON AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-44

FIGURE 2-82 INSTALL SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) INTO LEFT SIDE ALIGN SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-44

FIGURE 2-83 ALIGN AND PUSH THROUGH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-45

FIGURE 2-84 FIT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) ONTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) IN PROPER NOTCH 2-45

FIGURE 2-85 USE AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) TO ENGAGE SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AROUND HOUSING 2-45

FIGURE 2-86 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

FIGURE 2-87 ALIGN BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) WITH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-88 ALIGN 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) FROM LEFT TO RIGHT 2-46

FIGURE 2-89 USE 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) TO HOLD SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-46

FIGURE 2-90 START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH 3S ROLL PIN STARTER 2-47

FIGURE 2-91 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO PLACE 2-47

FIGURE 2-92 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-47

FIGURE 2-93 ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION BY CHECKING FOR SPRING TENSION ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) 2-47

FIGURE 2-94 APPLY PRESSURE ONTO HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE REMOVING 2-48

FIGURE 2-95 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-48

FIGURE 2-96 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-49

FIGURE 2-97 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING (558) 2-49

FIGURE 2-98 ENSURE TIP OF HAMMER SPRING (558) IS ON SHOULDER OF HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-50

FIGURE 2-99 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) 2-50

FIGURE 2-100 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) AND HOLD HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE PUSHING BACK 2-50

FIGURE 2-101 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO LUG OF HAMMER (555) 2-50

FIGURE 2-102 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO REMOVE SCREW FROM SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-51

FIGURE 2-103 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-104 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-105 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-106 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-107 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) AND SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-108 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-109 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) AND SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-110 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER (567) 2-54

FIGURE 2-111 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-112 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-113 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-114 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-56

FIGURE 2-115 SCREW SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY 2-56

FIGURE 2-116 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (569) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-117 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-118 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) 2-57

FIGURE 2-119 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-120 INSPECT LOCKING PLATE (569) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-121 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-122 INSPECT HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-123 INSTALL HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-124 INSTALL HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-125 INSERT LOCKING PLATE FORK INTO LOCKING PLATE (569) 2-59

FIGURE 2-126 INSTALL LOCKING PLATE (569) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-127 APPLY DOWNWARD PRESSURE AND START 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-60

FIGURE 2-128 REMOVE TRIGGER PIN (548) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-60

FIGURE 2-129 REMOVE SEAR (547) SEAR SPRING (546) TRIGGER (545) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) 2-60

FIGURE 2-130 INSPECT SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

FIGURE 2-131 INSPECT TRIGGER (545) AND SEAR (547) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-132 INSERT SEAR SPRING (546) INTO TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-133 INSERT SEAR (547) ONTO SEAR SPRING (546) 2-62

FIGURE 2-134 START TO INSERT MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) THROUGH TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) AND TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-135 FINISH PUSHING MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) COMPLETELY THROUGH WITH EVEN AMOUNT OF MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER SHOWING 2-62

FIGURE 2-136 COMPLETED TRIGGER (545) SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) ASSEMBLED WITH MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-137 PUSH TRIGGER PIN (548) THROUGH TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND RELEASE MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-138 INVERT TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-64

FIGURE 2-139 ENSURE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) IS RETAINED WHEN REMOVING 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-64

FIGURE 2-140 REMOVE SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-65

FIGURE 2-141 REMOVE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) 2-65

FIGURE 2-142 INSPECT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER LEFT (534) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-66

FIGURE 2-143 INSERT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-67

FIGURE 2-144 INSERT LEADING EDGE OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-67

FIGURE 2-145 INSERT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-67

FIGURE 2-146 INSERT SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) WITH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-68

FIGURE 2-147 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-148 USE HAMMER (UT2115) TO DRIVE FLUSH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) IN MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-149 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-70

FIGURE 2-150 INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) INTO VISE WITH 4rdquo X 6rdquo LEATHER PAD SET (UT2833) 2-71

FIGURE 2-151 REMOVE BUTTPLATE (878) 2-71

FIGURE 2-152 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-71

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-153 INSPECT BUTTPLATE (878) 2-72

FIGURE 2-154 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-72

FIGURE 2-155 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-72

FIGURE 2-156 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-73

FIGURE 2-157 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-73

FIGURE 2-158 INSTALL BUTTPLATE (878) AND PUSH IN TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) ALL THE WAY 2-73

FIGURE 2-159 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND ADAPTER 4 MM (UT2381) TO REMOVE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-74

FIGURE 2-160 REMOVE LOP LOCK (866) FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-161 CONTINUE TO ROTATE LOP LOCK (866) CW AND REMOVE FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-162 REMOVE COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) TO DISASSEMBLE LOP LOCK (866) 2-74

FIGURE 2-163 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-75

FIGURE 2-164 UNSCREW HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-75

FIGURE 2-165 REMOVE ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) FROM LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-75

FIGURE 2-166 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-167 INSPECT LOP LOCK (866) SPRING LOP LOCK (867) AND COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-168 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-169 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-170 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-171 FIT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) AND LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) TOGETHER 2-78

FIGURE 2-172 INSTALL LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-173 START HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-174 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-78

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-46 SEAT PISTOL GRIP (527) ONTO TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-30

FIGURE 2-47 INSERT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (528) INTO PROPER HOLE AND HAND-TIGHTEN 2-30

FIGURE 2-48 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TORQUE SCREW UNTIL IT SETS 2-30

FIGURE 2-49 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-31

FIGURE 2-50 REMOVE TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-31

FIGURE 2-51 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-32

FIGURE 2-52 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-32

FIGURE 2-53 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE (512) 2-33

FIGURE 2-54 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-33

FIGURE 2-55 PRESS AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FORWARD 2-34

FIGURE 2-56 WITH INDEX FINGER RIDE HAMMER (555) FORWARD WHILE PULLING TRIGGER (545) 2-34

FIGURE 2-57 TAP ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) ON RIGHT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) 2-34

FIGURE 2-58 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) CLEARS PROTECTIVE FINGERS 2-34

FIGURE 2-59 PUNCH OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) AND REMOVE 2-35

FIGURE 2-60 KEEP PUNCH IN PLACE AFTER REMOVAL OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) BEFORE REMOVAL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-35

FIGURE 2-61 KEEP FINGER ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) TO MAINTAIN CONTROL OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-35

FIGURE 2-62 REMOVE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FROM BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-36

FIGURE 2-63 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-64 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-37

FIGURE 2-65 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) INTO CORRESPONDING HOLE ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-66 PLACE BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-67 PLACE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) INTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) AND BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-38

FIGURE 2-68 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-39

FIGURE 2-69 FINISH DRIVING SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH OVERSIZED 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-39

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-70 USE 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) TO START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-39

FIGURE 2-71 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578L) 2-39

FIGURE 2-72 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-40

FIGURE 2-73 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-40

FIGURE 2-74 WITH AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) PUSH SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) FROM RIGHT TO LEFT TO RELEASE 2-41

FIGURE 2-75 WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PUSH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) THROUGH AND OUT TO REMOVE 2-41

FIGURE 2-76 REMOVE AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-41

FIGURE 2-77 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-78 INSPECT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-79 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-80 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-81 ENSURE FLATS ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY ON AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-44

FIGURE 2-82 INSTALL SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) INTO LEFT SIDE ALIGN SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-44

FIGURE 2-83 ALIGN AND PUSH THROUGH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-45

FIGURE 2-84 FIT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) ONTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) IN PROPER NOTCH 2-45

FIGURE 2-85 USE AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) TO ENGAGE SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AROUND HOUSING 2-45

FIGURE 2-86 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

FIGURE 2-87 ALIGN BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) WITH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-88 ALIGN 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) FROM LEFT TO RIGHT 2-46

FIGURE 2-89 USE 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) TO HOLD SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-46

FIGURE 2-90 START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH 3S ROLL PIN STARTER 2-47

FIGURE 2-91 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO PLACE 2-47

FIGURE 2-92 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-47

FIGURE 2-93 ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION BY CHECKING FOR SPRING TENSION ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) 2-47

FIGURE 2-94 APPLY PRESSURE ONTO HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE REMOVING 2-48

FIGURE 2-95 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-48

FIGURE 2-96 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-49

FIGURE 2-97 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING (558) 2-49

FIGURE 2-98 ENSURE TIP OF HAMMER SPRING (558) IS ON SHOULDER OF HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-50

FIGURE 2-99 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) 2-50

FIGURE 2-100 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) AND HOLD HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE PUSHING BACK 2-50

FIGURE 2-101 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO LUG OF HAMMER (555) 2-50

FIGURE 2-102 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO REMOVE SCREW FROM SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-51

FIGURE 2-103 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-104 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-105 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-106 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-107 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) AND SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-108 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-109 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) AND SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-110 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER (567) 2-54

FIGURE 2-111 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-112 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-113 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-114 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-56

FIGURE 2-115 SCREW SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY 2-56

FIGURE 2-116 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (569) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-117 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-118 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) 2-57

FIGURE 2-119 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-120 INSPECT LOCKING PLATE (569) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-121 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-122 INSPECT HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-123 INSTALL HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-124 INSTALL HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-125 INSERT LOCKING PLATE FORK INTO LOCKING PLATE (569) 2-59

FIGURE 2-126 INSTALL LOCKING PLATE (569) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-127 APPLY DOWNWARD PRESSURE AND START 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-60

FIGURE 2-128 REMOVE TRIGGER PIN (548) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-60

FIGURE 2-129 REMOVE SEAR (547) SEAR SPRING (546) TRIGGER (545) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) 2-60

FIGURE 2-130 INSPECT SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

FIGURE 2-131 INSPECT TRIGGER (545) AND SEAR (547) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-132 INSERT SEAR SPRING (546) INTO TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-133 INSERT SEAR (547) ONTO SEAR SPRING (546) 2-62

FIGURE 2-134 START TO INSERT MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) THROUGH TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) AND TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-135 FINISH PUSHING MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) COMPLETELY THROUGH WITH EVEN AMOUNT OF MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER SHOWING 2-62

FIGURE 2-136 COMPLETED TRIGGER (545) SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) ASSEMBLED WITH MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-137 PUSH TRIGGER PIN (548) THROUGH TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND RELEASE MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-138 INVERT TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-64

FIGURE 2-139 ENSURE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) IS RETAINED WHEN REMOVING 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-64

FIGURE 2-140 REMOVE SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-65

FIGURE 2-141 REMOVE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) 2-65

FIGURE 2-142 INSPECT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER LEFT (534) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-66

FIGURE 2-143 INSERT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-67

FIGURE 2-144 INSERT LEADING EDGE OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-67

FIGURE 2-145 INSERT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-67

FIGURE 2-146 INSERT SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) WITH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-68

FIGURE 2-147 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-148 USE HAMMER (UT2115) TO DRIVE FLUSH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) IN MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-149 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-70

FIGURE 2-150 INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) INTO VISE WITH 4rdquo X 6rdquo LEATHER PAD SET (UT2833) 2-71

FIGURE 2-151 REMOVE BUTTPLATE (878) 2-71

FIGURE 2-152 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-71

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-153 INSPECT BUTTPLATE (878) 2-72

FIGURE 2-154 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-72

FIGURE 2-155 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-72

FIGURE 2-156 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-73

FIGURE 2-157 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-73

FIGURE 2-158 INSTALL BUTTPLATE (878) AND PUSH IN TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) ALL THE WAY 2-73

FIGURE 2-159 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND ADAPTER 4 MM (UT2381) TO REMOVE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-74

FIGURE 2-160 REMOVE LOP LOCK (866) FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-161 CONTINUE TO ROTATE LOP LOCK (866) CW AND REMOVE FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-162 REMOVE COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) TO DISASSEMBLE LOP LOCK (866) 2-74

FIGURE 2-163 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-75

FIGURE 2-164 UNSCREW HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-75

FIGURE 2-165 REMOVE ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) FROM LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-75

FIGURE 2-166 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-167 INSPECT LOP LOCK (866) SPRING LOP LOCK (867) AND COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-168 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-169 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-170 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-171 FIT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) AND LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) TOGETHER 2-78

FIGURE 2-172 INSTALL LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-173 START HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-174 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-78

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-70 USE 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) TO START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-39

FIGURE 2-71 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578L) 2-39

FIGURE 2-72 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE (501H) UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-40

FIGURE 2-73 ENSURE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) IS FLUSH ON BOTH SIDES FOR FREE MOVEMENT OF BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) 2-40

FIGURE 2-74 WITH AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) PUSH SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) FROM RIGHT TO LEFT TO RELEASE 2-41

FIGURE 2-75 WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PUSH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) THROUGH AND OUT TO REMOVE 2-41

FIGURE 2-76 REMOVE AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-41

FIGURE 2-77 INSPECT BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-78 INSPECT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-42

FIGURE 2-79 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-80 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) HALF WAY INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-43

FIGURE 2-81 ENSURE FLATS ARE INSTALLED CORRECTLY ON AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) 2-44

FIGURE 2-82 INSTALL SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) INTO LEFT SIDE ALIGN SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-44

FIGURE 2-83 ALIGN AND PUSH THROUGH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) 2-45

FIGURE 2-84 FIT SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) ONTO BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) IN PROPER NOTCH 2-45

FIGURE 2-85 USE AUTO SEAR SPRING HOOK TOOL (UT2828) TO ENGAGE SPRING SEAR AUTOMATIC (SPRING SEAR SAFETY) (580) AROUND HOUSING 2-45

FIGURE 2-86 INSTALL BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

FIGURE 2-87 ALIGN BOLT CATCHRELEASE (578H) WITH BOLT CATCHRELEASE SPRING (577) 2-46

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-88 ALIGN 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) FROM LEFT TO RIGHT 2-46

FIGURE 2-89 USE 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) TO HOLD SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-46

FIGURE 2-90 START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH 3S ROLL PIN STARTER 2-47

FIGURE 2-91 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO PLACE 2-47

FIGURE 2-92 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-47

FIGURE 2-93 ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION BY CHECKING FOR SPRING TENSION ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) 2-47

FIGURE 2-94 APPLY PRESSURE ONTO HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE REMOVING 2-48

FIGURE 2-95 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-48

FIGURE 2-96 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-49

FIGURE 2-97 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING (558) 2-49

FIGURE 2-98 ENSURE TIP OF HAMMER SPRING (558) IS ON SHOULDER OF HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-50

FIGURE 2-99 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) 2-50

FIGURE 2-100 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) AND HOLD HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE PUSHING BACK 2-50

FIGURE 2-101 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO LUG OF HAMMER (555) 2-50

FIGURE 2-102 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO REMOVE SCREW FROM SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-51

FIGURE 2-103 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-104 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-105 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-106 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-107 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) AND SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-108 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-109 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) AND SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-110 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER (567) 2-54

FIGURE 2-111 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-112 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-113 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-114 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-56

FIGURE 2-115 SCREW SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY 2-56

FIGURE 2-116 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (569) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-117 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-118 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) 2-57

FIGURE 2-119 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-120 INSPECT LOCKING PLATE (569) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-121 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-122 INSPECT HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-123 INSTALL HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-124 INSTALL HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-125 INSERT LOCKING PLATE FORK INTO LOCKING PLATE (569) 2-59

FIGURE 2-126 INSTALL LOCKING PLATE (569) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-127 APPLY DOWNWARD PRESSURE AND START 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-60

FIGURE 2-128 REMOVE TRIGGER PIN (548) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-60

FIGURE 2-129 REMOVE SEAR (547) SEAR SPRING (546) TRIGGER (545) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) 2-60

FIGURE 2-130 INSPECT SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

FIGURE 2-131 INSPECT TRIGGER (545) AND SEAR (547) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-132 INSERT SEAR SPRING (546) INTO TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-133 INSERT SEAR (547) ONTO SEAR SPRING (546) 2-62

FIGURE 2-134 START TO INSERT MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) THROUGH TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) AND TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-135 FINISH PUSHING MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) COMPLETELY THROUGH WITH EVEN AMOUNT OF MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER SHOWING 2-62

FIGURE 2-136 COMPLETED TRIGGER (545) SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) ASSEMBLED WITH MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-137 PUSH TRIGGER PIN (548) THROUGH TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND RELEASE MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-138 INVERT TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-64

FIGURE 2-139 ENSURE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) IS RETAINED WHEN REMOVING 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-64

FIGURE 2-140 REMOVE SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-65

FIGURE 2-141 REMOVE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) 2-65

FIGURE 2-142 INSPECT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER LEFT (534) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-66

FIGURE 2-143 INSERT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-67

FIGURE 2-144 INSERT LEADING EDGE OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-67

FIGURE 2-145 INSERT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-67

FIGURE 2-146 INSERT SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) WITH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-68

FIGURE 2-147 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-148 USE HAMMER (UT2115) TO DRIVE FLUSH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) IN MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-149 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-70

FIGURE 2-150 INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) INTO VISE WITH 4rdquo X 6rdquo LEATHER PAD SET (UT2833) 2-71

FIGURE 2-151 REMOVE BUTTPLATE (878) 2-71

FIGURE 2-152 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-71

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-153 INSPECT BUTTPLATE (878) 2-72

FIGURE 2-154 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-72

FIGURE 2-155 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-72

FIGURE 2-156 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-73

FIGURE 2-157 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-73

FIGURE 2-158 INSTALL BUTTPLATE (878) AND PUSH IN TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) ALL THE WAY 2-73

FIGURE 2-159 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND ADAPTER 4 MM (UT2381) TO REMOVE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-74

FIGURE 2-160 REMOVE LOP LOCK (866) FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-161 CONTINUE TO ROTATE LOP LOCK (866) CW AND REMOVE FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-162 REMOVE COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) TO DISASSEMBLE LOP LOCK (866) 2-74

FIGURE 2-163 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-75

FIGURE 2-164 UNSCREW HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-75

FIGURE 2-165 REMOVE ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) FROM LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-75

FIGURE 2-166 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-167 INSPECT LOP LOCK (866) SPRING LOP LOCK (867) AND COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-168 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-169 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-170 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-171 FIT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) AND LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) TOGETHER 2-78

FIGURE 2-172 INSTALL LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-173 START HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-174 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-78

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-88 ALIGN 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) FROM LEFT TO RIGHT 2-46

FIGURE 2-89 USE 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) TO HOLD SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) 2-46

FIGURE 2-90 START SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) WITH 3S ROLL PIN STARTER 2-47

FIGURE 2-91 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (579) INTO PLACE 2-47

FIGURE 2-92 USING HAMMER (UT2115) LIGHTLY TAP BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE UNTIL SUPPORT IS SECURE 2-47

FIGURE 2-93 ENSURE PROPER INSTALLATION BY CHECKING FOR SPRING TENSION ON BOLT CATCHRELEASE SUPPORT (576) AND AUTOMATIC SEAR (581) 2-47

FIGURE 2-94 APPLY PRESSURE ONTO HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE REMOVING 2-48

FIGURE 2-95 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-48

FIGURE 2-96 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-49

FIGURE 2-97 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING (558) 2-49

FIGURE 2-98 ENSURE TIP OF HAMMER SPRING (558) IS ON SHOULDER OF HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) 2-50

FIGURE 2-99 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) 2-50

FIGURE 2-100 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) AND HOLD HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) WHILE PUSHING BACK 2-50

FIGURE 2-101 FIT HAMMER SPRING (558) AND HAMMER SPRING GUIDE (559) INTO LUG OF HAMMER (555) 2-50

FIGURE 2-102 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO REMOVE SCREW FROM SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-51

FIGURE 2-103 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-104 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-51

FIGURE 2-105 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-106 REMOVE SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-52

FIGURE 2-107 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) AND SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-108 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER (567) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-109 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) AND SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-110 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER (567) 2-54

FIGURE 2-111 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-112 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-113 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-114 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-56

FIGURE 2-115 SCREW SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY 2-56

FIGURE 2-116 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (569) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-117 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-118 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) 2-57

FIGURE 2-119 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-120 INSPECT LOCKING PLATE (569) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-121 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-122 INSPECT HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-123 INSTALL HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-124 INSTALL HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-125 INSERT LOCKING PLATE FORK INTO LOCKING PLATE (569) 2-59

FIGURE 2-126 INSTALL LOCKING PLATE (569) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-127 APPLY DOWNWARD PRESSURE AND START 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-60

FIGURE 2-128 REMOVE TRIGGER PIN (548) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-60

FIGURE 2-129 REMOVE SEAR (547) SEAR SPRING (546) TRIGGER (545) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) 2-60

FIGURE 2-130 INSPECT SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

FIGURE 2-131 INSPECT TRIGGER (545) AND SEAR (547) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-132 INSERT SEAR SPRING (546) INTO TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-133 INSERT SEAR (547) ONTO SEAR SPRING (546) 2-62

FIGURE 2-134 START TO INSERT MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) THROUGH TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) AND TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-135 FINISH PUSHING MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) COMPLETELY THROUGH WITH EVEN AMOUNT OF MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER SHOWING 2-62

FIGURE 2-136 COMPLETED TRIGGER (545) SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) ASSEMBLED WITH MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-137 PUSH TRIGGER PIN (548) THROUGH TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND RELEASE MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-138 INVERT TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-64

FIGURE 2-139 ENSURE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) IS RETAINED WHEN REMOVING 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-64

FIGURE 2-140 REMOVE SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-65

FIGURE 2-141 REMOVE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) 2-65

FIGURE 2-142 INSPECT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER LEFT (534) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-66

FIGURE 2-143 INSERT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-67

FIGURE 2-144 INSERT LEADING EDGE OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-67

FIGURE 2-145 INSERT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-67

FIGURE 2-146 INSERT SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) WITH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-68

FIGURE 2-147 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-148 USE HAMMER (UT2115) TO DRIVE FLUSH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) IN MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-149 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-70

FIGURE 2-150 INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) INTO VISE WITH 4rdquo X 6rdquo LEATHER PAD SET (UT2833) 2-71

FIGURE 2-151 REMOVE BUTTPLATE (878) 2-71

FIGURE 2-152 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-71

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-153 INSPECT BUTTPLATE (878) 2-72

FIGURE 2-154 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-72

FIGURE 2-155 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-72

FIGURE 2-156 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-73

FIGURE 2-157 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-73

FIGURE 2-158 INSTALL BUTTPLATE (878) AND PUSH IN TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) ALL THE WAY 2-73

FIGURE 2-159 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND ADAPTER 4 MM (UT2381) TO REMOVE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-74

FIGURE 2-160 REMOVE LOP LOCK (866) FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-161 CONTINUE TO ROTATE LOP LOCK (866) CW AND REMOVE FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-162 REMOVE COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) TO DISASSEMBLE LOP LOCK (866) 2-74

FIGURE 2-163 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-75

FIGURE 2-164 UNSCREW HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-75

FIGURE 2-165 REMOVE ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) FROM LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-75

FIGURE 2-166 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-167 INSPECT LOP LOCK (866) SPRING LOP LOCK (867) AND COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-168 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-169 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-170 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-171 FIT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) AND LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) TOGETHER 2-78

FIGURE 2-172 INSTALL LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-173 START HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-174 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-78

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-109 INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) AND SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-53

FIGURE 2-110 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER (567) 2-54

FIGURE 2-111 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT SPRING (515) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-112 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER DETENT (516) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-113 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY (565) ON TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-55

FIGURE 2-114 INSTALL SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER SHORT (571) 2-56

FIGURE 2-115 SCREW SELECTOR LEVER FIXING SCREW (568) INTO SELECTOR LEVER ASSEMBLY 2-56

FIGURE 2-116 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (569) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-117 REMOVE HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-118 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) 2-57

FIGURE 2-119 REMOVE HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FROM TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-57

FIGURE 2-120 INSPECT LOCKING PLATE (569) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-121 INSPECT HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-122 INSPECT HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-58

FIGURE 2-123 INSTALL HAMMER PIN (556) AND HAMMER (555) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-124 INSTALL HAMMER SPRING SUPPORT (557) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-125 INSERT LOCKING PLATE FORK INTO LOCKING PLATE (569) 2-59

FIGURE 2-126 INSTALL LOCKING PLATE (569) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-59

FIGURE 2-127 APPLY DOWNWARD PRESSURE AND START 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) 2-60

FIGURE 2-128 REMOVE TRIGGER PIN (548) FROM LEFT SIDE OF TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-60

FIGURE 2-129 REMOVE SEAR (547) SEAR SPRING (546) TRIGGER (545) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) 2-60

FIGURE 2-130 INSPECT SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

FIGURE 2-131 INSPECT TRIGGER (545) AND SEAR (547) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-61

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-132 INSERT SEAR SPRING (546) INTO TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-133 INSERT SEAR (547) ONTO SEAR SPRING (546) 2-62

FIGURE 2-134 START TO INSERT MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) THROUGH TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) AND TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-135 FINISH PUSHING MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) COMPLETELY THROUGH WITH EVEN AMOUNT OF MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER SHOWING 2-62

FIGURE 2-136 COMPLETED TRIGGER (545) SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) ASSEMBLED WITH MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-137 PUSH TRIGGER PIN (548) THROUGH TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND RELEASE MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-138 INVERT TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-64

FIGURE 2-139 ENSURE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) IS RETAINED WHEN REMOVING 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-64

FIGURE 2-140 REMOVE SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-65

FIGURE 2-141 REMOVE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) 2-65

FIGURE 2-142 INSPECT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER LEFT (534) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-66

FIGURE 2-143 INSERT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-67

FIGURE 2-144 INSERT LEADING EDGE OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-67

FIGURE 2-145 INSERT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-67

FIGURE 2-146 INSERT SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) WITH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-68

FIGURE 2-147 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-148 USE HAMMER (UT2115) TO DRIVE FLUSH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) IN MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-149 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-70

FIGURE 2-150 INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) INTO VISE WITH 4rdquo X 6rdquo LEATHER PAD SET (UT2833) 2-71

FIGURE 2-151 REMOVE BUTTPLATE (878) 2-71

FIGURE 2-152 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-71

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-153 INSPECT BUTTPLATE (878) 2-72

FIGURE 2-154 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-72

FIGURE 2-155 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-72

FIGURE 2-156 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-73

FIGURE 2-157 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-73

FIGURE 2-158 INSTALL BUTTPLATE (878) AND PUSH IN TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) ALL THE WAY 2-73

FIGURE 2-159 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND ADAPTER 4 MM (UT2381) TO REMOVE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-74

FIGURE 2-160 REMOVE LOP LOCK (866) FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-161 CONTINUE TO ROTATE LOP LOCK (866) CW AND REMOVE FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-162 REMOVE COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) TO DISASSEMBLE LOP LOCK (866) 2-74

FIGURE 2-163 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-75

FIGURE 2-164 UNSCREW HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-75

FIGURE 2-165 REMOVE ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) FROM LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-75

FIGURE 2-166 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-167 INSPECT LOP LOCK (866) SPRING LOP LOCK (867) AND COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-168 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-169 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-170 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-171 FIT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) AND LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) TOGETHER 2-78

FIGURE 2-172 INSTALL LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-173 START HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-174 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-78

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-132 INSERT SEAR SPRING (546) INTO TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-133 INSERT SEAR (547) ONTO SEAR SPRING (546) 2-62

FIGURE 2-134 START TO INSERT MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) THROUGH TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) AND TRIGGER (545) 2-62

FIGURE 2-135 FINISH PUSHING MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) COMPLETELY THROUGH WITH EVEN AMOUNT OF MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER SHOWING 2-62

FIGURE 2-136 COMPLETED TRIGGER (545) SEAR SPRING (546) AND TRIGGER RETURN SPRING (521) ASSEMBLED WITH MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-137 PUSH TRIGGER PIN (548) THROUGH TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND RELEASE MOUNTING AXIS TRIGGER (SPT888A) 2-63

FIGURE 2-138 INVERT TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-64

FIGURE 2-139 ENSURE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) IS RETAINED WHEN REMOVING 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-64

FIGURE 2-140 REMOVE SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-65

FIGURE 2-141 REMOVE MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) 2-65

FIGURE 2-142 INSPECT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER LEFT (534) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-66

FIGURE 2-143 INSERT MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE BODY (532H) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-67

FIGURE 2-144 INSERT LEADING EDGE OF SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) 2-67

FIGURE 2-145 INSERT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-67

FIGURE 2-146 INSERT SPRING MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE (539) AND MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) WITH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO TRIGGER MODULE FRAME (511H) 2-68

FIGURE 2-147 DRIVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) INTO MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-148 USE HAMMER (UT2115) TO DRIVE FLUSH SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (535) IN MAGAZINE CATCHRELEASE LEVER RIGHT (537) 2-68

FIGURE 2-149 BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-70

FIGURE 2-150 INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE (800) INTO VISE WITH 4rdquo X 6rdquo LEATHER PAD SET (UT2833) 2-71

FIGURE 2-151 REMOVE BUTTPLATE (878) 2-71

FIGURE 2-152 REMOVE CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-71

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-153 INSPECT BUTTPLATE (878) 2-72

FIGURE 2-154 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-72

FIGURE 2-155 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-72

FIGURE 2-156 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-73

FIGURE 2-157 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-73

FIGURE 2-158 INSTALL BUTTPLATE (878) AND PUSH IN TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) ALL THE WAY 2-73

FIGURE 2-159 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND ADAPTER 4 MM (UT2381) TO REMOVE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-74

FIGURE 2-160 REMOVE LOP LOCK (866) FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-161 CONTINUE TO ROTATE LOP LOCK (866) CW AND REMOVE FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-162 REMOVE COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) TO DISASSEMBLE LOP LOCK (866) 2-74

FIGURE 2-163 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-75

FIGURE 2-164 UNSCREW HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-75

FIGURE 2-165 REMOVE ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) FROM LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-75

FIGURE 2-166 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-167 INSPECT LOP LOCK (866) SPRING LOP LOCK (867) AND COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-168 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-169 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-170 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-171 FIT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) AND LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) TOGETHER 2-78

FIGURE 2-172 INSTALL LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-173 START HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-174 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-78

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-153 INSPECT BUTTPLATE (878) 2-72

FIGURE 2-154 INSPECT TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-72

FIGURE 2-155 INSPECT CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-72

FIGURE 2-156 INSTALL TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) 2-73

FIGURE 2-157 INSTALL CLIP RETAINING (513) 2-73

FIGURE 2-158 INSTALL BUTTPLATE (878) AND PUSH IN TAKEDOWN PIN BUTTPLATE (879) ALL THE WAY 2-73

FIGURE 2-159 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND ADAPTER 4 MM (UT2381) TO REMOVE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-74

FIGURE 2-160 REMOVE LOP LOCK (866) FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-161 CONTINUE TO ROTATE LOP LOCK (866) CW AND REMOVE FROM BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) 2-74

FIGURE 2-162 REMOVE COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) TO DISASSEMBLE LOP LOCK (866) 2-74

FIGURE 2-163 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-75

FIGURE 2-164 UNSCREW HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) 2-75

FIGURE 2-165 REMOVE ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) FROM LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-75

FIGURE 2-166 INSPECT HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-167 INSPECT LOP LOCK (866) SPRING LOP LOCK (867) AND COUNTERSUNK HEAD RIVET (869) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-168 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-76

FIGURE 2-169 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-170 INSPECT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-77

FIGURE 2-171 FIT LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) AND LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) TOGETHER 2-78

FIGURE 2-172 INSTALL LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-173 START HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-78

FIGURE 2-174 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-78

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xvii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-175 FIT ADJUSTMENT LOP WASHER (870) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-79

FIGURE 2-176 FIT BUTTSTOCK REAR SUPPORT (860) OVER LOP ADJUSTING SCREW SUPPORT (851) 2-79

FIGURE 2-177 INSTALL SPRING LOP LOCK (867) INTO LOP LOCK (866) 2-80

FIGURE 2-178 SPRING LOP LOCK (867) LEGS BEING COMPRESSED 2-80

FIGURE 2-179 FIT LOP LOCK (866) ONTO LOP ADJUSTING SCREW (852) 2-80

FIGURE 2-180 TORQUE HEXAGON SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW (853) TO PROPER SETTING 2-81

FIGURE 2-181 OPEN BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) BY PUSHING BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) 2-82

FIGURE 2-182 PIVOT REAR RIGHT CORNER OF CHEEK REST (856) OFF ITS LUG 2-82

FIGURE 2-183 USE SCREWDRIVER (UT1905) TO RELEASE LEFT SIDE OF CHEEK REST (856) 2-83

FIGURE 2-184 ROTATE CHEEK REST (856) TOWARDS ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-83

FIGURE 2-185 INSPECT CHEEK REST (856) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-186 INSPECT ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-187 INSPECT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-84

FIGURE 2-188 FIT SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-85

FIGURE 2-189 FIT CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) 2-85

FIGURE 2-190 INSTALL ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) CHEEK REST PIN (859) AND SPRING CHEEK REST (858) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-85

FIGURE 2-191 SET CHEEK REST (856) OVER BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) WHILE PUSHING ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) INWARD 2-86

FIGURE 2-192 SNAP CHEEK REST (856) OVER ADJUSTING BUTTON CHEEK REST (857) AND CHEEK REST PIN (859) 2-86

FIGURE 2-193 LOCK CHEEK REST (856) HOLES ONTO CORRESPONDING LUGS ON BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-86

FIGURE 2-194 UNLOCK BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) 2-87

FIGURE 2-195 PUSH IN ON LUG TO RELEASE BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

FIGURE 2-196 REMOVE BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FROM BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-87

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xviii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-197 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-198 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-199 INSPECT BUTTSTOCK HINGE PLATE (801) AND BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-88

FIGURE 2-200 INSPECT HINGE PLATE BRIDGE FOR EXCESSIVE DEFORMATION OF MATERIAL 2-88

FIGURE 2-201 FIT BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) TOGETHER 2-89

FIGURE 2-202 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) AND BUTTSTOCK LOCK SPRING (811) INTO BUTTSTOCK MODULE BLOCK (810) 2-89

FIGURE 2-203 PUSH BUTTSTOCK LOCK (812) IN AND OUT TO TEST FOR FUNCTION 2-89

FIGURE 2-204 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-91

FIGURE 2-205 INSPECT BOLT CARRIER (411H) AND RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY (440H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-206 INSPECT FIRING PIN (431H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-207 INSPECT FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN ASSEMBLY (435) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-208 INSPECT CHARGING HANDLE (450) AND BOLT CAM PIN (430) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-93

FIGURE 2-209 INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) INTO VISE 2-95

FIGURE 2-210 USE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) TO REMOVE EXTRACTOR PIN (425) 2-95

FIGURE 2-211 REMOVE RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) 2-96

FIGURE 2-212 REMOVE EXTRACTOR (424H) SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) AND EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) 2-96

FIGURE 2-213 FIT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ENSURING PROPER ORIENTATION OF TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) PLACE ARM BOLT MAINTENANCE BLOCK (UT1835) ONTO CORRESPONDING HINGE TO CAPTURE BOTH BOLT ASSEMBLY AND TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL 2-96

FIGURE 2-214 SECURE INTO VISE 2-96

FIGURE 2-215 DRIVE OUT AND REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-97

FIGURE 2-216 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) WHILE RELEASING SPRING TENSION 2-97

FIGURE 2-217 INSPECT BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-218 INSPECT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

FIGURE 2-219 INSPECT EXTRACTOR (424H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-98

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xix

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-220 INSPECT SPRING EJECTOR (427) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-221 INSPECT EJECTOR (426) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-99

FIGURE 2-222 PROPERLY INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) INTO VISE 2-100

FIGURE 2-223 FIT EXTRACTOR PLUNGER (423) AND SPRING EXTRACTOR (422) INTO EXTRACTOR (424H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-224 INSTALL EXTRACTOR (424H) AND EXTRACTOR PIN (425) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-100

FIGURE 2-225 WHILE HOLDING RIGHT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN (425) IN PLACE WITH 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) PLACE NEW RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO LEFT SIDE OF EXTRACTOR PIN 2-101

FIGURE 2-226 SNAP RETAINING RING EXTRACTOR PIN (RETAINING RING ANTERIOR STOP) (429) ONTO EXTRACTOR PIN (425) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-101

FIGURE 2-227 FIT EJECTOR (426) SQUARE TIP FIRST INTO EJECTOR HOLE LOCATED ON REAR OF BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-228 PLACE SPRING EJECTOR (427) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420H) 2-102

FIGURE 2-229 PLACE BOLT ASSEMBLY INTO BLOCK BOLT MAINTENANCE (UT1834) ALONG WITH TOOL EJECTOR REMOVAL (SPT850) TIGHTEN UNTIL 116 PIN PUNCH (UT2008) CAN BE REMOVED 2-102

FIGURE 2-230 PLACE NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO 3S ROLL PIN HOLDER 332rdquo (UT2041) 2-103

FIGURE 2-231 START NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) INTO BOLT ASSEMBLY (420L) 2-104

FIGURE 2-232 FINISH DRIVING PIN WITH 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-104

FIGURE 2-233 TEST FUNCTION 2-104

FIGURE 2-234 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-107

FIGURE 2-235 LOOSEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-108

FIGURE 2-236 LOOSEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-108

FIGURE 2-237 REMOVE BARREL ASSEMBLY 2-109

FIGURE 2-238 INSPECT COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) FOR CRACKS BURRS UNUSUAL WEAR STRIPPED THREADS AND STRAIGHTNESS 2-110

FIGURE 2-239 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-240 ALIGN BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X6 IN COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) 2-111

FIGURE 2-241 TIGHTEN REAR BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X4 2-112

FIGURE 2-242 TIGHTEN FORWARD BARREL EXTENSION SCREWS (231) X2 2-112

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xx

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-243 BARREL CONFIGURATIONS 2-113

FIGURE 2-244 INSTALL BARREL VISE JAWS INTO VISE 2-114

FIGURE 2-245 INSTALL COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLY (S) (010H-S) INTO BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHT VISE (UT1832) AND BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL LEFT VISE (UT1833) 2-114

FIGURE 2-246 REMOVE FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-114

FIGURE 2-247 INSPECT FLASH HIDER (138H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-248 INSPECT BARREL CROWN FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-115

FIGURE 2-249 USE SCRAPER TOOL TO REMOVE EXCESSIVE CARBON BUILDUP FROM MUZZLE 2-116

FIGURE 2-250 APPLY ROCKSETT (8225) ONTO THREADED AREA OF MUZZLE 2-117

FIGURE 2-251 INSTALL FLASH HIDER (138H) 2-117

FIGURE 2-252 TIGHTEN FLASH HIDER (138H) TO PROPER TORQUE 2-117

FIGURE 2-253 MOUNT LOWER RAIL (117) INTO CORRESPONDING BLOCK RECEIVER AND BARREL RIGHTLEFT VISE 2-118

FIGURE 2-254 UNLOCK GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-255 REMOVE GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-118

FIGURE 2-256 DRIVE OUT SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-119

FIGURE 2-257 LEAVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) IN PLACE 2-119

FIGURE 2-258 REMOVE 116rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2005) 2-119

FIGURE 2-259 REMOVE PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) 2-119

FIGURE 2-260 USE 18rdquo PIN PUNCH (UT2006) TO FREE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-261 REMOVE GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-120

FIGURE 2-262 INSPECT GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-263 INSPECT SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-264 INSPECT GAS REGULATOR (129) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-121

FIGURE 2-265 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-266 INSTALL RING PISTON (122) X3 2-122

FIGURE 2-267 POSITION RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-268 PROPER POSITION OF RING PISTON (122) X3 2-123

FIGURE 2-269 INSTALL GAS PISTON ASSEMBLY (120) 2-123

FIGURE 2-270 LUBRICATE SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) HOUSING 2-124

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-271 INSTALL SPRING PLUNGER PLUG GAS (126) AND PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) INTO HOUSING 2-124

FIGURE 2-272 SLIGHTLY INSERT LEADING EDGE OF NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-125

FIGURE 2-273 HOLD IN PLUNGER PLUG GAS (127) AND INSTALL GAS REGULATOR (129) 2-125

FIGURE 2-274 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) USING 2S ROLL PIN HOLDER 564rdquo (UT2042) 2-125

FIGURE 2-275 INSTALL NEW SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (128) 2-126

FIGURE 2-276 UNSCREW AND REMOVE FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-127

FIGURE 2-277 REMOVE INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) 2-127

FIGURE 2-278 REMOVE SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) 2-127

FIGURE 2-279 REMOVE SPRING-TYPE STRAIGHT PIN SLOTTED (428) 2-128

FIGURE 2-280 REMOVE WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) 2-128

FIGURE 2-281 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO LOOSEN FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-282 REMOVE FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-129

FIGURE 2-283 REMOVE SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) 2-130

FIGURE 2-284 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT POST (188) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-285 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-131

FIGURE 2-286 INSPECT FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) AND SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-287 INSPECT INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-132

FIGURE 2-288 INSPECT GAS BLOCK DOVETAIL SLOTS FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-133

FIGURE 2-289 INSERT SPRING INDEX WINDAGE (148) INDEX WINDAGE WHEEL (155) AND FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-134

FIGURE 2-290 INSERT SPRING FRONT SIGHT BLOCK (149) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) AND INSTALL FRONT SIGHT ASSEMBLY (140) 2-135

FIGURE 2-291 INSERT WINDAGE SCREW RETAINING WHEEL (152) ONTO FRONT SIGHT WINDAGE SCREW (151) 2-136

FIGURE 2-292 INSERT SPRING INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (186) INDEX FRONT SIGHT POST (187) AND FRONT SIGHT POST (188) 2-137

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-293 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) 2-138

FIGURE 2-294 SET TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND LOOSEN LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 2-139

FIGURE 2-295 INSPECT LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-296 INSPECT LOWER RAIL (117) AND LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-140

FIGURE 2-297 INSPECT BARREL EXTENSION FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-141

FIGURE 2-298 INSTALL LOWER BARREL SUPPORT (114) INTO LOWER RAIL (117) 2-142

FIGURE 2-299 INSTALL LOWER RAIL (117) ONTO BARREL EXTENSION 2-142

FIGURE 2-300 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO LOWER RAIL 2-143

FIGURE 2-301 INSTALL LOWER RAIL SCREW (119) X2 AND LOWER RAIL (117) USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-143

FIGURE 2-302 INSTALL RECEIVER BLOCK INTO VISE AND SECURE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-144

FIGURE 2-303 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT PLATE FRONT (214) 2-144

FIGURE 2-304 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE PLATE FRONT (214) 2-145

FIGURE 2-305 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND PLATE FRONT (214) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-146

FIGURE 2-306 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-146

FIGURE 2-307 INSTALL PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-308 APPLY LOCTITE 603 (SPT8942) ONTO HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND HAND-TIGHTEN THROUGH RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) INTO PLATE FRONT (214) 2-147

FIGURE 2-309 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 USING TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-148

FIGURE 2-310 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO HEAT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 FROM INSIDE OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-311 LOOSEN AND REMOVE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X2 AND REMOVE RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-149

FIGURE 2-312 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) FROM RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-150

FIGURE 2-313 REMOVE NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-150

FIGURE 2-314 REMOVE BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-151

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiii

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-315 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-152

FIGURE 2-316 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-152

FIGURE 2-317 INSTALL BLOCK SIDE RAIL (213) 2-153

FIGURE 2-318 INSTALL NUT SIDE RAIL (FOR 217) (224) 2-153

FIGURE 2-319 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) AND SPRING SCREW (222) 2-154

FIGURE 2-320 INSTALL RECEIVER SIDE RAIL (239) 2-154

FIGURE 2-321 TIGHTEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW LARGE (217) X4 WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) 2-155

FIGURE 2-322 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 2-156

FIGURE 2-323 LOOSEN AND UNSCREW HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) WITH TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) AND REMOVE SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-157

FIGURE 2-324 REMOVE SPRING SCREW (222) X2 AND BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-325 REMOVE NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 2-158

FIGURE 2-326 INSPECT HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) X2 BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X4 SPRING SCREW (222) X4 SUPPORT SCREW (221) X4 AND NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) X2 FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-327 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-159

FIGURE 2-328 INSTALL NUT SUPPORT SCREW (220) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-160

FIGURE 2-329 INSTALL BARREL EXTENSION SCREW (231) X2 AND SPRING SCREW (222) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) 2-160

FIGURE 2-330 INSTALL HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO SUPPORT SCREW (221) AND HAND-TIGHTEN INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-331 TORQUE HEX SOCKET COUNTERSUNK HEAD SCREW SMALL (219) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-161

FIGURE 2-332 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-162

FIGURE 2-333 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-162

FIGURE 2-334 REMOVE DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) FROM DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-163

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxiv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-335 INSPECT RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) AND DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-336 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-164

FIGURE 2-337 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK SUPPORT (233) INTO DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) 2-165

FIGURE 2-338 INSERT DEFLECTORBUTTSTOCK LOCK (230H) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) AND HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-165

FIGURE 2-339 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X2 2-166

FIGURE 2-340 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-167

FIGURE 2-341 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO UNSCREW AND REMOVE BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-167

FIGURE 2-342 USE HEAT GUN (UT2832) TO LOOSEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-168

FIGURE 2-343 WITH TORQUE SET AT 25 NM (221 INLBS) UNSCREW RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 CCW AND REMOVE FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) REMOVE PLATE BACK (215) FROM BACK OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY 2-168

FIGURE 2-344 INSPECT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 AND PLATE BACK (215) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-345 INSPECT RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-169

FIGURE 2-346 INSERT PLATE BACK (215) INTO RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-170

FIGURE 2-347 INSERT BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) AND USE ADAPTER 3 MM (UT2380) TO HAND-TIGHTEN 2-170

FIGURE 2-348 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN BACKPLATE TOP SCREW (243) 2-171

FIGURE 2-349 USE ADAPTER 25 MM (UT2378) TO HAND-TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-171

FIGURE 2-350 USE TORQUE SCREWDRIVER (UT1937) TO COMPLETELY TIGHTEN RECEIVER SCREW (216) X4 2-172

FIGURE 2-351 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY 2-173

FIGURE 2-352 LOOSEN LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-173

FIGURE 2-353 REMOVE REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) FROM RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-173

FIGURE 2-354 REMOVE O-RING (437) FROM LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-174

FIGURE 2-355 REMOVE LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-174

FIGURE 2-356 INSPECT REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) LOCKING PLATE (763) AND O-RING (437) FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-175

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxv

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 2-357 INSERT LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) INTO FLAT SURFACED HOLE OF LOCKING PLATE (763) 2-176

FIGURE 2-358 FIT O-RING (437) ONTO THREADED END OF LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) 2-176

FIGURE 2-359 INSTALL REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY (760) ONTO REAR MOST MIL-STD-1913 SLOT OF RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (210H) 2-176

FIGURE 2-360 TIGHTEN (CW) LOCKING PLATE SCREW (789) UNTIL PROPER TORQUE IS REACHED 2-176

FIGURE 2-361 PUSH DOWN ON SPRING 2-177

FIGURE 2-362 EASE OFF FLOORPLATE 2-178

FIGURE 2-363 REMOVE SPRING AND FOLLOWER 2-178

FIGURE 2-364 INSPECT MAGAZINE SPRING AND FOLLOWER FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-365 INSPECT MAGAZINE FLOORPLATE FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-366 INSPECT MAGAZINE BODY FOR DISCREPANCIES 2-179

FIGURE 2-367 START FOLLOWER AND SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-368 INSERT SPRING 2-180

FIGURE 2-369 PUSH IN FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-370 FULLY SEAT FLOORPLATE 2-181

FIGURE 2-371 GAS BLOCK REASSEMBLY 2-182

FIGURE 2-372 RE-INSTALL BOLT ASSEMBLY AND BOLT CAM PIN 2-182

FIGURE 2-373 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-374 RE-INSTALL FIRING PIN RETAINING PIN 2-183

FIGURE 2-375 RE-INSTALL RETURN SPRING ASSEMBLY 2-183

FIGURE 2-376 INSERT MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-377 RE-INSTALL CHARGING HANDLE 2-184

FIGURE 2-378 RE-INSTALL MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY 2-184

FIGURE 2-379 RE-INSTALL BUTTSTOCK MODULE 2-185

FIGURE 2-380 TAKEDOWN PIN TRIGGER MODULE POSITION FOR RE-INSTALLATION 2-185

FIGURE 2-381 HAMMER COCKED 2-185

FIGURE 2-382 RE-INSTALL TRIGGER MODULE COMPLETE 2-186

FIGURE 2-383 REASSEMBLE MAGAZINE 2-186

FIGURE 2-384 UNLOAD AND CLEAR 2-187

FIGURE 3-1 NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxvi

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE 3-2 BOLT NOT LOCKING WITH NO GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-2

FIGURE 3-3 GO HEADSPACE GAUGE 3-3

FIGURE 3-4 BOLT LOCKING WITH GO HEADSPACE GAUGE INSERTED INTO CHAMBER 3-3

FIGURE 3-5 ATTACH TRIGGER PULL SCALE TO TRIGGER 3-4

FIGURE 3-6 SLOWLY PULL SCALE TO REAR UNTIL HAMMER FALLS READ SCALE 3-4

FIGURE 3-7 MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE 3-5

FIGURE 3-8 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-6

FIGURE 3-9 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARREL AND REMOVE 3-6

FIGURE 3-10 INSERT MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE INTO CHAMBER 3-7

FIGURE 3-11 LET MK 17 MOD 0 BARREL STRAIGHTNESS GAUGE FALL FREELY THROUGH BARRELSUPPRESSOR AND REMOVE 3-7

FIGURE 4-1 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-2 BORESCOPE KIT 4-2

FIGURE 4-3 STRAIGHT-AHEAD VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-4 SIDE VIEWING TUBE 4-3

FIGURE 4-5 COUPLER AND CAMERA 4-3

FIGURE 4-6 EYECUP AND COUPLER BEZEL 4-4

FIGURE 4-7 CAMERA LEAD 4-4

FIGURE 4-8 VIDEO MONITOR 4-4

FIGURE 4-9 NEW BARRELS 4-5

FIGURE 4-10 MODERATE USE 4-6

FIGURE 4-11 BARREL EROSION 4-6

FIGURE 4-12 UNSERVICEABLE BARREL 4-7

FIGURE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-5

FIGURE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

FIGURE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

FIGURE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-9

FIGURE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-11

FIGURE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-13

FIGURE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-15

FIGURE B-8 RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-17

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxviixxviii blank

LIST OF FIGURES (CONT)

FIGURE PAGE

FIGURE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

FIGURE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-20

FIGURE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-31

FIGURE B-12 T-HANDLE TORQUE WRENCH AND T-25 ADAPTER BIT B-33

FIGURE B-13 TORQUE ANALYZER B-34

FIGURE B-14 14rdquo X 14rdquo DRIVE-FEMALE TO FEMALE ADAPTER B-34

FIGURE E-1 RIFLE 556 MM MK 16 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-2 RIFLE 762 MM MK 17 MOD 0 E-1

FIGURE E-3 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-4 BULGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-4

FIGURE E-5 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

FIGURE E-6 DAMAGED SOUND SUPPRESSOR E-5

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

xxixxxx blank

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE PAGE

TABLE B-1 MK 17 MOD 0 5 MAJOR COMPONENTS B-6

TABLE B-2 MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB) B-7

TABLE B-3 MAGAZINE ASSEMBLY (MK 17 MOD 0 (SCQCLB)) B-8

TABLE B-4 MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY B-10

TABLE B-5 BUTTSTOCK MODULE B-12

TABLE B-6 TRIGGER MODULE B-14

TABLE B-7 COMPLETE BARREL ASSEMBLIES (S CQC AND LB) B-16

TABLE B-8 COMPLETE RECEIVER ASSEMBLY (S CQC AND LB) B-18

TABLE B-9 REAR SIGHT ASSEMBLY B-19

TABLE B-10 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT B-21

TABLE B-11 TOOLS AND GAUGES B-32

TABLE D-1 PARTS COMMONALITY (MK 17 MOD 0 amp MK 16 MOD 0) D-1

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-1

CHAPTER 1INTRODUCTION

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains general information equipment description and data and operating principles on MK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

Section I GENERAL INFORMATION

1-1 SCOPE

a Type of ManualTechnical Repair Standard (TRS)

b Model Number and Equipment NameMK 17 MOD 0 762 mm

1-2 DESTRUCTION OF NAVY MATERIAL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE

Procedure for Destruction of Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use will be found in Technical Manual (TM) 750-224-7

1-3 DEMILITARIZATION OF SMALL ARMS RESIDUE

To prevent unauthorized use of weaponrsquos replaced (used) components subassemblies and associated small arms equipment following repair demilitarization will be accomplished in accordance with (IAW) Department of Defense (DoD) 416021-M-1 Defense Demilitarization Manual

1-4 REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)

If MK 17 MOD 0 needs improvement inform Program Office User and maintainer are the only ones who can tell us what improvements to weapon are needed Let us know what is lacking in design or performance Tell us why a procedure is hard to perform andor recommend improved procedure A reply will be furnished directly to you Fill out the Technical Manual DeficiencyEvaluation Report (TMDER) found in Appendix I

Report to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surface Warfare Center

(b)(6)

(b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-2

Section II EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION

Figure 1-1 Major Components

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-3

1-5 MAJOR COMPONENTS LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION (CONT)

Magazine Assembly (1) Steel construction Holds 10 or 20 cartridges for feeding and provides guide to position cartridges for stripping Provides for quick reload capabilities for sustained firing

Trigger Module Complete (2) Contains trigger assembly sear hammer assembly ambidextrous selector lever rifle grip bolt catchrelease and ambidextrous magazine release

Buttstock Module (3) Buttstock provides adjustable 12rdquo of height for cheek weld 6- position Length of Pull (LOP) and is side folding for compact carry It also contains ambidextrous rear sling attachment point

Moving Parts Assembly (4) Consists of boltbolt carrier return spring assembly and charging handle

Complete Receiver Assembly (5) Contains receiver assembly (serialized item) barrel assembly (Close Quarter Combat (CQC) Standard (S) or Long Barrel (LB)) rear sight assembly front sight assembly brass deflectorbuttstock lock barrel retention system MIL-STD-1913 Rails at 3 6 9 and 12 orsquoclock position gas block gas regulator and gas piston Additional ambidextrous sling mounts and ambidextrous charging handle options

1-6 NOMENCLATURE

Figure 1-2 Nomenclature Left Side

1 Flash Hider 11 Cheek Rest2 Barrel 12 Buttplate3 Front Sight Assembly 13 Gas Block4 Front Sight Locking Pin 14 Barrel Extension Screw x35 Sling Attachment Point 15 Trigger Module Takedown Pin6 9 Orsquoclock Rail 16 Magazine CatchRelease7 Charging Handle Slot 17 Selector Lever8 BoltCatch Release 18 Sling Attachment Points9 Rear Sight Assembly 19 Buttstock Lock10 Cheek Rest Adjusting Button 20 LOP Lock

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-4

1-6 NOMENCLATURE (CONT)

Figure 1-3 Nomenclature Right Side

21 Sling Attachment Point 30 Sling Attachment Point22 Adjustable Foldable Buttstock 31 Selector Lever23 Buttstock Hinge 32 Pistol Grip24 12 Orsquoclock Rail 33 Trigger25 Charging Handle 34 Magazine CatchRelease26 3 Orsquoclock Rail 35 DeflectorButtstock Lock27 6 Orsquoclock Rail 36 Magazine28 Sling Attachment Point 37 Ejection Port29 Gas Regulator 38 Barrel Extension Screw x3

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-5

1-7 TECHNICAL DATA

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-6

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES

a Selector leverMK 17 MOD 0 operation depends on Selector Lever (567) setting Selector lever can be set at one of the following three positions(1) lsquoSrsquo (SAFE)

lsquoSrsquo position should be set when cocked rifle is not operational or when it should be loaded or transported without any riskIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is in contact with Selector Cam (566) solid portion Trigger is then locked and firing is impossible (Figure 1-4)

Figure 1-4 Safe

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-7

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(2) lsquo1rsquo SEMI-AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquo1rsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position Trigger (545) rear lug is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-5)As a result rifle will fire one shot when Trigger (545) is pulled

Figure 1-5 Semi-Automatic

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-8

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

a Selector lever (cont)(3) lsquoArsquo AUTOMATIC

When Selector Lever (567) is set at position lsquoArsquo Trigger (545) can be pulled to fire rifle if ammunition has been loaded into chamberIn this position rear lug of Trigger (545) is aligned with undercut of Selector Cam (566) allowing trigger to move each time operator pulls it (Figure 1-6)In this position rifle will fire a burst when Trigger (545) is pulled Burst is stopped when trigger is released or source of ammunition is depleted

Figure 1-6 Automatic

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

(3) Effect of gases propels bullet forward inside barrel When bullet has passed beyond vent hole part of gases is transmitted to piston head via gas block (Figure 1-8)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-9

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases(1) Cartridge is chambered(2) Rifle is locked Percussion and firing take place (Figure 1-7)

Figure 1-7 Percussion and Firing

Figure 1-8 Bullet Propels Forward

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

(1) UNLOCKING occurs when bolt carrier recoils and inclined face of its unlocking ramp makes contact with bolt cam pin and forces bolt assembly to rotate Bolt cam pin starts to cam in slot on left side of bolt carrier turning locking lugs until they are clear to move to rear free of barrel extension

(2) EXTRACTING occurs after unlocking when bolt carrier pulls bolt to rear and extractor pulls cartridge case from chamber at high speed During this cycle cartridge case is held to bolt assembly by extractor

(3) EJECTING occurs during rearward movement of moving parts assembly to which cartridge case is still held When front of case clears front edge of ejection port ejector pushes on left side of case head This action and continued movement of bolt carrier to rear cause cartridge case to strike brass deflector and then clear weapon system

(4) COCKING happens when bolt carrier moves to rear far enough to contact hammer and to push it down and to rear until fully compressed As bolt moves all the way to rear return spring is fully compressed which now forces bolt carrier back to front Cocking starts while ejection is occurring

(1) Normal cyclic rate of fire is obtained by Screw Gas Control (125) The larger inner diameter of screw gas control the higher cyclic rate of fire The narrower inner diameter of screw gas control the lower cyclic rate of fire

(2) Rifle is used in the following way

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-10

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

b Action of gases (cont)(4) Pressure of gases pushes Gas Piston Assembly (120) to rear (Figure 1-9)

Figure 1-9 Gas Piston Assembly Towards Rear

c Gas adjustment lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo and lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo conditions

Rotate Gas Regulator (129) to left viewing from front (10 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition and to right viewing from front (12 orsquoclock position) for firing in lsquoUNSUPPRESSEDrsquo condition (Figure 1-10)

Figure 1-10 Unsuppressed and Suppressed Conditions

d Cycle of operationFully understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will greatly reduce downtime should weapon not function properly Knowing cycle of operation enables operator to clearly describe what is happening with weapon to armorer for faster maintenance

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-11

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)(5) FEEDING begins as bolt carrier returns forward and front of bolt contacts next round in magazine

Once round is pushed far enough forward rim of case will clear magazine feed lips and move toward chamber

(6) CHAMBERING starts as tip of projectile clears barrel extension and enters rear of chamber(7) LOCKING occurs as continued momentum of bolt carrier moving forward causes extractor to move

over case rim and bolt cam pin cams in slot in bolt carrier forcing locking lugs to rotate in barrel extension

(8) FIRING begins with active thought of pulling trigger to engage target With weapon in semi-automatic or full automatic mode (hammer cocked Figure 1-11) pulling trigger will cause sear to disengage hammer notch allowing hammer to fall (Figure 1-12) Hammer will strike firing pin which in turn strikes primer discharging powder As bullet passes gas port in barrel expanding gases go up through gas port into gas regulator Gases impart energy onto short stroke gas piston pushing it to rear Gas piston contacts front of bolt carrier starting its movement to rear Movement of bolt carrier starts next phase Any excess gas is vented forward through vent hole located in gas regulator

(9) In semi-automatic fire mode (lsquo1rsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks hammer (Figure 1-12) As bolt carrier completes it forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer As trigger is held to rear Hammer (555) is immediately engaged by Sear (547) and remains in cocked position (Figure 1-13) When Trigger (545) is released sear releases rear tooth of hammer and immediately engages front tooth of trigger (Figure 1-14) Pulling trigger again releases hammer from front tooth of trigger and allows hammer to strike firing pin (431H) (Figure 1-15)

Figure 1-11 Hammer Cocked Figure 1-12 Hammer Fallen

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-12

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)

(10) In automatic fire mode (lsquoArsquo) Automatic Sear (581) locks Hammer (555) As bolt carrier completes its forward movement it contacts automatic sear and releases hammer Selector Lever (567) prevents Sear (547) from holding hammer thus striking firing pin Firing takes place and automatic fire continues until trigger is released or ammunition is depleted (Figure 1-16) Releasing trigger will engage trigger front tooth with hammer and hammer is then cocked (automatic fire stops) During automatic fire hammer is controlled by automatic sear

Figure 1-16 Trigger Released

Figure 1-13 Cocked Position Figure 1-14 Engages Front Tooth of Trigger

Figure 1-15 Hammer Released to Strike Firing Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

1-131-14 blank

1-8 OPERATING PRINCIPLES (CONT)

d Cycle of operation (cont)Cycle of operation is continuous until either stopped by operator magazine is empty or rifle incurs stoppage or malfunction at which time operator should begin troubleshooting procedures

1-9 CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROLS (CPC)

CPC of material is a continuing concern It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future While corrosion is typically associated with rusting metals it can also include deterioration of other materials such as rubber or plastic Unusual cracking softening swelling or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem If a corrosion problem is identified it can be reported using SF 368 Product Quality Deficiency Report (PQDR) Use of key words such as corrosion rust deterioration or cracking will assure that information is identified as a CPC problem The form should be submitted to

CommanderCrane Division

Naval Surfa Attn Code

300 H Crane IN 47522-5001

or e-mail to smallarmsnavymil

(b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-1

CHAPTER 2MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

CHAPTER OVERVIEW

This chapter contains information regarding repair parts special tools common tools and equipment instructions for service upon receipt Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) troubleshooting maintenance to keep weapon in good repair and storage

Section I REPAIR PARTS SPECIAL TOOLS AND COMMON TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

2-1 REPAIR PARTS

Repair parts are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-2 SPECIAL TOOLS

Special tools authorized for maintenance are listed and illustrated in Appendix B

2-3 EXPENDABLEDURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

Expendabledurable supplies and materials are listed and illustrated in Appendix C

Section II SERVICE UPON RECEIPT

2-4 GENERAL

When MK 17 MOD 0 is received it is user organizationrsquos responsibility to determine whether weapon has been properly prepared for service by supplying organization and whether it is in condition to perform its mission

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL

WARNING

Before starting inspection do not actuate trigger until weapon has been cleared Inspect chamber to be sure that it is empty Check for obstructions in barrel bore

NOTEWeapon must be inspected andor gauged at least annually for safety and serviceability IAW PMCS

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-2

2-5 SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIAL (CONT)

Item No Item to be Inspected

Procedure Remarks

Complete Receiver Assembly and Trigger Module Complete

Refer to page 2-26Refer to page 2-187

Section III PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS

a These services are to be performed by trained and authorized personnel Operators will clean and lubricate IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010

b Perform PMCS as required to keep weapon combat readyc If weapon has not been used for 90 days PMCS IAW SW370-A4-OPI-010 should also be performed

1 Container MK 17 MOD 0 Check unpacked equipmenta Inspect equipment for damage

incurred during shipment If equipment is damaged report damage on Standard Form 368 PQDR

b Check equipment against packing slip to ensure shipment is complete Report all discrepancies on SF 368 PQDR

c Ensure equipment has not been modified

2 MK 17 MOD 0 Remove corrosion inhibitor from barrel and discarda Fieldstrip MK 17 and inspect for

missing partsb Clean and lubricate

c Reassembled Perform function test using loose

dummy ammunition

Refer to page 2-20

Refer to Operatorrsquos Manual SW370-A4-OPI-010

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-3

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure1 MK 17 MOD 0 Fieldstrip weapon (see page 2-20) Check for compliance with

annual gauging requirements2 Complete Receiver Assembly Visually inspect Complete Receiver Assembly (201H-S) Barrel

(110H-S) and MIL-STD-1913 Rails for bulges cracks bends burrs obstructions or pits in chamberbore Inspect all screws for looseness Inspect Flash Hider (138H) for bulges cracks and burrs Inspect sling attachment points for bulges and cracks Inspect Gas Regulator (129) for cracks and proper movement Inspect Front Sight Post (188) for deformities Inspect Front Sight Assembly (140) for cracks and proper movement Check DeflectorButtstock Lock (230H) for cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Rear Sight Assembly (760) for cracks and deformities and ensure proper movement

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-4

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-5

3 Moving Parts Assembly Inspect Bolt Carrier (411H) for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check Bolt Cam Pin (430) for burrs and cracks Check Firing Pin (431H) for straightness burrs and breaks Ensure tip is completely round Check Firing Pin Retaining Pin Assembly (435) for burrs cracks and deformities Check Bolt Assembly (420H) for cracks and burrs Check bolt face for pitting Ensure firing pin hole is round and not elongated Inspect bolt lugs for breaks cracks and burrs Inspect Extractor (424H) for cracks and weak Extractor Spring (422) Check Ejector (426) for breaks or cracks Check for weak Ejector Spring (427) Check Charging Handle (450) for bulges cracks burrs and deformities Inspect Return Spring Assembly (440H) for cracks burrs and deformities Check Return Spring (443H) for weakness

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-6

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-7

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-8

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)

(b)(3)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-9

6 Magazine Assembly Inspect Magazine 20-round (601H-20) body for burrs cracks bends and bulges Check floorplate for bends breaks cracks and burrs Inspect spring for weakness and cracks and follower for cracks

Figure 2-5 Magazine Assembly

NOTEChipped or broken extractor weak extractor spring or impeded extractor can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to extract

Broken ejector or weak ejector spring can cause weapon stoppage commonly referred to as failure to eject

2-6 PREVENTIVE MAITNENANCE CHECKS (CONT)Item No Item to be Inspected Procedure

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-10

Section IV TROUBLESHOOTING

2-7 MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING

a This section contains troubleshooting information for locating and correcting most operating troubles that may develop in MK 17 MOD 0 Each malfunction for part assembly or subassembly is followed by list of tests or inspections which will help determine corrective actions to take Perform tests or inspections and corrective actions in order listed

b This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions that may occur nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions If malfunction is not listed contact NSWC Crane via smallarmsnavymil for further guidance

c Knowing and understanding MK 17 MOD 0rsquos cycle of operation will help tremendously in identifying specific problems Cycle can start or stop at any point in its continuum (Firing Unlocking Extracting Ejecting Cocking Feeding Chambering and Locking)

Malfunction Index Procedure PageMagazine fails to lock into rifle 2-11Failure to fire 2-12Failure to unlock 2-13Failure to extract 2-14Failure to eject 2-14Failure to cock 2-16Failure to feed 2-16Failure to chamber 2-16Failure to lock 2-16Short recoil 2-17Moving parts assembly fails to lock to rear after last round 2-17Fires with selector on SAFE 2-18

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-11

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

a MAGAZINE FAILS TO LOCK INTO RIFLE STEP 1 Magazine fails to lock into rifle

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONInspect magazine for deformities in area of locking notch

Figure 2-6 Magazine Locking Notch STEP 2 Dirty or corroded Magazine CatchRelease (531H) or Magazine CatchRelease Lever Right

(537) (a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Disassemble and clean (page 2-64) STEP 3 Defective Magazine CatchRelease Spring (539)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace magazine catchrelease spring (page 2-64)

STEP 4 Worn or broken Magazine CatchRelease (531H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine catchrelease or magazine catchrelease lever right (see page 2-64)

Figure 2-7 Magazine Catch Release

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-12

b FAILURE TO FIRE STEP 1 Selector lever on lsquoSrsquo

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONMove selector lever to lsquo1rsquo (semi-automatic) or lsquoArsquo (automatic) If unable to move remove and replace (see page 2-51)

Figure 2-8 Selector Lever on lsquoSrsquo STEP 2 Check Firing Pin (431H) for flattened tip andor damage

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONIf damaged remove and replace

Figure 2-9 Firing Pin STEP 3 Broken Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-10 Hammer

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-13

b FAILURE TO FIRE (CONT) STEP 4 Weak or broken Hammer Spring (558)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

STEP 5 Hammer (555) not cocking (see page 2-16 Failure to Cock for further info)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil STEP 6 Trigger fails to release Hammer (555)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-11 Hammer Springc FAILURE TO UNLOCK

STEP 1 Burred locking lugs on Bolt Assembly (420H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Complete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-12 Locking Lugs(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

See Short Recoil Inspection page 2-17

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-14

d FAILURE TO EXTRACT STEP 1 Dirty or damaged chamber

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean chamber

STEP 2 Inspect Extractor (424H) Extractor Spring (422) Extractor Plunger (423) and Extractor Pin (425)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean and lubricate extractor(b) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor if broken or lip is chippedworn(c) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor spring if broken or weak(d) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor plunger if damaged(e) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace extractor pin if damaged

Figure 2-13 Inspect Extractore FAILURE TO EJECT

STEP 1 Failure to eject(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Inspect Ejector (426) and Ejector Spring (427) (ensure ejector can be depressed so it is flush with bolt face and springs back to full protrusion)

Figure 2-14 Ejector and Ejector Spring

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-15

e FAILURE TO EJECT (CONT) STEP 2 Dirty Bolt Carrier (411H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-15 Bolt Carrier STEP 3 Dirty Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate if needed

Figure 2-16 Return Spring Assembly

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-16

f FAILURE TO COCK STEP 1 Worn or broken Trigger (545) or Trigger Return Spring (521)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONComplete Malfunction Report and email to smallarmsnavymil

Figure 2-17 Trigger or Trigger Return Springg FAILURE TO FEED

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly (see page 2-66) STEP 2 Dirty or damaged Return Spring Assembly (440H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONClean and lubricate return spring assembly (see page 2-92)

h FAILURE TO CHAMBER STEP 1 Chamberbore is obstructeddirty

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONRemove obstruction andor clean chamber

STEP 2 See Short Recoil Inspection (see page 2-17)i FAILURE TO LOCK

STEP 1 Dirty or damaged bolt lugs (see page 2-98)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Clean bolt lugs (see page 2-98)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-17

j SHORT RECOIL STEP 1 Improper gap alignment or worn missing or broken Piston Rings (122) x3

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace piston ring set (3 rings) and clean (see page 2-122)

Figure 2-18 Piston Ringsk MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND

STEP 1 Damaged Magazine Assembly (601H)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace magazine assembly STEP 2 Broken Bolt CatchRelease (578H)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease (see page 2-38)

STEP 3 Spring-Type Straight Pin Slotted (579) is not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (see page 2-38) STEP 4 Weak or broken Bolt CatchRelease Spring (577)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease spring (see page 2-38)

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-18

k MOVING PARTS ASSEMBLY FAILS TO LOCK TO REAR AFTER LAST ROUND (CONT) STEP 5 Worn or broken Bolt CatchRelease Support (576)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace bolt catchrelease support (see page 2-41)

Figure 2-19 Bolt CatchRelease Supportl FIRES WITH SELECTOR ON SAFE

STEP 1 Worn or broken Selector Lever (567)(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace selector lever (see page 2-51) STEP 2 Broken Selector Lever Short (571)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector lever short (see page 2-51)

STEP 3 Selector Lever Fixing Screw (568) x2 are not present or tight(a) CORRECTIVE ACTION

Replace if missing or loose (page 2-51) STEP 4 Weak or broken Selector Cam (566)

(a) CORRECTIVE ACTIONReplace selector cam (page 2-51)

Figure 2-20 Selector Cam

2-8 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES (CONT)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-19

Section V FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

NOTEFigure may not represent weaponrsquos current configuration or specified parts Figures will be updated as parts change andor disassemblyreassembly procedures change

2-9 SAFETY CHECK

a Carry out the following procedures in order to ensure that MK 17 MOD 0 can be manipulated stored andor transported without any risk

CAUTIONBe sure to clean weapon before initial use Leaving initial protective lubricant in weapon can cause stoppage malfunction or failure due to over pressure

b UNLOAD and CLEAR weapon before manipulation or disassembly as described in Figure 2-21(1) Point weapon parallel to ground and in a safe direction(2) Attempt to place weapon on lsquoSrsquo (Step 1)(3) Remove magazine from weapon (Step 2)(4) Pull charging handle to rear and lock moving parts assembly to rear utilizing boltcatch release

(Step 3)(5) Place weapon on lsquoSrsquo if not already there (Step 4)(6) Visually and physically inspect chamber and magazine well utilizing flashlight if necessary (Step 5)(7) Pull charging handle to rear most position Then release letting moving parts assembly move

forward under its own power(8) Watch bolt assembly go forward on empty chamber

Figure 2-21 Unload and clear

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-20

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES

a Disassemble weapon into five major components(1) Point weapon in a safe direction(2) Remove trigger module complete

(a) From LEFT side of weapon push takedown pin trigger module and pull out from RIGHT until trigger module is released from receiver assembly (Figure 2-22)

Figure 2-22 Release Takedown Pin Trigger Module

(b) Push trigger module forward to release it from backplate and then remove it by pulling downward (Figure 2-23)

Figure 2-23 Remove Trigger Module Complete

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

(4) Remove moving parts assembly

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-21

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)

NOTEDo not try to remove takedown pin trigger module on trigger module Takedown pin trigger module is retained in trigger module by retaining clip

(3) Remove buttstock module by pulling downward off of backplate remove it entirely from backplate (Figure 2-24)

Figure 2-24 Remove Buttstock Module

(a) Remove moving parts assembly by pulling charging handle fully rearward in charging handle slot while applying downward pressure on guide rod retaining plate exposing guide rod and return spring assembly (Figure 2-25)

Figure 2-25 Release Moving Parts Assembly

(b) Charging handle is now able to be removed by pulling it out of moving parts assembly and freeing it from receiver assembly (Figure 2-26)

Figure 2-26 Remove Charging Handle

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-22

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)(c) Slide moving parts assembly to rear and out of receiver assembly (Figure 2-27)

Figure 2-27 Remove Moving Parts Assembly

(d) Disassemble moving parts assembly1 Remove return spring assembly by pulling it out of bolt carrier (Figure 2-28)

Figure 2-28 Remove Return Spring Assembly

NOTEIt is not necessary to completely disassemble remainder of moving parts assembly for hasty application of lubricant It is recommended that operator or armorer take into account environmental and operational conditions prior to disassembling entire moving parts assembly

2 Using pointed end of charging handle push firing pin retaining pin assembly from right side of bolt carrier Remove it from left side of bolt carrier (Figure 2-29)

Figure 2-29 Remove Firing Pin Retaining Pin

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-23

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

a Disassemble weapon into five major components (cont)3 Remove firing pin by pulling it rearward (Figure 2-30)

Figure 2-30 Remove Firing Pin

4 Remove bolt cam pin and bolt assembly from bolt carrier (Figure 2-31)

Figure 2-31 Remove Bolt Cam Pin and Bolt Assembly

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

CAUTIONDo not attempt to interchange other magazine parts (ie M4M16 etc) with MK 17 MOD 0 magazine parts

(1) Magazine 762 mm (10- or 20-round)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-24

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

b Disassemble magazine assemblyWARNING

All spring-loaded assemblies are under spring tension unintentional release will result in flying parts and possible injury

(a) Using rod eyelet or screwdriver push down on spring releasing it from floorplate (Step 1) Ease floorplate towards rear of magazine (Step 2) Maintain spring tension with thumb and remove floorplate from body Continue to maintain spring tension (Step 3) Remove spring by working it slowly in a left-to-right motion until all tension is released and spring is removed freely from body (Step 4) (Figure 2-32)

Figure 2-32 Disassemble Magazine 762 mm

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

2-25

2-10 FIELDSTRIP PROCEDURES (CONT)

c Weapon and magazine are now fieldstripped for maintenance

NOTEIt is not necessary to disassemble moving parts assembly to conduct barrel change

Figure 2-33 Complete Fieldstrip

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

Pages 82 through 317 redacted for the following reasons- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -(b)(3) Subsections 5 25 30

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-1

APPENDIX HSTANDARD FORM 368 PRODUCT QUALITY DEFICIENCY REPORT (PQDF)

The following is an example of SF368 Form There is a form on the CD that can be completed and sent to smallarmsnavymil

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

H-2

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

SW370-CF-TRS-010

I-1I-2 blank

APPENDIX ITECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NAVSEA 41601 (Rev 7-2003) SN 0116-lf-985-4100

Ref NAVSEAINST 41603A NAVSEA S0005-AA-GYD-030TMMP

NAVSEASPAWAR TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCYEVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)INSTRUCTIONS Continue on 8 frac12rdquo x 11rdquo page if additional space is needed

1Use this report to indicate deficiencies problems and recommendations relating to publications2For CLASSIFIED TMDERs see OPNAVINST 5510H for mailing requirements3For TMDERs that affect a separate TMDER for ea

4 Submit TMDERs at web site or mail to COMMANDER NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA 4363 MISSILE WAY PORT HUENEME CA 93043-43071 PUBLICATION NUMBER 2 VOLPART 3 REVDATE OR CHGDATE 4 SYSTEMEQUIPMENT ID

5 TITLE OF PUBLICATION 6 REPORT CONTROL NUMBER(6 digit UIC-YY-any four xxxxxx-03-xxxx)

7 RECOMMEND CHANGES TO PUBLICATION

7a Page 7b Para 7c RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASONS

8 ORIGINATORrsquoS NAME AND WORK CENTER 9 DATE 10 ORIGINATORrsquoS E-MAIL ADDRESS 11 TMMA of Manual(NSDSA will complete)

12 SHIP OR ACTIVITY Name and Address (Include UICCAGEHULL) 13 Phone Numbers Commercial ( ) -

DSN -

FAX ( ) -

(b)(6) (b)(6)

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK